S. 1642 — Higher Education Amendments of 2007

[Congressional Bills 110th Congress]
[From the U.S. Government Publishing Office]
[S. 1642 Introduced in Senate (IS)]







110th CONGRESS
  1st Session
                                S. 1642

To extend the authorization of programs under the Higher Education Act 
                    of 1965, and for other purposes.


_______________________________________________________________________


                   IN THE SENATE OF THE UNITED STATES

                             June 18, 2007

Mr. Kennedy (for himself, Mr. Enzi, Mr. Bingaman, Mr. Brown, Mr. Dodd, 
   Mrs. Clinton, Mrs. Murray, Mr. Obama, Mr. Reed, and Mr. Sanders) 
introduced the following bill; which was read twice and referred to the 
          Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions

_______________________________________________________________________

                                 A BILL


 
To extend the authorization of programs under the Higher Education Act 
                    of 1965, and for other purposes.

    Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the 
United States of America in Congress assembled,

SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE; TABLE OF CONTENTS.

    (a) Short Title.--This Act may be cited as the ``Higher Education 
Amendments of 2007''.
    (b) Table of Contents.--The table of contents for this Act is as 
follows:

Sec. 1. Short title; table of contents.
Sec. 2. References.
Sec. 3. General effective date.
                      TITLE I--GENERAL PROVISIONS

Sec. 101. Additional definitions.
Sec. 102. General definition of institution of higher education.
Sec. 103. Definition of institution of higher education for purposes of 
                            title IV programs.
Sec. 104. Protection of student speech and association rights.
Sec. 105. Accreditation and institutional quality and integrity 
                            advisory committee.
Sec. 106. Drug and alcohol abuse prevention.
Sec. 107. Prior rights and obligations.
Sec. 108. Transparency in college tuition for consumers.
Sec. 109. Databases of student information prohibited.
Sec. 110. Performance-based organization for the delivery of Federal 
                            student financial assistance.
Sec. 111. Procurement flexibility.
Sec. 112. Institution and lender reporting and disclosure requirements.
                 TITLE II--TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT

Sec. 201. Teacher quality partnership grants.
Sec. 202. General provisions.
                      TITLE III--INSTITUTIONAL AID

Sec. 301. Program purpose.
Sec. 302. Definitions; eligibility.
Sec. 303. American Indian tribally controlled colleges and 
                            universities.
Sec. 304. Alaska native and native Hawaiian-serving institutions.
Sec. 305. Native American-serving, nontribal institutions.
Sec. 306. Part B definitions.
Sec. 307. Grants to institutions.
Sec. 308. Allotments to institutions.
Sec. 309. Professional or graduate institutions.
Sec. 310. Authority of the Secretary.
Sec. 311. Authorization of appropriations.
Sec. 312. Technical corrections.
                      TITLE IV--STUDENT ASSISTANCE

  Part A--Grants to Students in Attendance at Institutions of Higher 
                               Education

Sec. 401. Federal Pell Grants.
Sec. 402. Academic competitiveness grants.
Sec. 403. Federal trio programs.
Sec. 404. Gaining early awareness and readiness for undergraduate 
                            programs.
Sec. 405. Academic achievement incentive scholarships.
Sec. 406. Federal supplemental educational opportunity grants.
Sec. 407. Leveraging Educational Assistance Partnership program.
Sec. 408. Special programs for students whose families are engaged in 
                            migrant and seasonal farmwork.
Sec. 409. Robert C. Byrd Honors Scholarship Program.
Sec. 410. Child care access means parents in school.
Sec. 411. Learning anytime anywhere partnerships.
             Part B--Federal Family Education Loan Program

Sec. 421. Federal payments to reduce student interest costs.
Sec. 422. Federal Consolidation Loans.
Sec. 423. Default Reduction Program.
Sec. 424. Reports to consumer reporting agencies and institutions of 
                            higher education.
Sec. 425. Common forms and formats.
Sec. 426. Student loan information by eligible lenders.
Sec. 427. Consumer education information.
Sec. 428. Definition of eligible lender.
Sec. 429. Discharge and cancellation rights in cases of disability.
Sec. 430. Special allowances.
                  Part C--Federal Work-Study Programs

Sec. 441. Authorization of appropriations.
Sec. 442. Allowance for books and supplies.
Sec. 443. Grants for Federal work-study programs.
Sec. 444. Job location and development programs.
Sec. 445. Work colleges.
                     Part D--Federal Perkins Loans

Sec. 451. Cancellation of loans for certain public service.
                         Part E--Need Analysis

Sec. 461. Cost of attendance.
Sec. 462. Definitions.
       Part F--General Provisions Relating to Student Assistance

Sec. 471. Definitions.
Sec. 472. Compliance calendar.
Sec. 473. Forms and regulations.
Sec. 474. Student eligibility.
Sec. 475. Statute of limitations and State court judgments.
Sec. 476. Institutional refunds.
Sec. 477. Institutional and financial assistance information for 
                            students.
Sec. 478. National Student Loan Data System.
Sec. 479. Early awareness of financial aid eligibility.
Sec. 480. Program participation agreements.
Sec. 481. Regulatory relief and improvement.
Sec. 482. Transfer of allotments.
Sec. 483. Purpose of administrative payments.
Sec. 484. Advisory Committee on Student Financial Assistance.
Sec. 485. Regional meetings.
Sec. 486. Year 2000 requirements at the Department.
                       Part G--Program Integrity

Sec. 491. Recognition of accrediting agency or association.
Sec. 492. Administrative capacity standard.
Sec. 493. Program review and data.
Sec. 494. Timely information about loans.
Sec. 495. Auction evaluation and report.
                    TITLE V--DEVELOPING INSTITUTIONS

Sec. 501. Authorized activities.
Sec. 502. Postbaccalaureate opportunities for Hispanic Americans.
Sec. 503. Applications.
Sec. 504. Cooperative arrangements.
Sec. 505. Authorization of appropriations.
               TITLE VI--INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS

Sec. 601. Findings.
Sec. 602. Graduate and undergraduate language and area centers and 
                            programs.
Sec. 603. Undergraduate international studies and foreign language 
                            programs.
Sec. 604. Research; studies.
Sec. 605. Technological innovation and cooperation for foreign 
                            information access.
Sec. 606. Selection of certain grant recipients.
Sec. 607. American overseas research centers.
Sec. 608. Authorization of appropriations for international and foreign 
                            language studies.
Sec. 609. Centers for international business education.
Sec. 610. Education and training programs.
Sec. 611. Authorization of appropriations for business and 
                            international education programs.
Sec. 612. Minority foreign service professional development program.
Sec. 613. Institutional development.
Sec. 614. Study abroad program.
Sec. 615. Advanced degree in international relations.
Sec. 616. Internships.
Sec. 617. Financial assistance.
Sec. 618. Report.
Sec. 619. Gifts and donations.
Sec. 620. Authorization of appropriations for the Institute for 
                            International Public Policy.
Sec. 621. Definitions.
Sec. 622. Assessment and enforcement.
       TITLE VII--GRADUATE AND POSTSECONDARY IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMS

Sec. 701. Purpose.
Sec. 702. Allocation of Jacob K. Javits Fellowships.
Sec. 703. Stipends.
Sec. 704. Authorization of appropriations for the Jacob K. Javits 
                            Fellowship Program.
Sec. 705. Institutional eligibility under the Graduate Assistance in 
                            Areas of National Need Program.
Sec. 706. Awards to graduate students.
Sec. 707. Additional assistance for cost of education.
Sec. 708. Authorization of appropriations for the Graduate Assistance 
                            in Areas of National Need Program.
Sec. 709. Legal educational opportunity program.
Sec. 710. Fund for the improvement of postsecondary education.
Sec. 711. Special projects.
Sec. 712. Authorization of appropriations for the fund for the 
                            improvement of postsecondary education.
Sec. 713. Repeal of the urban community service program.
Sec. 714. Grants for students with disabilities.
Sec. 715. Applications for demonstration projects to ensure students 
                            with disabilities receive a quality higher 
                            education.
Sec. 716. Authorization of appropriations for demonstration projects to 
                            ensure students with disabilities receive a 
                            quality higher education.
                       TITLE VIII--MISCELLANEOUS

Sec. 801. Miscellaneous.
                   TITLE IX--AMENDMENTS TO OTHER LAWS

               Part A--Education of the Deaf Act of 1986

Sec. 901. Laurent Clerc National Deaf Education Center.
Sec. 902. Agreement with Gallaudet University.
Sec. 903. Agreement for the National Technical Institute for the Deaf.
Sec. 904. Cultural experiences grants.
Sec. 905. Audit.
Sec. 906. Reports.
Sec. 907. Monitoring, evaluation, and reporting.
Sec. 908. Liaison for educational programs.
Sec. 909. Federal endowment programs for Gallaudet University and the 
                            National Technical Institute for the Deaf.
Sec. 910. Oversight and effect of agreements.
Sec. 911. International students.
Sec. 912. Research priorities.
Sec. 913. Authorization of appropriations.
              Part B--United States Institute of Peace Act

Sec. 921. United States Institute of Peace Act.
            Part C--The Higher Education Amendments of 1998

Sec. 931. Repeals.
Sec. 932. Grants to States for workplace and community transition 
                            training for incarcerated youth offenders.
Sec. 933. Underground railroad educational and cultural program.
Sec. 934. Olympic scholarships under the Higher Education Amendments of 
                            1992.
              subpart 1--tribal colleges and universities
Sec. 941. Reauthorization of the Tribally Controlled College or 
                   subpart 2--navajo higher education of 1978.
Sec. 945. Short title.
Sec. 946. Reauthorization of Navajo Community College Act.

SEC. 2. REFERENCES.

    Except as otherwise expressly provided, whenever in this Act an 
amendment or repeal is expressed in terms of an amendment to, or repeal 
of, a section or other provision, the reference shall be considered to 
be made to a section or other provision of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.).

SEC. 3. GENERAL EFFECTIVE DATE.

    Except as otherwise provided in this Act or the amendments made by 
this Act, the amendments made by this Act shall take effect on July 1, 
2007.

                      TITLE I--GENERAL PROVISIONS

SEC. 101. ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS.

    (a) Amendment.--Section 103 (20 U.S.C. 1003) is amended--
            (1) by redesignating paragraphs (9) through (16) as 
        paragraphs (13) through (20); respectively;
            (2) by redesignating paragraphs (4) through (8) as 
        paragraphs (7) through (11), respectively;
            (3) by redesignating paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) as 
        paragraphs (2), (4), and (5), respectively;
            (4) by inserting before paragraph (2) (as redesignated by 
        paragraph (2)) the following:
            ``(1) Authorizing committees.--The term `authorizing 
        committees' means the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, 
        and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Education and 
        Labor of the House of Representatives.'';
            (5) by inserting after paragraph (2) (as redesignated by 
        paragraph (3)) the following:
            ``(3) Critical foreign language.--The term `critical 
        foreign language' means each of the languages contained in the 
        list of critical languages designated by the Secretary in the 
        Federal Register on August 2, 1985 (50 Fed. Reg. 149, 31413; 
        enacted under the authority of section 212(d) of the Education 
        for Economic Security Act (repealed by section 2303 of the 
        Augustus F. Hawkins-Robert T. Stafford Elementary and Secondary 
        School Improvement Amendments of 1988)), except that in the 
        implementation of this definition with respect to a specific 
        title, the Secretary may set priorities according to the 
        purposes of such title and the national security, economic 
        competitiveness, and educational needs of the United States.'';
            (6) by inserting after paragraph (5) (as redesignated by 
        paragraph (3)) the following:
            ``(6) Distance education.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Except as otherwise provided, 
                the term `distance education' means education that uses 
                1 or more of the technologies described in subparagraph 
                (B)--
                            ``(i) to deliver instruction to students 
                        who are separated from the instructor; and
                            ``(ii) to support regular and substantive 
                        interaction between the students and the 
                        instructor, synchronously or asynchronously.
                    ``(B) Inclusions.--For the purposes of subparagraph 
                (A), the technologies used may include--
                            ``(i) the Internet;
                            ``(ii) one-way and two-way transmissions 
                        through open broadcast, closed circuit, cable, 
                        microwave, broadband lines, fiber optics, 
                        satellite, or wireless communications devices;
                            ``(iii) audio conferencing; or
                            ``(iv) video cassette, DVDs, and CD-ROMs, 
                        if the cassette, DVDs, and CD-ROMs are used in 
                        a course in conjunction with the technologies 
                        listed in clauses (i) through (iii).''; and
            (7) by inserting after paragraph (11) (as redesignated by 
        paragraph (2)) the following:
            ``(12) Poverty line.--The term `poverty line' means the 
        poverty line (as defined in section 673(2) of the Community 
        Services Block Grant Act (42 U.S.C. 9902(2))) applicable to a 
        family of the size involved.''.
    (b) Conforming Amendments.--The Act (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) is 
amended--
            (1) in section 131(a)(3)(B) (20 U.S.C. 1015(a)(3)(B)), by 
        striking ``Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate 
        and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House 
        of Representatives'' and inserting ``authorizing committees'';
            (2) in section 141(d)(4)(B) (20 U.S.C. 1018(d)(4)(B)), by 
        striking ``Committee on Education and the Workforce of the 
        House of Representatives and the Committee on Labor and Human 
        Resources of the Senate'' and inserting ``authorizing 
        committees'';
            (3) in section 401(f)(3) (20 U.S.C. 1070a(f)(3)), by 
        striking ``to the Committee on Appropriations'' and all that 
        follows through ``House of Representatives'' and inserting ``to 
        the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate, the Committee on 
        Appropriations of the House of Representatives, and the 
        authorizing committees'';
            (4) in section 428 (20 U.S.C. 1078)--
                    (A) in subsection (c)(9)(K), by striking ``House 
                Committee on Education and the Workforce and the Senate 
                Committee on Labor and Human Resources'' and inserting 
                ``authorizing committees'';
                    (B) in the matter following paragraph (2) of 
                subsection (g), by striking ``Committee on Labor and 
                Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on 
                Education and the Workforce of the House of 
                Representatives'' and inserting ``authorizing 
                committees''; and
                    (C) in subsection (n)(4), by striking ``Committee 
                on Education and the Workforce of the House of 
                Representatives and the Committee on Labor and Human 
                Resources of the Senate'' and inserting ``authorizing 
                committees'';
            (5) in section 428A(c) (20 U.S.C. 1078-1(c))--
                    (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A) of 
                paragraph (2), by striking ``Chairperson'' and all that 
                follows through ``House of Representatives'' and 
                inserting ``members of the authorizing committees'';
                    (B) in paragraph (3), by striking ``Chairperson'' 
                and all that follows through ``House of 
                Representatives'' and inserting ``members of the 
                authorizing committees''; and
                    (C) in paragraph (5), by striking ``Chairperson'' 
                and all that follows through ``House of 
                Representatives'' and inserting ``members of the 
                authorizing committees'';
            (6) in section 432 (20 U.S.C. 1082)--
                    (A) in subsection (f)(1)(C), by striking ``the 
                Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House 
                of Representatives or the Committee on Labor and Human 
                Resources of the Senate'' and inserting ``either of the 
                authorizing committees''; and
                    (B) in the matter following subparagraph (D) of 
                subsection (n)(3), by striking ``Committee on Education 
                and the Workforce of the House of Representatives and 
                the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the 
                Senate'' and inserting ``authorizing committees'';
            (7) in section 437(c)(1) (20 U.S.C. 1087(c)(1)), by 
        striking ``Committee on Education and the Workforce of the 
        House of Representatives and the Committee on Labor and Human 
        Resources of the Senate'' and inserting ``authorizing 
        committees'';
            (8) in section 439 (20 U.S.C. 1087-2)--
                    (A) in subsection (d)(1)(E)(iii), by striking 
                ``advise the Chairman'' and all that follows through 
                ``House of Representatives'' and inserting ``advise the 
                members of the authorizing committees'';
                    (B) in subsection (r)--
                            (i) in paragraph (3), by striking ``inform 
                        the Chairman'' and all that follows through 
                        ``House of Representatives,'' and inserting 
                        ``inform the members of the authorizing 
                        committees'';
                            (ii) in paragraph (5)(B), by striking 
                        ``plan, to the Chairman'' and all that follows 
                        through ``Education and Labor'' and inserting 
                        ``plan, to the members of the authorizing 
                        committees'';
                            (iii) in paragraph (6)(B)--
                                    (I) by striking ``plan, to the 
                                Chairman'' and all that follows through 
                                ``House of Representatives'' and 
                                inserting ``plan, to the members of the 
                                authorizing committees''; and
                                    (II) by striking ``Chairmen and 
                                ranking minority members of such 
                                Committees'' and inserting ``members of 
                                the authorizing committees'';
                            (iv) in paragraph (8)(C), by striking 
                        ``implemented to the Chairman'' and all that 
                        follows through ``House of Representatives, 
                        and'' and inserting ``implemented to the 
                        members of the authorizing committees, and 
                        to''; and
                            (v) in the matter preceding subparagraph 
                        (A) of paragraph (10), by striking ``days to 
                        the Chairman'' and all that follows through 
                        ``Education and Labor'' and inserting ``days to 
                        the members of the authorizing committees''; 
                        and
                    (C) in subsection (s)(2)--
                            (i) in the matter preceding clause (i) of 
                        subparagraph (A), by striking ``Treasury and to 
                        the Chairman'' and all that follows through 
                        ``House of Representatives'' and inserting 
                        ``Treasury and to the members of the 
                        authorizing committees''; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking 
                        ``Treasury and to the Chairman'' and all that 
                        follows through ``House of Representatives'' 
                        and inserting ``Treasury and to the members of 
                        the authorizing committees'';
            (9) in section 455(b)(8)(B) (20 U.S.C. 1087e(b)(8)(B)), by 
        striking ``Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate 
        and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House 
        of Representatives'' and inserting ``authorizing committees'';
            (10) in section 482(d) (20 U.S.C. 1089(d)), by striking 
        ``Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the 
        Committee on Education and Labor of the House of 
        Representatives'' and inserting ``authorizing committees'';
            (11) in section 483(c) (20 U.S.C. 1090(c)), by striking 
        ``Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the 
        Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of 
        Representatives'' and inserting ``authorizing committees'';
            (12) in section 485 (20 U.S.C. 1092)--
                    (A) in subsection (f)(5)(A), by striking 
                ``Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House 
                of Representatives and the Committee on Labor and Human 
                Resources of the Senate'' and inserting ``authorizing 
                committees''; and
                    (B) in subsection (g)(4)(B), by striking 
                ``Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House 
                of Representatives and the Committee on Labor and Human 
                Resources of the Senate'' and inserting ``authorizing 
                committees'';
            (13) in section 486 (20 U.S.C. 1093)--
                    (A) in subsection (e), by striking ``Committee on 
                Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the 
                Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House 
                of Representatives'' and inserting ``authorizing 
                committees''; and
                    (B) in subsection (f)(3)--
                            (i) in the matter preceding clause (i) of 
                        subparagraph (A), by striking ``Committee on 
                        Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the 
                        Committee on Education and the Workforce of the 
                        House of Representatives'' and inserting 
                        ``authorizing committees''; and
                            (ii) in the matter preceding clause (i) of 
                        subparagraph (B), by striking ``Committee on 
                        Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the 
                        Committee on Education and the Workforce of the 
                        House of Representatives'' and inserting 
                        ``authorizing committees'';
            (14) in section 487A(a)(5) (20 U.S.C. 1094a(a)(5)), by 
        striking ``Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate 
        and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House 
        of Representatives'' and inserting ``authorizing committees''; 
        and
            (15) in section 498B(d) (20 U.S.C. 1099c-2(d))--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``Committee on 
                Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the 
                Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House 
                of Representatives'' and inserting ``authorizing 
                committees''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``Committee on 
                Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the 
                Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House 
                of Representatives'' and inserting ``authorizing 
                committees''.

SEC. 102. GENERAL DEFINITION OF INSTITUTION OF HIGHER EDUCATION.

    Section 101 (20 U.S.C. 1001) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(3), by inserting ``, or awards a 
        degree that is acceptable for admission to a graduate or 
        professional degree program, subject to the review and approval 
        by the Secretary'' after ``such a degree''; and
            (2) by striking subsection (b)(2) and inserting the 
        following:
            ``(2) a public or nonprofit private educational institution 
        in any State that, in lieu of the requirement in subsection 
        (a)(1), admits as regular students persons--
                    ``(A) who are beyond the age of compulsory school 
                attendance in the State in which the institution is 
                located; or
                    ``(B) who will be dually or concurrently enrolled 
                in the institution and a secondary school.''.

SEC. 103. DEFINITION OF INSTITUTION OF HIGHER EDUCATION FOR PURPOSES OF 
              TITLE IV PROGRAMS.

    Section 102 (20 U.S.C. 1002) is amended--
            (1) by striking subclause (II) of subsection (a)(2)(A)(i) 
        and inserting the following:
                                    ``(II) the institution has or had a 
                                clinical training program that was 
                                approved by a State as of January 1, 
                                1992, and has continuously operated a 
                                clinical training program in not less 
                                than 1 State that is approved by such 
                                State;'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (D), by inserting 
                        ``and'' after the semicolon;
                            (ii) in subparagraph (E), by striking ``; 
                        and'' and inserting a period; and
                            (iii) by striking subparagraph (F); and
                    (B) by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(2) Additional institutions.--The term `proprietary 
        institution of higher education' also includes a proprietary 
        educational institution in any State that, in lieu of the 
        requirement in section 101(a)(1), admits as regular students 
        persons--
                    ``(A) who are beyond the age of compulsory school 
                attendance in the State in which the institution is 
                located; or
                    ``(B) who will be dually or concurrently enrolled 
                in the institution and a secondary school.''; and
            (3) by striking subsection (c)(2) and inserting the 
        following:
            ``(2) Additional institutions.--The term `postsecondary 
        vocational institution' also includes an educational 
        institution in any State that, in lieu of the requirement in 
        section 101(a)(1), admits as regular students persons--
                    ``(A) who are beyond the age of compulsory school 
                attendance in the State in which the institution is 
                located; or
                    ``(B) who will be dually or concurrently enrolled 
                in the institution and a secondary school.''.

SEC. 104. PROTECTION OF STUDENT SPEECH AND ASSOCIATION RIGHTS.

    Section 112 (20 U.S.C. 1011a) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) by inserting ``(1)'' before ``It is the 
                sense''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(2) It is the sense of Congress that--
            ``(A) the diversity of institutions and educational 
        missions is one of the key strengths of American higher 
        education;
            ``(B) individual colleges and universities have different 
        missions and each institution should design its academic 
        program in accordance with its educational goals;
            ``(C) a college should facilitate the free and open 
        exchange of ideas;
            ``(D) students should not be intimidated, harassed, 
        discouraged from speaking out, or discriminated against;
            ``(E) students should be treated equally and fairly; and
            ``(F) nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to 
        modify, change, or infringe upon any constitutionally protected 
        religious liberty, freedom, expression, or association.''; and
            (2) in subsection (b)(1), by inserting ``, provided that 
        the imposition of such sanction is done objectively and 
        fairly'' after ``higher education''.

SEC. 105. ACCREDITATION AND INSTITUTIONAL QUALITY AND INTEGRITY 
              ADVISORY COMMITTEE.

    (a) In General.--Section 114 (20 U.S.C. 1011c) is amended to read 
as follows:

``SEC. 114. ACCREDITATION AND INSTITUTIONAL QUALITY AND INTEGRITY 
              COMMITTEE.

    ``(a) Establishment.--There is established in the Department an 
Accreditation and Institutional Quality and Integrity Advisory 
Committee (in this section referred to as the `Committee') to assess 
the process of accreditation and the institutional eligibility and 
certification of such institutions under title IV.
    ``(b) Membership.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Committee shall have 15 members, of 
        which--
                    ``(A) 5 members shall be appointed by the 
                Secretary;
                    ``(B) 5 members shall be appointed by the Speaker 
                of the House of Representatives upon the recommendation 
                of the majority leader and minority leader of the House 
                of Representatives; and
                    ``(C) 5 members shall be appointed by the President 
                pro tempore of the Senate upon the recommendation of 
                the majority leader and minority leader of the Senate.
            ``(2) Qualifications.--Individuals shall be appointed as 
        members of the Committee on--
                    ``(A) the basis of the individuals' experience, 
                integrity, impartiality, and good judgment;
                    ``(B) from among individuals who are 
                representatives of, or knowledgeable concerning, 
                education and training beyond secondary education, 
                representatives of all sectors and types of 
                institutions of higher education (as defined in section 
                102); and
                    ``(C) on the basis of the individuals' technical 
                qualifications, professional standing, and demonstrated 
                knowledge in the fields of accreditation and 
                administration in higher education.
            ``(3) Terms of members.--The term of office of each member 
        of the Committee shall be for 6 years, except that any member 
        appointed to fill a vacancy occurring prior to the expiration 
        of the term for which the member's predecessor was appointed 
        shall be appointed for the remainder of such term.
            ``(4) Vacancy.--A vacancy on the Committee shall be filled 
        in the same manner as the original appointment was made not 
        later than 90 days after the vacancy occurred. If a vacancy 
        occurs in a position to be filled by the Secretary, the 
        Secretary shall publish a Federal Register notice soliciting 
        nominations for the position not later than 30 days after being 
        notified of the vacancy.
            ``(5) Initial terms.--The terms of office for the initial 
        members of the Committee shall be--
                    ``(A) 2 years for members appointed under paragraph 
                (1)(A);
                    ``(B) 4 years for members appointed under paragraph 
                (1)(B); and
                    ``(C) 6 years for members appointed under paragraph 
                (1)(C).
            ``(6) Chairperson.--The members of the Committee shall 
        select a chairperson from among the members.
    ``(c) Functions.--The Committee shall--
            ``(1) advise the Secretary with respect to establishment 
        and enforcement of the standards of accrediting agencies or 
        associations under subpart 2 of part H of title IV;
            ``(2) advise the Secretary with respect to the recognition 
        of a specific accrediting agency or association;
            ``(3) advise the Secretary with respect to the preparation 
        and publication of the list of nationally recognized 
        accrediting agencies and associations;
            ``(4) advise the Secretary with respect to the eligibility 
        and certification process for institutions of higher education 
        under title IV, together with recommendations for improvements 
        in such process;
            ``(5) advise the Secretary with respect to the relationship 
        between--
                    ``(A) accreditation of institutions of higher 
                education and the certification and eligibility of such 
                institutions; and
                    ``(B) State licensing responsibilities with respect 
                to such institutions; and
            ``(6) carry out such other advisory functions relating to 
        accreditation and institutional eligibility as the Secretary 
        may prescribe in regulation.
    ``(d) Meeting Procedures.--
            ``(1) Schedule.--
                    ``(A) Biannual meetings.--The Committee shall meet 
                not less often than twice each year, at the call of the 
                Chairperson.
                    ``(B) Publication of date.--The Committee shall 
                submit the date and location of each meeting in advance 
                to the Secretary, and the Secretary shall publish such 
                information in the Federal Register not later than 30 
                days before the meeting.
            ``(2) Agenda.--
                    ``(A) Establishment.--The agenda for a meeting of 
                the Committee shall be established by the Chairperson 
                and shall be submitted to the members of the Committee 
                upon notification of the meeting.
                    ``(B) Opportunity for public comment.--The agenda 
                shall include, at a minimum, opportunity for public 
                comment during the Committee's deliberations.
            ``(3) Secretary's designee.--
                    ``(A) Attendance at meeting.--The Chairperson shall 
                invite the Secretary's designee to attend all meetings 
                of the Committee.
                    ``(B) Role of designee.--The Secretary's designee 
                may be present at a Committee meeting to facilitate the 
                exchange and free flow of information between the 
                Secretary and the Committee. The designee shall have no 
                authority over the agenda of the meeting, the items on 
                that agenda, or on the resolution of any agenda item.
            ``(4) Federal advisory committee act.--The provisions of 
        the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) shall apply 
        to the Committee, except that section 14 of such Act shall not 
        apply.
    ``(e) Report and Notice.--
            ``(1) Notice.--The Secretary shall annually publish in the 
        Federal Register--
                    ``(A) a list containing, for each member of the 
                Committee--
                            ``(i) the member's name;
                            ``(ii) the date of the expiration of the 
                        member's term of office; and
                            ``(iii) the individual described in 
                        subsection (b)(1) who appointed the member; and
                    ``(B) a solicitation of nominations for each 
                expiring term of office on the Committee of a member 
                appointed by the Secretary.
            ``(2) Report.--Not later than September 30 of each year, 
        the Committee shall make an annual report to the Secretary, the 
        authorizing committees, and the public. The annual report shall 
        contain--
                    ``(A) a detailed summary of the agenda and 
                activities of, and the findings and recommendations 
                made by, the Committee during the preceding fiscal 
                year;
                    ``(B) a list of the date and location of each 
                meeting during the preceding fiscal year;
                    ``(C) a list of the members of the Committee and 
                appropriate contact information; and
                    ``(D) a list of the functions of the Committee, 
                including any additional functions established by the 
                Secretary through regulation.
    ``(f) Termination.--The Committee shall terminate on September 30, 
2012.''.
    (b) Termination of NACIQI.--The National Advisory Committee on 
Institutional Quality and Integrity, established under section 114 of 
the Higher Education Act of 1965 (as such section was in effect the day 
before the date of enactment of this Act) shall terminate 90 days after 
such date.

SEC. 106. DRUG AND ALCOHOL ABUSE PREVENTION.

    Section 120(a)(2) (20 U.S.C. 1011i(a)(2)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``and'' after the 
        semicolon;
            (2) by redesignating subparagraph (B) as subparagraph (D); 
        and
            (3) by inserting after subparagraph (A) (as amended by 
        paragraph (1)) the following:
                    ``(B) determine the number of drug and alcohol-
                related incidents and fatalities that--
                            ``(i) occur on the institution's property 
                        or as part of any of the institution's 
                        activities; and
                            ``(ii) are reported to the institution;
                    ``(C) determine the number and type of sanctions 
                described in paragraph (1)(E) that are imposed by the 
                institution as a result of drug and alcohol-related 
                incidents and fatalities on the institution's property 
                or as part of any of the institution's activities; 
                and''.

SEC. 107. PRIOR RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS.

    Section 121(a) (20 U.S.C. 1011j(a)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1), by striking ``1999 and for each of 
        the 4 succeeding fiscal years'' and inserting ``2008 and for 
        each succeeding fiscal year''; and
            (2) in paragraph (2), by striking ``1999 and for each of 
        the 4 succeeding fiscal years'' and inserting ``2008 and for 
        each succeeding fiscal year''.

SEC. 108. TRANSPARENCY IN COLLEGE TUITION FOR CONSUMERS.

    Part C of title I (20 U.S.C. 1015) is amended by adding at the end 
the following:

``SEC. 132. TRANSPARENCY IN COLLEGE TUITION FOR CONSUMERS.

    ``(a) Net Price.--In this section, the term `net price' means the 
average yearly tuition and fees paid by a full-time undergraduate 
student at an institution of higher education, after discounts and 
grants from the institution, Federal Government, or a State have been 
applied to the full price of tuition and fees at the institution.
    ``(b) Higher Education Price Index.--
            ``(1) In general.--Not later than 1 year after the date of 
        enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, the 
        Commission of the Bureau of Labor Statistics, in consultation 
        with the Commissioner of Education Statistics and 
        representatives of institutions of higher education, shall 
        develop higher education price indices that accurately reflect 
        the annual change in tuition and fees for undergraduate 
        students in the categories of institutions listed in paragraph 
        (2). Such indices shall be updated annually.
            ``(2) Development.--The higher education price index under 
        paragraph (1) shall be developed for each of the following 
        categories:
                    ``(A) 4-year public degree-granting institutions of 
                higher education.
                    ``(B) 4-year private degree-granting institutions 
                of higher education.
                    ``(C) 2-year public degree-granting institutions of 
                higher education.
                    ``(D) 2-year private degree-granting institutions 
                of higher education.
                    ``(E) Less than 2-year institutions of higher 
                education.
                    ``(F) All types of institutions described in 
                subparagraphs (A) through (E).
            ``(3) Authorization of appropriations.--There are 
        authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection such 
        sums as may be necessary.
    ``(c) Reporting.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall annually report, in 
        a national list and in a list for each State, a ranking of 
        institutions of higher education according to such 
        institutions' change in tuition and fees over the preceding 2 
        years. The purpose of such lists is to provide consumers with 
        general information on pricing trends among institutions of 
        higher education nationally and in each State.
            ``(2) Compilation.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The lists described in paragraph 
                (1) shall be compiled according to the following 
                categories:
                            ``(i) 4-year public institutions of higher 
                        education.
                            ``(ii) 4-year private, nonprofit 
                        institutions of higher education.
                            ``(iii) 4-year private, for-profit 
                        institutions of higher education.
                            ``(iv) 2-year public institutions of higher 
                        education.
                            ``(v) 2-year private, nonprofit 
                        institutions of higher education.
                            ``(vi) 2-year private, for-profit 
                        institutions of higher education.
                            ``(vii) Less than 2-year public 
                        institutions of higher education.
                            ``(viii) Less than 2-year private, 
                        nonprofit institutions of higher education.
                            ``(ix) Less than 2-year private, for-profit 
                        institutions of higher education.
                    ``(B) Percentage and dollar change.--The lists 
                described in paragraph (1) shall include 2 lists for 
                each of the categories under subparagraph (A) as 
                follows:
                            ``(i) 1 list in which data is compiled by 
                        percentage change in tuition and fees over the 
                        preceding 2 years.
                            ``(ii) 1 list in which data is compiled by 
                        dollar change in tuition and fees over the 
                        preceding 2 years.
            ``(3) Higher education price increase watch lists.--Upon 
        completion of the development of the higher education price 
        indices described in paragraph (1), the Secretary shall 
        annually report, in a national list, and in a list for each 
        State, a ranking of each institution of higher education whose 
        tuition and fees outpace such institution's applicable higher 
        education price index described in subsection (b). Such lists 
        shall--
                    ``(A) be known as the `Higher Education Price 
                Increase Watch Lists';
                    ``(B) report the full price of tuition and fees at 
                the institution and the net price;
                    ``(C) where applicable, report the average price of 
                room and board for students living on campus at the 
                institution, except that such price shall not be used 
                in determining whether an institution's cost outpaces 
                such institution's applicable higher education price 
                index; and
                    ``(D) be compiled by the Secretary in a public 
                document to be widely published and disseminated in 
                paper form and through the website of the Department.
            ``(4) State higher education appropriations chart.--The 
        Secretary shall annually report, in charts for each State--
                    ``(A) a comparison of the percentage change in 
                State appropriations per enrolled student in a public 
                institution of higher education in the State to the 
                percentage change in tuition and fees for each public 
                institution of higher education in the State for each 
                of the previous 5 years; and
                    ``(B) the total amount of need-based and merit-
                based aid provided by the State to students enrolled in 
                a public institution of higher education in the State.
            ``(5) Sharing of information.--The Secretary shall share 
        the information under paragraphs (1) through (4) with private 
        sector college guidebook publishers.
    ``(d) Net Price Calculator.--
            ``(1) Development.--Not later than 1 year after the date of 
        enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, the 
        Secretary shall, in consultation with institutions of higher 
        education, develop and make several model net price calculators 
        to help students, families, and consumers determine the net 
        price of an institution of higher education, which institutions 
        of higher education may, at their discretion, elect to use 
        pursuant to paragraph (3).
            ``(2) Categories.--The model net price calculators 
        described in paragraph (1) shall be developed for each of the 
        following categories:
                    ``(A) 4-year public institutions of higher 
                education.
                    ``(B) 4-year private, nonprofit institutions of 
                higher education.
                    ``(C) 4-year private, for-profit institutions of 
                higher education.
                    ``(D) 2-year public institutions of higher 
                education.
                    ``(E) 2-year private, nonprofit institutions of 
                higher education.
                    ``(F) 2-year private, for-profit institutions of 
                higher education.
                    ``(G) Less than 2-year public institutions of 
                higher education.
                    ``(H) Less than 2-year private, nonprofit 
                institutions of higher education.
                    ``(I) Less than 2-year private, for-profit 
                institutions of higher education.
            ``(3) Use of net price calculator by institutions.--Not 
        later than 3 years after the date of enactment of the Higher 
        Education Amendments of 2007, each institution of higher 
        education that receives Federal funds under this Act shall 
        adopt and use a net price calculator to help students, 
        families, and other consumers determine the net price of such 
        institution of higher education. Such calculator may be--
                    ``(A) based on a model calculator developed by the 
                Department; or
                    ``(B) developed by the institution of higher 
                education.
            ``(4) Authorization of appropriations.--There are 
        authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection such 
        sums as may be necessary.
    ``(e) Net Price Reporting in Application Information.--An 
institution of higher education that receives Federal funds under this 
Act shall include, in the materials accompanying an application for 
admission to the institution, the most recent information regarding the 
net price of the institution, calculated for each quartile of students 
based on the income of either the students' parents or, in the case of 
independent students (as such term is described in section 480), of the 
students, for each of the 2 academic years preceding the academic year 
for which the application is produced.
    ``(f) Enhanced College Information Website.--
            ``(1) In general.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Not later than 90 days after the 
                date of enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 
                2007, the Secretary shall contract with an independent 
                organization with demonstrated experience in the 
                development of consumer-friendly websites to develop 
                improvements to the website known as the College 
                Opportunities On-Line (COOL) so that it better meets 
                the needs of students, families, and consumers for 
                accurate and appropriate information on institutions of 
                higher education.
                    ``(B) Implementations.--Not later than 1 year after 
                the date of enactment of the Higher Education 
                Amendments of 2007, the Secretary shall implement the 
                improvements developed by the independent organization 
                described under subparagraph (A) to the college 
                information website.
            ``(2) University and college accountability network.--Not 
        later than 1 year after the date of enactment of the Higher 
        Education Amendments of 2007, the Secretary shall develop a 
        model document for annually reporting basic information about 
        an institution of higher education that chooses to participate, 
        to be posted on the college information website and made 
        available to institutions of higher education, students, 
        families, and other consumers. Such document shall be known as 
        the `University and College Accountability Network' (U-CAN), 
        and shall include, the following information about the 
        institution of higher education for the most recent academic 
        year for which the institution has available data, presented in 
        a consumer-friendly manner:
                    ``(A) A statement of the institution's mission and 
                specialties.
                    ``(B) The total number of undergraduate students 
                who applied, were admitted, and enrolled at the 
                institution.
                    ``(C) Where applicable, reading, writing, 
                mathematics, and combined scores on the SAT or ACT for 
                the middle 50 percent range of the institution's 
                freshman class.
                    ``(D) Enrollment of full-time, part-time, and 
                transfer students at the institution, at the 
                undergraduate and (where applicable) graduate levels.
                    ``(E) Percentage of male and female undergraduate 
                students enrolled at the institution.
                    ``(F) Percentage of enrolled undergraduate students 
                from the State in which the institution is located, 
                from other States, and from other countries.
                    ``(G) Percentage of enrolled undergraduate students 
                at the institution by race and ethnic background.
                    ``(H) Retention rates for full-time and part-time 
                first-time first-year undergraduate students enrolled 
                at the institution.
                    ``(I) Average time to degree or certificate 
                completion for first-time, first-year undergraduate 
                students enrolled at the institution.
                    ``(J) Percentage of enrolled undergraduate students 
                who graduate within 2 years (in the case of 2-year 
                institutions), and 4, 5 and 6 years (in the case of 2 
                and 4-year institutions).
                    ``(K) Number of students who obtained a certificate 
                or an associate's, bachelor's, master's, or doctoral 
                degree at the institution.
                    ``(L) The undergraduate major areas of study with 
                the highest number of degrees awarded.
                    ``(M) The student-faculty ratio, and number of 
                full-time, part-time, and adjunct faculty at the 
                institution.
                    ``(N) Percentage of faculty at the institution with 
                the highest degree in their field.
                    ``(O) The percentage change in total price in 
                tuition and fees and the net price for an undergraduate 
                at the institution in each of the preceding 5 academic 
                years.
                    ``(P) The total average yearly cost of tuition and 
                fees, room and board, and books and other related costs 
                for an undergraduate student enrolled at the 
                institution, for--
                            ``(i) full-time undergraduate students 
                        living on campus;
                            ``(ii) full-time undergraduate students 
                        living off-campus; and
                            ``(iii) in the case of students attending a 
                        public institution of higher education, such 
                        costs for in-State and out-of-State students 
                        living on and off-campus.
                    ``(Q) The average yearly grant amount (including 
                Federal, State, and institutional aid) for a student 
                enrolled at the institution.
                    ``(R) The average yearly amount of Federal student 
                loans, and other loans provided through the 
                institution, to undergraduate students enrolled at the 
                institution.
                    ``(S) The total yearly grant aid available to 
                undergraduate students enrolled at the institution, 
                from the Federal Government, a State, the institution, 
                and other sources.
                    ``(T) The percentage of undergraduate students 
                enrolled at the institution receiving Federal, State, 
                and institutional grants, student loans, and any other 
                type of student financial assistance provided publicly 
                or through the institution, such as Federal work-study 
                funds.
                    ``(U) The average net price for all undergraduate 
                students enrolled at the institution.
                    ``(V) The percentage of first-year undergraduate 
                students enrolled at the institution who live on campus 
                and off campus.
                    ``(W) Information on the policies of the 
                institution related to transfer of credit from other 
                institutions.
                    ``(X) Information on campus safety required to be 
                collected under section 485(f).
                    ``(Y) Links to the appropriate sections of the 
                institution's website that provide information on 
                student activities offered by the institution, such as 
                intercollegiate sports, student organizations, study 
                abroad opportunities, intramural and club sports, 
                specialized housing options, community service 
                opportunities, cultural and arts opportunities on 
                campus, religious and spiritual life on campus, and 
                lectures and outside learning opportunities.
                    ``(Z) Links to the appropriate sections of the 
                institution's website that provide information on 
                services offered by the institution to students during 
                and after college, such as internship opportunities, 
                career and placement services, and preparation for 
                further education.
            ``(3) Consultation.--The Secretary shall ensure that 
        current and prospective college students, family members of 
        such students, and institutions of higher education are 
        consulted in carrying out paragraphs (1) and (2).
            ``(4) Authorization of appropriations.--There are 
        authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection such 
        sums as may be necessary.
    ``(g) GAO Report.--The Comptroller General of the United States 
shall--
            ``(1) conduct a study on the time and cost burdens to 
        institutions of higher education associated with completing the 
        Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System (IPEDS), which 
        study shall--
                    ``(A) report on the time and cost burden of 
                completing the IPEDS survey for 4-year, 2-year, and 
                less than 2-year institutions of higher education; and
                    ``(B) present recommendations for reducing such 
                burden;
            ``(2) not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of 
        the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, submit to Congress a 
        preliminary report regarding the findings of the study 
        described in paragraph (1); and
            ``(3) not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of 
        the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, submit to Congress a 
        final report regarding such findings.''.

SEC. 109. DATABASES OF STUDENT INFORMATION PROHIBITED.

    Part C of title I (20 U.S.C. 1015), as amended by section 108, is 
further amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 133. DATABASE OF STUDENT INFORMATION PROHIBITED.

    ``(a) Prohibition.--Except as described in (b), nothing in this Act 
shall be construed to authorize the development, implementation, or 
maintenance of a Federal database of personally identifiable 
information on individuals receiving assistance under this Act, 
attending institutions receiving assistance under this Act, or 
otherwise involved in any studies or other collections of data under 
this Act, including a student unit record system, an education bar code 
system, or any other system that tracks individual students over time.
    ``(b) Exception.--The provisions of subsection (a) shall not affect 
the loan obligation enforcement activities described in section 485B.
    ``(c) State Databases.--Nothing in this Act shall prohibit a State 
or a consortium of States from developing, implementing, or maintaining 
State-developed databases that track individuals over time, including 
student unit record systems that contain information related to 
enrollment, attendance, graduation and retention rates, student 
financial assistance, and graduate employment outcomes.''.

SEC. 110. PERFORMANCE-BASED ORGANIZATION FOR THE DELIVERY OF FEDERAL 
              STUDENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE.

    Section 141 (20 U.S.C. 1018) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``operational'' 
                and inserting ``administrative and oversight''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2)(D), by striking ``of the 
                operational functions'' and inserting ``and 
                administration'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``the 
                        information systems administered by the PBO, 
                        and other functions performed by the PBO'' and 
                        inserting ``the Federal student financial 
                        assistance programs authorized under title 
                        IV''; and
                            (ii) by striking subparagraph (C) and 
                        inserting the following:
                    ``(C) assist the Chief Operating Officer in 
                identifying goals for--
                            ``(i) the administration of the systems 
                        used to administer the Federal student 
                        financial assistance programs authorized under 
                        title IV; and
                            ``(ii) the updating of such systems to 
                        current technology.''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph 
                        (A), by striking ``administration of the 
                        information and financial systems that 
                        support'' and inserting ``the administration of 
                        Federal'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (A)--
                                    (I) in the matter preceding clause 
                                (i), by striking ``of the delivery 
                                system for Federal student assistance'' 
                                and inserting ``for the Federal student 
                                assistance programs authorized under 
                                title IV'';
                                    (II) by striking clauses (i) and 
                                (ii) and inserting the following:
                            ``(i) the collection, processing, and 
                        transmission of data to students, institutions, 
                        lenders, State agencies, and other authorized 
                        parties;
                            ``(ii) the design and technical 
                        specifications for software development and 
                        procurement for systems supporting the student 
                        financial assistance programs authorized under 
                        title IV;'';
                                    (III) in clause (iii), by striking 
                                ``delivery'' and inserting 
                                ``administration'';
                                    (IV) in clause (iv)--
                                            (aa) by inserting ``the'' 
                                        after ``supporting''; and
                                            (bb) by striking ``and'' 
                                        after the semicolon;
                                    (V) in clause (v), by striking 
                                ``systems that support those 
                                programs.'' and inserting ``the 
                                administration of the Federal student 
                                assistance programs authorized under 
                                title IV; and''; and
                                    (VI) by adding at the end the 
                                following:
                            ``(vi) ensuring the integrity of the 
                        student assistance programs authorized under 
                        title IV.''; and
                            (iii) in subparagraph (B), by striking 
                        ``operations and services'' and inserting 
                        ``activities and functions''; and
            (3) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in the subsection heading, by striking 
                ``Performance Plan and Report'' and inserting 
                ``Performance Plan, Report, and Briefing'';
                    (B) in paragraph (1)(C)--
                            (i) in clause (iii), by striking 
                        ``information and delivery''; and
                            (ii) in clause (iv)--
                                    (I) by striking ``Developing an'' 
                                and inserting ``Developing''; and
                                    (II) by striking ``delivery and 
                                information system'' and inserting 
                                ``systems'';
                    (C) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting 
                        ``the'' after ``PBO and''; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking 
                        ``Officer'' and inserting ``Officers'';
                    (D) in paragraph (3), by inserting ``students,'' 
                after ``consult with''; and
                    (E) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) Briefing on enforcement of student loan provisions.--
        The Chief Operating Officer shall provide an annual briefing to 
        the members of the authorizing committees on the steps the PBO 
        has taken and is taking to ensure that lenders are providing 
        the information required under clauses (iii) and (iv) of 
        section 428(c)(3)(C) and sections 428(b)(1)(Z) and 
        428C(b)(1)(F).'';
            (4) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking the second 
                sentence; and
                    (B) in paragraph (5)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (B), by striking 
                        ``paragraph (2)'' and inserting ``paragraph 
                        (4)''; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (C), by striking 
                        ``this'';
            (5) in subsection (f)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ``to borrowers'' 
                and inserting ``to students, borrowers,''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (3)(A), by striking ``(1)(A)'' and 
                inserting ``(1)'';
            (6) in subsection (g)(3), by striking ``not more than 25'';
            (7) in subsection (h), by striking ``organizational 
        effectiveness'' and inserting ``effectiveness'';
            (8) by striking subsection (i);
            (9) by redesignating subsection (j) as subsection (i); and
            (10) in subsection (i) (as redesignated by paragraph (9)), 
        by striking ``, including transition costs''.

SEC. 111. PROCUREMENT FLEXIBILITY.

    Section 142 (20 U.S.C. 1018a) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by striking ``for information systems 
                        supporting the programs authorized under title 
                        IV''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``and'' after the 
                        semicolon;
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by striking the period at the 
                end and inserting ``; and''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) through the Chief Operating Officer--
                    ``(A) to the maximum extent practicable, utilize 
                procurement systems that streamline operations, improve 
                internal controls, and enhance management; and
                    ``(B) assess the efficiency of such systems and 
                assess such systems' ability to meet PBO 
                requirements.'';
            (2) by striking subsection (c)(2) and inserting the 
        following:
            ``(2) Fee for service arrangements.--The Chief Operating 
        Officer shall, when appropriate and consistent with the 
        purposes of the PBO, acquire services related to the functions 
        set forth in section 141(b)(2) from any entity that has the 
        capability and capacity to meet the requirements set by the 
        PBO. The Chief Operating Officer is authorized to pay fees that 
        are equivalent to those paid by other entities to an 
        organization that provides services that meet the requirements 
        of the PBO, as determined by the Chief Operating Officer.'';
            (3) in subsection (d)(2)(B), by striking ``on Federal 
        Government contracts'';
            (4) in subsection (g)--
                    (A) in paragraph (4)(A)--
                            (i) in the subparagraph heading, by 
                        striking ``Sole source.--'' and inserting 
                        ``Single-source basis.--''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``sole-source'' and 
                        inserting ``single-source''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (7), by striking ``sole-source'' 
                and inserting ``single-source'';
            (5) in subsection (h)(2)(A), by striking ``sole-source'' 
        and inserting ``single-source''; and
            (6) in subsection (l), by striking paragraph (3) and 
        inserting the following:
            ``(3) Single-source basis.--The term `single-source basis', 
        with respect to an award of a contract, means that the contract 
        is awarded to a source after soliciting an offer or offers 
        from, and negotiating with, only such source (although such 
        source is not the only source in the marketplace capable of 
        meeting the need) because such source is the most advantageous 
        source for purposes of the award.''.

SEC. 112. INSTITUTION AND LENDER REPORTING AND DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS.

    Title I (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end 
the following:

 ``PART E--LENDER AND INSTITUTION REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO EDUCATIONAL 
                                 LOANS

``SEC. 151. DEFINITIONS.

    ``In this part:
            ``(1) Cost of attendance.--The term `cost of attendance' 
        has the meaning given the term in section 472.
            ``(2) Covered institution.--The term `covered 
        institution'--
                    ``(A) means any educational institution that offers 
                a postsecondary educational degree, certificate, or 
                program of study (including any institution of higher 
                education, as such term is defined in section 102) and 
                receives any Federal funding or assistance; and
                    ``(B) includes any employee or agent of the 
                educational institution or any organization or entity 
                affiliated with, or directly or indirectly controlled 
                by, such institution.
            ``(3) Educational loan.--The term `educational loan' means 
        any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under title IV.
            ``(4) Educational loan arrangement.--The term `educational 
        loan arrangement' means an arrangement or agreement between a 
        lender and a covered institution--
                    ``(A) under which arrangement or agreement a lender 
                provides or otherwise issues educational loans to the 
                students attending the covered institution or the 
                parents of such students; and
                    ``(B) which arrangement or agreement--
                            ``(i) relates to the covered institution 
                        recommending, promoting, endorsing, or using 
                        educational loans of the lender; and
                            ``(ii) involves the payment of any fee or 
                        provision of other material benefit by the 
                        lender to the institution or to groups of 
                        students who attend the institution.
            ``(5) Lender.--The term `lender'--
                    ``(A) means--
                            ``(i) any lender--
                                    ``(I) of a loan made, insured, or 
                                guaranteed under part B or D of title 
                                IV; and
                                    ``(II) that is a financial 
                                institution, as such term is defined in 
                                section 509 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley 
                                Act (15 U.S.C. 6809); and
                            ``(ii) in the case of any loan issued or 
                        provided to a student under part D of title IV, 
                        the Secretary; and
                    ``(B) includes any individual, group, or entity 
                acting on behalf of the lender in connection with an 
                educational loan.
            ``(6) Officer.--The term `officer' includes a director or 
        trustee of an institution.

``SEC. 152. REQUIREMENTS FOR LENDERS AND INSTITUTIONS PARTICIPATING IN 
              EDUCATIONAL LOAN ARRANGEMENTS.

    ``(a) Use of Lender Name.--A covered institution that enters into 
an educational loan arrangement has a duty to disclose the name of the 
lender in documentation related to the loan.
    ``(b) Disclosures.--
            ``(1) Disclosures by lenders.--Before a lender issues or 
        otherwise provides an educational loan to a student, the lender 
        shall provide the student, in writing, with the disclosures 
        described in paragraph (2).
            ``(2) Disclosures.--The disclosures required by this 
        paragraph shall include a clear and prominent statement--
                    ``(A) of the interest rates of the educational loan 
                being offered;
                    ``(B) showing sample educational loan costs, 
                disaggregated by type;
                    ``(C) that describes, with respect to each type of 
                educational loan being offered--
                            ``(i) the types of repayment plans that are 
                        available;
                            ``(ii) whether, and under what conditions, 
                        early repayment may be made without penalty;
                            ``(iii) when and how often interest on the 
                        loan will be capitalized;
                            ``(iv) the terms and conditions of 
                        deferments or forbearance;
                            ``(v) all available repayment benefits, the 
                        percentage of all borrowers who qualify for 
                        such benefits, and the percentage of borrowers 
                        who received such benefits in the preceding 
                        academic year, for each type of loan being 
                        offered;
                            ``(vi) the collection practices in the case 
                        of default;
                            ``(vii) all fees that the borrower may be 
                        charged, including late payment penalties and 
                        associated fees; and
                            ``(viii) whether the amount of all loans 
                        issued by the lender to the borrower exceeds 
                        the student's cost of attendance; and
                    ``(D) of such other information as the Secretary 
                may require.
    ``(c) Disclosures to the Secretary by Lender.--
            ``(1) In general.--Each lender shall, on an annual basis, 
        report to the Secretary any reasonable expenses paid or given 
        under section 435(d)(5)(D), 487(a)(21)(A)(ii), or 
        487(a)(21)(A)(iv) to any employee who is employed in the 
        financial aid office of a covered institution, or who otherwise 
        has responsibilities with respect to educational loans or other 
        financial aid of the institution. Such reports shall include--
                    ``(A) the amount of each specific instance in which 
                the lender provided such reimbursement;
                    ``(B) the name of the financial aid official or 
                other employee to whom the reimbursement was made;
                    ``(C) the dates of the activity for which the 
                reimbursement was made; and
                    ``(D) a brief description of the activity for which 
                the reimbursement was made.
            ``(2) Report to congress.--The Secretary shall compile the 
        information in paragraph (1) in a report and transmit such 
        report to the authorizing committees annually.

``SEC. 153. INTEREST RATE REPORT FOR INSTITUTIONS AND LENDERS 
              PARTICIPATING IN EDUCATIONAL LOAN ARRANGEMENTS.

    ``(a) Secretary Duties.--
            ``(1) Report and model format.--Not later than 180 days 
        after the date of enactment of the Higher Education Amendments 
        of 2007, the Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) prepare a report on the adequacy of the 
                information provided to students and the parents of 
                such students about educational loans, after consulting 
                with students, representatives of covered institutions 
                (including financial aid administrators, registrars, 
                and business officers), lenders, loan servicers, and 
                guaranty agencies;
                    ``(B) include in the report a model format, based 
                on the report's findings, to be used by lenders and 
                covered institutions in carrying out subsections (b) 
                and (c)--
                            ``(i) that provides information on the 
                        applicable interest rates and other terms and 
                        conditions of the educational loans provided by 
                        a lender to students attending the institution, 
                        or the parents of such students, disaggregated 
                        by each type of educational loans provided to 
                        such students or parents by the lender, 
                        including--
                                    ``(I) the interest rate and terms 
                                and conditions of the loans offered by 
                                the lender for the upcoming academic 
                                year;
                                    ``(II) with respect to such loans, 
                                any benefits that are contingent on the 
                                repayment behavior of the borrower;
                                    ``(III) the average amount borrowed 
                                from the lender by students enrolled in 
                                the institution who obtain loans of 
                                such type from the lender for the 
                                preceding academic year;
                                    ``(IV) the average interest rate on 
                                such loans provided to such students 
                                for the preceding academic year; and
                                    ``(V) the amount that the borrower 
                                may repay in interest, based on the 
                                standard repayment period of a loan, on 
                                the average amount borrowed from the 
                                lender by students enrolled in the 
                                institution who obtain loans of such 
                                type from the lender for the preceding 
                                academic year; and
                            ``(ii) which format shall be easily usable 
                        by lenders, institutions, guaranty agencies, 
                        loan servicers, parents, and students; and
                    ``(C)(i) submit the report and model format to the 
                authorizing committees; and
                    ``(ii) make the report and model format available 
                to covered institutions, lenders, and the public.
            ``(2) Use of form.--The Secretary shall take such steps as 
        necessary to make the model format available to covered 
        institutions and to encourage--
                    ``(A) lenders subject to subsection (b) to use the 
                model format in providing the information required 
                under subsection (b); and
                    ``(B) covered institutions to use such format in 
                preparing the information report under subsection (c).
    ``(b) Lender Duties.--Each lender that has an educational loan 
arrangement with a covered institution shall annually, by a date 
determined by the Secretary, provide to the covered institution and to 
the Secretary the information included on the model format for each 
type of educational loan provided by the lender to students attending 
the covered institution, or the parents of such students, for the 
preceding academic year.
    ``(c) Covered Institution Duties.--Each covered institution shall--
            ``(1) prepare and submit to the Secretary an annual report, 
        by a date determined by the Secretary, that includes, for each 
        lender that has an educational loan arrangement with the 
        covered institution and that has submitted to the institution 
        the information required under subsection (b)--
                    ``(A) the information included on the model format 
                for each type of educational loan provided by the 
                lender to students attending the covered institution, 
                or the parents of such students; and
                    ``(B) a detailed explanation of why the covered 
                institution believes the terms and conditions of each 
                type of educational loan provided pursuant to the 
                agreement are beneficial for students attending the 
                covered institution, or the parents of such students; 
                and
            ``(2) ensure that the report required under paragraph (1) 
        is made available to the public and provided to students 
        attending or planning to attend the covered institution, and 
        the parents of such students, in time for the student or parent 
        to take such information into account before applying for or 
        selecting an educational loan.''.

                 TITLE II--TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT

SEC. 201. TEACHER QUALITY PARTNERSHIP GRANTS.

    Part A of title II (20 U.S.C. 1021 et seq.) is amended to read as 
follows:

              ``PART A--TEACHER QUALITY PARTNERSHIP GRANTS

``SEC. 201. PURPOSES; DEFINITIONS.

    ``(a) Purposes.--The purposes of this part are to--
            ``(1) improve student achievement;
            ``(2) improve the quality of the current and future 
        teaching force by improving the preparation of prospective 
        teachers and enhancing professional development activities;
            ``(3) hold institutions of higher education accountable for 
        preparing highly qualified teachers; and
            ``(4) recruit qualified individuals, including minorities 
        and individuals from other occupations, into the teaching 
        force.
    ``(b) Definitions.--In this part:
            ``(1) Arts and sciences.--The term `arts and sciences' 
        means--
                    ``(A) when referring to an organizational unit of 
                an institution of higher education, any academic unit 
                that offers 1 or more academic majors in disciplines or 
                content areas corresponding to the academic subject 
                matter areas in which teachers provide instruction; and
                    ``(B) when referring to a specific academic subject 
                area, the disciplines or content areas in which 
                academic majors are offered by the arts and sciences 
                organizational unit.
            ``(2) Children from low-income families.--The term 
        `children from low-income families' means children as described 
        in section 1124(c)(1)(A) of the Elementary and Secondary 
        Education Act of 1965.
            ``(3) Core academic subjects.--The term `core academic 
        subjects' has the meaning given the term in section 9101 of the 
        Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.
            ``(4) Early childhood education program.--The term `early 
        childhood education program' means--
                    ``(A) a Head Start program or an Early Head Start 
                program carried out under the Head Start Act (42 U.S.C. 
                9831 et seq.);
                    ``(B) a State licensed or regulated child care 
                program or school; or
                    ``(C) a State prekindergarten program that serves 
                children from birth through kindergarten and that 
                addresses the children's cognitive (including language, 
                early literacy, and pre-numeracy), social, emotional, 
                and physical development.
            ``(5) Early childhood educator.--The term `early childhood 
        educator' means an individual with primary responsibility for 
        the education of children in an early childhood education 
        program.
            ``(6) Educational service agency.--The term `educational 
        service agency' has the meaning given the term in section 9101 
        of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.
            ``(7) Eligible partnership.--The term `eligible 
        partnership' means an entity that--
                    ``(A) shall include--
                            ``(i) a high-need local educational agency;
                            ``(ii) a high-need school or a consortium 
                        of high-need schools served by the high-need 
                        local educational agency or, as applicable, a 
                        high-need early childhood education program;
                            ``(iii) a partner institution;
                            ``(iv) a school, department, or program of 
                        education within such partner institution; and
                            ``(v) a school or department of arts and 
                        sciences within such partner institution; and
                    ``(B) may include any of the following:
                            ``(i) The Governor of the State.
                            ``(ii) The State educational agency.
                            ``(iii) The State board of education.
                            ``(iv) The State agency for higher 
                        education.
                            ``(v) A business.
                            ``(vi) A public or private nonprofit 
                        educational organization.
                            ``(vii) An educational service agency.
                            ``(viii) A teacher organization.
                            ``(ix) A high-performing local educational 
                        agency, or a consortium of such local 
                        educational agencies, that can serve as a 
                        resource to the partnership.
                            ``(x) A charter school (as defined in 
                        section 5210 of the Elementary and Secondary 
                        Education Act of 1965).
                            ``(xi) A school or department within the 
                        partner institution that focuses on psychology 
                        and human development.
                            ``(xii) A school or department within the 
                        partner institution with comparable expertise 
                        in the disciplines of teaching, learning, and 
                        child and adolescent development.
            ``(8) Essential components of reading instruction.--The 
        term `essential components of reading instruction' has the 
        meaning given such term in section 1208 of the Elementary and 
        Secondary Education Act of 1965.
            ``(9) Exemplary teacher.--The term `exemplary teacher' has 
        the meaning given such term in section 9101 of the Elementary 
        and Secondary Education Act of 1965.
            ``(10) High-need early childhood education program.--The 
        term `high-need early childhood education program' means an 
        early childhood education program that is among the highest 25 
        percent of early childhood programs in the geographic area 
        served by the local educational agency in the partnership, in 
        terms of the percentage of students from families with incomes 
        below the poverty line.
            ``(11) High-need local educational agency.--The term `high-
        need local educational agency' means a local educational 
        agency--
                    ``(A)(i) for which not less than 20 percent of the 
                children served by the agency are children from low-
                income families;
                    ``(ii) that serves not fewer than 10,000 children 
                from low-income families; or
                    ``(iii) with a total of less than 600 students in 
                average daily attendance at the schools that are served 
                by the agency and all of whose schools are designated 
                with a school locale code of 6, 7, or 8, as determined 
                by the Secretary; and
                    ``(B)(i) for which there is a high percentage of 
                teachers not teaching in the academic subject areas or 
                grade levels in which the teachers were trained to 
                teach; or
                    ``(ii) for which there is a high teacher turnover 
                rate or a high percentage of teachers with emergency, 
                provisional, or temporary certification or licensure.
            ``(12) High-need school.--The term `high-need school' means 
        a public elementary school or public secondary school that--
                    ``(A) is among the highest 25 percent of schools 
                served by the local educational agency that serves the 
                school, in terms of the percentage of students from 
                families with incomes below the poverty line; or
                    ``(B) is designated with a school locale code of 6, 
                7, or 8, as determined by the Secretary.
            ``(13) Highly competent.--The term `highly competent', when 
        used with respect to an early childhood educator, means an 
        educator--
                    ``(A) with specialized education and training in 
                development and education of young children from birth 
                until entry into kindergarten;
                    ``(B) with--
                            ``(i) a baccalaureate degree in an academic 
                        major in the arts and sciences; or
                            ``(ii) an associate's degree in a related 
                        educational area; and
                    ``(C) who has demonstrated a high level of 
                knowledge and use of content and pedagogy in the 
                relevant areas associated with quality early childhood 
                education.
            ``(14) Highly qualified.--The term `highly qualified' has 
        the meaning given such term in section 9101 of the Elementary 
        and Secondary Education Act of 1965 and, with respect to 
        special education teachers, in section 602 of the Individuals 
        with Disabilities Education Act.
            ``(15) Induction program.--The term `induction program' 
        means a formalized program for new teachers during not less 
        than the teachers' first 2 years of teaching that is designed 
        to provide support for, and improve the professional 
        performance and advance the retention in the teaching field of, 
        beginning teachers. Such program shall promote effective 
        teaching skills and shall include the following components:
                    ``(A) High-quality teacher mentoring.
                    ``(B) Periodic, structured time for collaboration 
                with teachers in the same department or field, as well 
                as time for information-sharing among teachers, 
                principals, administrators, and participating faculty 
                in the partner institution.
                    ``(C) The application of empirically based practice 
                and scientifically valid research on instructional 
                practices.
                    ``(D) Opportunities for new teachers to draw 
                directly upon the expertise of teacher mentors, 
                faculty, and researchers to support the integration of 
                empirically based practice and scientifically valid 
                research with practice.
                    ``(E) The development of skills in instructional 
                and behavioral interventions derived from empirically 
                based practice and, where applicable, scientifically 
                valid research.
                    ``(F) Faculty who--
                            ``(i) model the integration of research and 
                        practice in the classroom; and
                            ``(ii) assist new teachers with the 
                        effective use and integration of technology in 
                        the classroom.
                    ``(G) Interdisciplinary collaboration among 
                exemplary teachers, faculty, researchers, and other 
                staff who prepare new teachers on the learning process 
                and the assessment of learning.
                    ``(H) Assistance with the understanding of data, 
                particularly student achievement data, and the data's 
                applicability in classroom instruction.
                    ``(I) Regular evaluation of the new teacher.
            ``(16) Limited english proficient.--The term `limited 
        English proficient' has the meaning given such term in section 
        9101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.
            ``(17) Partner institution.--The term `partner institution' 
        means an institution of higher education, which may include a 
        2-year institution of higher education offering a dual program 
        with a 4-year institution of higher education, participating in 
        an eligible partnership that has a teacher preparation 
        program--
                    ``(A) whose graduates exhibit strong performance on 
                State-determined qualifying assessments for new 
                teachers through--
                            ``(i) demonstrating that 80 percent or more 
                        of the graduates of the program who intend to 
                        enter the field of teaching have passed all of 
                        the applicable State qualification assessments 
                        for new teachers, which shall include an 
                        assessment of each prospective teacher's 
                        subject matter knowledge in the content area in 
                        which the teacher intends to teach; or
                            ``(ii) being ranked among the highest-
                        performing teacher preparation programs in the 
                        State as determined by the State--
                                    ``(I) using criteria consistent 
                                with the requirements for the State 
                                report card under section 205(b); and
                                    ``(II) using the State report card 
                                on teacher preparation required under 
                                section 205(b), after the first 
                                publication of such report card and for 
                                every year thereafter; or
                    ``(B) that requires--
                            ``(i) each student in the program to meet 
                        high academic standards and participate in 
                        intensive clinical experience;
                            ``(ii) each student in the program 
                        preparing to become a teacher to become highly 
                        qualified; and
                            ``(iii) each student in the program 
                        preparing to become an early childhood educator 
                        to meet degree requirements, as established by 
                        the State, and become highly competent.
            ``(18) Principles of scientific research.--The term 
        `principles of scientific research' means research that--
                    ``(A) applies rigorous, systematic, and objective 
                methodology to obtain reliable and valid knowledge 
                relevant to education activities and programs;
                    ``(B) presents findings and makes claims that are 
                appropriate to and supported by the methods that have 
                been employed; and
                    ``(C) includes, appropriate to the research being 
                conducted--
                            ``(i) use of systematic, empirical methods 
                        that draw on observation or experiment;
                            ``(ii) use of data analyses that are 
                        adequate to support the general findings;
                            ``(iii) reliance on measurements or 
                        observational methods that provide reliable and 
                        generalizable findings;
                            ``(iv) claims of causal relationships only 
                        in research designs that substantially 
                        eliminate plausible competing explanations for 
                        the obtained results, which may include but 
                        shall not be limited to random-assignment 
                        experiments;
                            ``(v) presentation of studies and methods 
                        in sufficient detail and clarity to allow for 
                        replication or, at a minimum, to offer the 
                        opportunity to build systematically on the 
                        findings of the research;
                            ``(vi) acceptance by a peer-reviewed 
                        journal or critique by a panel of independent 
                        experts through a comparably rigorous, 
                        objective, and scientific review; and
                            ``(vii) use of research designs and methods 
                        appropriate to the research question posed.
            ``(19) Professional development.--The term `professional 
        development' has the meaning given the term in section 9101 of 
        the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.
            ``(20) Scientifically valid research.--The term 
        `scientifically valid research' includes applied research, 
        basic research, and field-initiated research in which the 
        rationale, design, and interpretation are soundly developed in 
        accordance with accepted principles of scientific research.
            ``(21) Teacher mentoring.--The term `teacher mentoring' 
        means the mentoring of new or prospective teachers through a 
        new or established program that--
                    ``(A) includes clear criteria for the selection of 
                teacher mentors who will provide role model 
                relationships for mentees, which criteria shall be 
                developed by the eligible partnership and based on 
                measures of teacher effectiveness;
                    ``(B) provides high-quality training for such 
                mentors, including instructional strategies for 
                literacy instruction;
                    ``(C) provides regular and ongoing opportunities 
                for mentors and mentees to observe each other's 
                teaching methods in classroom settings during the day 
                in a high-need school in the high-need local 
                educational agency in the eligible partnership;
                    ``(D) provides mentoring to each mentee by a 
                colleague who teaches in the same field, grade, or 
                subject as the mentee;
                    ``(E) promotes empirically based practice of, and 
                scientifically valid research on, where applicable--
                            ``(i) teaching and learning;
                            ``(ii) assessment of student learning;
                            ``(iii) the development of teaching skills 
                        through the use of instructional and behavioral 
                        interventions; and
                            ``(iv) the improvement of the mentees' 
                        capacity to measurably advance student 
                        learning; and
                    ``(F) includes--
                            ``(i) common planning time or regularly 
                        scheduled collaboration for the mentor and 
                        mentee; and
                            ``(ii) joint professional development 
                        opportunities.
            ``(22) Teaching skills.--The term `teaching skills' means 
        skills that enable a teacher to--
                    ``(A) increase student learning, achievement, and 
                the ability to apply knowledge;
                    ``(B) effectively convey and explain academic 
                subject matter;
                    ``(C) employ strategies grounded in the disciplines 
                of teaching and learning that--
                            ``(i) are based on empirically based 
                        practice and scientifically valid research, 
                        where applicable, on teaching and learning;
                            ``(ii) are specific to academic subject 
                        matter; and
                            ``(iii) focus on the identification of 
                        students' specific learning needs, particularly 
                        students with disabilities, students who are 
                        limited English proficient, students who are 
                        gifted and talented, and students with low 
                        literacy levels, and the tailoring of academic 
                        instruction to such needs;
                    ``(D) conduct an ongoing assessment of student 
                learning;
                    ``(E) effectively manage a classroom;
                    ``(F) communicate and work with parents and 
                guardians, and involve parents and guardians in their 
                children's education; and
                    ``(G) use age-appropriate strategies and practices 
                for children, including in early childhood education 
                programs.
            ``(23) Teaching residency program.--The term `teaching 
        residency program' means a school-based teacher preparation 
        program in which a prospective teacher--
                    ``(A) for 1 academic year, teaches alongside a 
                mentor teacher, who is the teacher of record;
                    ``(B) receives concurrent instruction during the 
                year described in subparagraph (A) from the partner 
                institution, which courses may be taught by local 
                educational agency personnel or residency program 
                faculty, in the teaching of the content area in which 
                the teacher will become certified or licensed;
                    ``(C) acquires effective teaching skills; and
                    ``(D) prior to completion of the program, earns a 
                master's degree, attains full State teacher 
                certification or licensure, and becomes highly 
                qualified.

``SEC. 202. PARTNERSHIP GRANTS.

    ``(a) Program Authorized.--From amounts made available under 
section 208, the Secretary is authorized to award grants, on a 
competitive basis, to eligible partnerships, to enable the eligible 
partnerships to carry out the activities described in subsection (c).
    ``(b) Application.--Each eligible partnership desiring a grant 
under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such 
time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the 
Secretary may require. Each such application shall contain--
            ``(1) a needs assessment of all the partners in the 
        eligible partnership with respect to the preparation, ongoing 
        training, professional development, and retention, of general 
        and special education teachers, principals, and, as applicable, 
        early childhood educators;
            ``(2) a description of the extent to which the program 
        prepares prospective and new teachers with strong teaching 
        skills;
            ``(3) a description of the extent to which the program will 
        prepare prospective and new teachers to understand research and 
        data and the applicability of research and data in the 
        classroom;
            ``(4) a description of how the partnership will coordinate 
        strategies and activities assisted under the grant with other 
        teacher preparation or professional development programs, 
        including those funded under the Elementary and Secondary 
        Education Act of 1965 and the Individuals with Disabilities 
        Education Act, and through the National Science Foundation, and 
        how the activities of the partnership will be consistent with 
        State, local, and other education reform activities that 
        promote student achievement;
            ``(5) a resource assessment that describes the resources 
        available to the partnership, including--
                    ``(A) the integration of funds from other related 
                sources;
                    ``(B) the intended use of the grant funds;
                    ``(C) the commitment of the resources of the 
                partnership to the activities assisted under this 
                section, including financial support, faculty 
                participation, and time commitments, and to the 
                continuation of the activities when the grant ends;
            ``(6) a description of--
                    ``(A) how the partnership will meet the purposes of 
                this part;
                    ``(B) how the partnership will carry out the 
                activities required under subsection (d) or (e) based 
                on the needs identified in paragraph (1), with the goal 
                of improving student achievement;
                    ``(C) the partnership's evaluation plan under 
                section 204(a);
                    ``(D) how the partnership will align the teacher 
                preparation program with the--
                            ``(i) early learning standards for early 
                        childhood education programs, as applicable, of 
                        the State in which the partnership is located; 
                        and
                            ``(ii) the student academic achievement 
                        standards and academic content standards under 
                        section 1111(b)(2) of the Elementary and 
                        Secondary Education Act of 1965, established by 
                        the State in which the partnership is located;
                    ``(E) how faculty at the partner institution will 
                work with, during the term of the grant, highly 
                qualified teachers in the classrooms of schools served 
                by the high-need local educational agency in the 
                partnership to provide high-quality professional 
                development activities;
                    ``(F) how the partnership will design, implement, 
                or enhance a year-long, rigorous, and enriching 
                teaching preservice clinical program component;
                    ``(G) the in-service professional development 
                strategies and activities to be supported; and
                    ``(H) how the partnership will collect, analyze, 
                and use data on the retention of all teachers and early 
                childhood educators in schools and early childhood 
                programs located in the geographic area served by the 
                partnership to evaluate the effectiveness of the 
                partnership's teacher and educator support system; and
            ``(7) with respect to the induction program required as 
        part of the activities carried out under this section--
                    ``(A) a demonstration that the schools and 
                departments within the institution of higher education 
                that are part of the induction program have relevant 
                and essential roles in the effective preparation of 
                teachers, including content expertise and expertise in 
                teaching;
                    ``(B) a demonstration of the partnership's 
                capability and commitment to the use of empirically 
                based practice and scientifically valid research on 
                teaching and learning, and the accessibility to and 
                involvement of faculty;
                    ``(C) a description of how the teacher preparation 
                program will design and implement an induction program 
                to support all new teachers through not less than the 
                first 2 years of teaching in the further development of 
                the new teachers' teaching skills, including the use of 
                mentors who are trained and compensated by such program 
                for the mentors' work with new teachers; and
                    ``(D) a description of how faculty involved in the 
                induction program will be able to substantially 
                participate in an early childhood education program or 
                an elementary or secondary school classroom setting, as 
                applicable, including release time and receiving 
                workload credit for such participation.
    ``(c) Required Use of Grant Funds.--An eligible partnership that 
receives a grant under this part shall use grant funds to carry out a 
program for the pre-baccalaureate preparation of teachers under 
subsection (d), a teaching residency program under subsection (e), or 
both such programs.
    ``(d) Partnership Grants for Pre-Baccalaureate Preparation of 
Teachers.--An eligible partnership that receives a grant to carry out 
an effective program for the pre-baccalaureate preparation of teachers 
shall carry out a program that includes all of the following:
            ``(1) Reforms.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Implementing reforms, described 
                in subparagraph (B), within each teacher preparation 
                program and, as applicable, each preparation program 
                for early childhood education programs, of the eligible 
                partnership that is assisted under this section, to 
                hold each program accountable for--
                            ``(i) preparing--
                                    ``(I) current or prospective 
                                teachers to be highly qualified 
                                (including teachers in rural school 
                                districts who may teach multiple 
                                subjects, special educators, and 
                                teachers of students who are limited 
                                English proficient who may teach 
                                multiple subjects);
                                    ``(II) such teachers and, as 
                                applicable, early childhood educators, 
                                to understand empirically based 
                                practice and scientifically valid 
                                research on teaching and learning and 
                                its applicability, and to use 
                                technology effectively, including the 
                                use of instructional techniques to 
                                improve student achievement; and
                                    ``(III) as applicable, early 
                                childhood educators to be highly 
                                competent; and
                            ``(ii) promoting strong teaching skills 
                        and, as applicable, techniques for early 
                        childhood educators to improve children's 
                        cognitive, social, emotional, and physical 
                        development.
                    ``(B) Required reforms.--The reforms described in 
                subparagraph (A) shall include--
                            ``(i) implementing teacher preparation 
                        program curriculum changes that improve, 
                        evaluate, and assess how well all prospective 
                        and new teachers develop teaching skills;
                            ``(ii) using empirically based practice and 
                        scientifically valid research, where 
                        applicable, about the disciplines of teaching 
                        and learning so that all prospective teachers 
                        and, as applicable, early childhood educators--
                                    ``(I) can understand and implement 
                                research-based teaching practices in 
                                classroom-based instruction;
                                    ``(II) have knowledge of student 
                                learning methods;
                                    ``(III) possess skills to analyze 
                                student academic achievement data and 
                                other measures of student learning and 
                                use such data and measures to improve 
                                instruction in the classroom;
                                    ``(IV) possess teaching skills and 
                                an understanding of effective 
                                instructional strategies across all 
                                applicable content areas that enable 
                                the teachers and early childhood 
                                educators to--
                                            ``(aa) meet the specific 
                                        learning needs of all students, 
                                        including students with 
                                        disabilities, students who are 
                                        limited English proficient, 
                                        students who are gifted and 
                                        talented, students with low 
                                        literacy levels and, as 
                                        applicable, children in early 
                                        childhood education programs; 
                                        and
                                            ``(bb) differentiate 
                                        instruction for such students; 
                                        and
                                    ``(V) can successfully employ 
                                effective strategies for reading 
                                instruction using the essential 
                                components of reading instruction;
                            ``(iii) ensuring collaboration with 
                        departments, programs, or units of a partner 
                        institution outside of the teacher preparation 
                        program in all academic content areas to ensure 
                        that new teachers receive training in both 
                        teaching and relevant content areas in order to 
                        become highly qualified;
                            ``(iv) developing and implementing an 
                        induction program; and
                            ``(v) developing admissions goals and 
                        priorities with the hiring objectives of the 
                        high-need local educational agency in the 
                        eligible partnership.
            ``(2) Clinical experience and interaction.--Developing and 
        improving a sustained and high-quality pre-service clinical 
        education program to further develop the teaching skills of all 
        prospective teachers and, as applicable, early childhood 
        educators, involved in the program. Such program shall do the 
        following:
                    ``(A) Incorporate year-long opportunities for 
                enrichment activity or a combination of activities, 
                including--
                            ``(i) clinical learning in classrooms in 
                        high-need schools served by the high-need local 
                        educational agency in the eligible partnership 
                        and identified by the eligible partnership; and
                            ``(ii) closely supervised interaction 
                        between faculty and new and experienced 
                        teachers, principals, and other administrators 
                        at early childhood education programs (as 
                        applicable), elementary schools, or secondary 
                        schools, and providing support for such 
                        interaction.
                    ``(B) Integrate pedagogy and classroom practice and 
                promote effective teaching skills in academic content 
                areas.
                    ``(C) Provide high-quality teacher mentoring.
                    ``(D)(i) Be offered over the course of a program of 
                teacher preparation;
                    ``(ii) be tightly aligned with course work (and may 
                be developed as a 5th year of a teacher preparation 
                program); and
                    ``(iii) where feasible, allow prospective teachers 
                to learn to teach in the same school district in which 
                the teachers will work, learning the instructional 
                initiatives and curriculum of that district.
                    ``(E) Provide support and training for those 
                individuals participating in an activity for 
                prospective teachers described in this paragraph or 
                paragraph (1) or (2), and for those who serve as 
                mentors for such teachers, based on each individual's 
                experience. Such support may include--
                            ``(i) with respect to a prospective teacher 
                        or a mentor, release time for such individual's 
                        participation;
                            ``(ii) with respect to a faculty member, 
                        receiving course workload credit and 
                        compensation for time teaching in the eligible 
                        partnership's activities; and
                            ``(iii) with respect to a mentor, a 
                        stipend.
            ``(3) Induction programs for new teachers.--Creating an 
        induction program for new teachers, or, in the case of an early 
        childhood education program, providing mentoring or coaching 
        for new early childhood educators.
            ``(4) Support and training for participants in early 
        childhood education programs.--In the case of an eligible 
        partnership focusing on early childhood educator preparation, 
        implementing initiatives that increase compensation for early 
        childhood educators who attain associate or baccalaureate 
        degrees in early childhood education.
            ``(5) Teacher recruitment.--Developing and implementing 
        effective mechanisms to ensure that the eligible partnership is 
        able to recruit qualified individuals to become highly 
        qualified teachers through the activities of the eligible 
        partnership.
    ``(e) Partnership Grants for the Establishment of Teaching 
Residency Programs.--
            ``(1) In general.--An eligible partnership receiving a 
        grant to carry out an effective teaching residency program 
        shall carry out a program that includes all of the following 
        activities:
                    ``(A) Supporting a teaching residency program 
                described in paragraph (2) for high-need subjects and 
                areas, as determined by the needs of the high-need 
                local educational agency in the partnership.
                    ``(B) Modifying staffing procedures to provide 
                greater flexibility for local educational agency and 
                school leaders to establish effective school-level 
                staffing in order to facilitate placement of graduates 
                of the teaching residency program in cohorts that 
                facilitate professional collaboration, both among 
                graduates of the teaching residency program and between 
                such graduates and mentor teachers in the receiving 
                school.
                    ``(C) Ensuring that teaching residents that 
                participated in the teaching residency program 
                receive--
                            ``(i) effective preservice preparation as 
                        described in paragraph (2);
                            ``(ii) teacher mentoring;
                            ``(iii) induction through the induction 
                        program as the teaching residents enter the 
                        classroom as new teachers; and
                            ``(iv) the preparation described in 
                        subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of subsection 
                        (d)(2).
            ``(2) Teaching residency programs.--
                    ``(A) Establishment and design.--A teaching 
                residency program under this paragraph shall be a 
                program based upon models of successful teaching 
                residencies that serves as a mechanism to prepare 
                teachers for success in the high-need schools in the 
                eligible partnership, and shall be designed to include 
                the following characteristics of successful programs:
                            ``(i) The integration of pedagogy, 
                        classroom practice, and teacher mentoring.
                            ``(ii) Engagement of teaching residents in 
                        rigorous graduate-level coursework to earn a 
                        master's degree while undertaking a guided 
                        teaching apprenticeship.
                            ``(iii) Experience and learning 
                        opportunities alongside a trained and 
                        experienced mentor teacher--
                                    ``(I) whose teaching shall 
                                complement the residency program so 
                                that classroom clinical practice is 
                                tightly aligned with coursework;
                                    ``(II) who shall have extra 
                                responsibilities as a teacher leader of 
                                the teaching residency program, as a 
                                mentor for residents, and as a teacher 
                                coach during the induction program for 
                                novice teachers, and for establishing, 
                                within the program, a learning 
                                community in which all individuals are 
                                expected to continually improve their 
                                capacity to advance student learning; 
                                and
                                    ``(III) who may have full relief 
                                from teaching duties as a result of 
                                such additional responsibilities.
                            ``(iv) The establishment of clear criteria 
                        for the selection of mentor teachers based on 
                        measures of teacher effectiveness and the 
                        appropriate subject area knowledge. Evaluation 
                        of teacher effectiveness shall be based on 
                        observations of such domains of teaching as the 
                        following:
                                    ``(I) Planning and preparation, 
                                including demonstrated knowledge of 
                                content, pedagogy, and assessment, 
                                including the use of formative 
                                assessments to improve student 
                                learning.
                                    ``(II) Appropriate instruction that 
                                engages students with different 
                                learning styles.
                                    ``(III) Collaboration with 
                                colleagues to improve instruction.
                                    ``(IV) Analysis of gains in student 
                                learning, based on multiple measures, 
                                that, when feasible, may include valid 
                                and reliable objective measures of the 
                                influence of teachers on the rate of 
                                student academic progress.
                                    ``(V) In the case of mentor 
                                candidates who will be mentoring 
                                current or future literacy and 
                                mathematics coaches or instructors, 
                                appropriate skills in the essential 
                                components of reading instruction, 
                                teacher training in literacy 
                                instructional strategies across core 
                                subject areas, and teacher training in 
                                mathematics instructional strategies, 
                                as appropriate.
                            ``(v) Grouping of teaching residents in 
                        cohorts to facilitate professional 
                        collaboration among such residents.
                            ``(vi) The development of admissions goals 
                        and priorities aligned with the hiring 
                        objectives of the local educational agency 
                        partnering with the program, as well as the 
                        instructional initiatives and curriculum of the 
                        agency, in exchange for a commitment by the 
                        agency to hire graduates from the teaching 
                        residency program.
                            ``(vii) Support for residents, once the 
                        teaching residents are hired as teachers of 
                        record, through an induction program, 
                        professional development, and networking 
                        opportunities to support the residents through 
                        not less than the residents' first 2 years of 
                        teaching.
                    ``(B) Selection of individuals as teacher 
                residents.--
                            ``(i) Eligible individual.--In order to be 
                        eligible to be a teacher resident in a teaching 
                        residency program under this paragraph, an 
                        individual shall--
                                    ``(I) be a recent graduate of a 4-
                                year institution of higher education or 
                                a mid-career professional from outside 
                                the field of education possessing 
                                strong content knowledge or a record of 
                                professional accomplishment; and
                                    ``(II) submit an application to the 
                                teaching residency program.
                            ``(ii) Selection criteria.--An eligible 
                        partnership carrying out a teaching residency 
                        program under this subparagraph shall establish 
                        criteria for the selection of eligible 
                        individuals to participate in the teaching 
                        residency program based on the following 
                        characteristics:
                                    ``(I) Strong content knowledge or 
                                record of accomplishment in the field 
                                or subject area to be taught.
                                    ``(II) Strong verbal and written 
                                communication skills, which may be 
                                demonstrated by performance on 
                                appropriate tests.
                                    ``(III) Other attributes linked to 
                                effective teaching, which may be 
                                determined by interviews or performance 
                                assessments, as specified by the 
                                eligible partnership.
                    ``(C) Stipend and service requirement.--
                            ``(i) Stipend.--A teaching residency 
                        program under this paragraph shall provide a 1-
                        year living stipend or salary to teaching 
                        residents during the 1-year teaching residency 
                        program.
                            ``(ii) Service requirement.--As a condition 
                        of receiving a stipend under this subparagraph, 
                        a teaching resident shall agree to teach in a 
                        high-need school served by the high-need local 
                        educational agency in the eligible partnership 
                        for a period of 3 or more years after 
                        completing the 1-year teaching residency 
                        program.
                            ``(iii) Repayment.--If a teaching resident 
                        who received a stipend under this subparagraph 
                        does not complete the service requirement 
                        described in clause (ii), such individual shall 
                        repay to the high-need local educational agency 
                        a pro rata portion of the stipend amount for 
                        the amount of teaching time that the individual 
                        did not complete.
    ``(f) Consultation.--
            ``(1) In general.--Members of an eligible partnership that 
        receives a grant under this section shall engage in regular 
        consultation throughout the development and implementation of 
        programs and activities under this section.
            ``(2) Regular communication.--To ensure timely and 
        meaningful consultation, regular communication shall occur 
        among all members of the eligible partnership, including the 
        high-need local educational agency. Such communication shall 
        continue throughout the implementation of the grant and the 
        assessment of programs and activities under this section.
            ``(3) Written consent.--The Secretary may approve changes 
        in grant activities of a grant under this section only if a 
        written consent signed by all members of the eligible 
        partnership is submitted to the Secretary.
    ``(g) Construction.--Nothing in this section shall be construed to 
prohibit an eligible partnership from using grant funds to coordinate 
with the activities of eligible partnerships in other States or on a 
regional basis through Governors, State boards of education, State 
educational agencies, State agencies responsible for early childhood 
education, local educational agencies, or State agencies for higher 
education.
    ``(h) Supplement, Not Supplant.--Funds made available under this 
section shall be used to supplement, and not supplant, other Federal, 
State, and local funds that would otherwise be expended to carry out 
activities under this section.

``SEC. 203. ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS.

    ``(a) Duration; Number of Awards; Payments.--
            ``(1) Duration.--A grant awarded under this part shall be 
        awarded for a period of 5 years.
            ``(2) Number of awards.--An eligible partnership may not 
        receive more than 1 grant during a 5-year period. Nothing in 
        this title shall be construed to prohibit an individual member, 
        that can demonstrate need, of an eligible partnership that 
        receives a grant under this title from entering into another 
        eligible partnership consisting of new members and receiving a 
        grant with such other eligible partnership before the 5-year 
        period described in the preceding sentence applicable to the 
        eligible partnership with which the individual member has first 
        partnered has expired.
            ``(3) Payments.--The Secretary shall make annual payments 
        of grant funds awarded under this part.
    ``(b) Peer Review.--
            ``(1) Panel.--The Secretary shall provide the applications 
        submitted under this part to a peer review panel for 
        evaluation. With respect to each application, the peer review 
        panel shall initially recommend the application for funding or 
        for disapproval.
            ``(2) Priority.--In recommending applications to the 
        Secretary for funding under this part, the panel shall give 
        priority--
                    ``(A) to applications from broad-based eligible 
                partnerships that involve businesses and community 
                organizations; and
                    ``(B) to eligible partnerships so that the awards 
                promote an equitable geographic distribution of grants 
                among rural and urban areas.
            ``(3) Secretarial selection.--The Secretary shall 
        determine, based on the peer review process, which applications 
        shall receive funding and the amounts of the grants. In 
        determining the grant amount, the Secretary shall take into 
        account the total amount of funds available for all grants 
        under this part and the types of activities proposed to be 
        carried out by the eligible partnership.
    ``(c) Matching Requirements.--
            ``(1) In general.--Each eligible partnership receiving a 
        grant under this part shall provide, from non-Federal sources, 
        an amount equal to 100 percent of the amount of the grant, 
        which may be provided in cash or in-kind, to carry out the 
        activities supported by the grant.
            ``(2) Waiver.--The Secretary may waive all or part of the 
        matching requirement described in paragraph (1) for any fiscal 
        year for an eligible partnership, if the Secretary determines 
        that applying the matching requirement to the eligible 
        partnership would result in serious hardship or an inability to 
        carry out the authorized activities described in this part.
    ``(d) Limitation on Administrative Expenses.--An eligible 
partnership that receives a grant under this part may use not more than 
2 percent of the grant funds for purposes of administering the grant.

``SEC. 204. ACCOUNTABILITY AND EVALUATION.

    ``(a) Eligible Partnership Evaluation.--Each eligible partnership 
submitting an application for a grant under this part shall establish 
and include in such application, an evaluation plan that includes 
strong performance objectives. The plan shall include objectives and 
measures for increasing--
            ``(1) student achievement for all students as measured by 
        the eligible partnership;
            ``(2) teacher retention in the first 3 years of a teacher's 
        career;
            ``(3) improvement in the pass rates and scaled scores for 
        initial State certification or licensure of teachers; and
            ``(4)(A) the percentage of highly qualified teachers hired 
        by the high-need local educational agency participating in the 
        eligible partnership;
            ``(B) the percentage of such teachers who are members of 
        under represented groups;
            ``(C) the percentage of such teachers who teach high-need 
        academic subject areas (such as reading, mathematics, science, 
        and foreign language, including less commonly taught languages 
        and critical foreign languages);
            ``(D) the percentage of such teachers who teach in high-
        need areas (including special education, language instruction 
        educational programs for limited English proficient students, 
        and early childhood education);
            ``(E) the percentage of such teachers in high-need schools, 
        disaggregated by the elementary, middle, and high school 
        levels; and
            ``(F) as applicable, the percentage of early childhood 
        education program classes in the geographic area served by the 
        eligible partnership taught by early childhood educators who 
        are highly competent.
    ``(b) Information.--An eligible partnership receiving a grant under 
this part shall ensure that teachers, principals, school 
superintendents, and faculty and leadership at institutions of higher 
education located in the geographic areas served by the eligible 
partnership under this part are provided information about the 
activities carried out with funds under this part, including through 
electronic means.
    ``(c) Revocation of Grant.--If the Secretary determines that an 
eligible partnership receiving a grant under this part is not making 
substantial progress in meeting the purposes, goals, objectives, and 
measures, as appropriate, of the grant by the end of the third year of 
a grant under this part, then the Secretary shall require such eligible 
partnership to submit a revised application that identifies the steps 
the partnership will take to make substantial progress to meet the 
purposes, goals, objectives, and measures, as appropriate, of this 
part.
    ``(d) Evaluation and Dissemination.--The Secretary shall evaluate 
the activities funded under this part and report the Secretary's 
findings regarding the activities to the authorizing committees. The 
Secretary shall broadly disseminate--
            ``(1) successful practices developed by eligible 
        partnerships under this part; and
            ``(2) information regarding such practices that were found 
        to be ineffective.

``SEC. 205. ACCOUNTABILITY FOR PROGRAMS THAT PREPARE TEACHERS.

    ``(a) Institutional and Program Report Cards on the Quality of 
Teacher Preparation.--
            ``(1) Report card.--Each institution of higher education 
        that conducts a traditional teacher preparation program or 
        alternative routes to State certification or licensure program 
        and that enrolls students receiving Federal assistance under 
        this Act shall report annually to the State and the general 
        public, in a uniform and comprehensible manner that conforms 
        with the definitions and methods established by the Secretary, 
        both for traditional teacher preparation programs and 
        alternative routes to State certification or licensure 
        programs, the following information:
                    ``(A) Pass rates and scaled scores.--For the most 
                recent year for which the information is available for 
                those students who took the assessments and are 
                enrolled in the traditional teacher preparation program 
                or alternative routes to State certification or 
                licensure program, and for those who have taken the 
                assessments and have completed the traditional teacher 
                preparation program or alternative routes to State 
                certification or licensure program during the 2-year 
                period preceding such year, for each of the assessments 
                used for teacher certification or licensure by the 
                State in which the program is located--
                            ``(i) the percentage of students who have 
                        completed 100 percent of the nonclinical 
                        coursework and taken the assessment who pass 
                        such assessment;
                            ``(ii) the percentage of all such students 
                        who passed each such assessment;
                            ``(iii) the percentage of students taking 
                        an assessment who completed the teacher 
                        preparation program after enrolling in the 
                        program, which shall be made available widely 
                        and publicly by the State;
                            ``(iv) the average scaled score for all 
                        students who took each such assessment;
                            ``(v) a comparison of the program's pass 
                        rates with the average pass rates for programs 
                        in the State; and
                            ``(vi) a comparison of the program's 
                        average scaled scores with the average scaled 
                        scores for programs in the State.
                    ``(B) Program information.--The criteria for 
                admission into the program, the number of students in 
                the program (disaggregated by race and gender), the 
                average number of hours of supervised clinical 
                experience required for those in the program, the 
                number of full-time equivalent faculty and students in 
                the supervised clinical experience, and the total 
                number of students who have been certified or licensed 
                as teachers, disaggregated by subject and area of 
                certification or licensure.
                    ``(C) Statement.--In States that require approval 
                or accreditation of teacher preparation programs, a 
                statement of whether the institution's program is so 
                approved or accredited, and by whom.
                    ``(D) Designation as low-performing.--Whether the 
                program has been designated as low-performing by the 
                State under section 207(a).
                    ``(E) Use of technology.--A description of the 
                activities that prepare teachers to effectively 
                integrate technology into curricula and instruction and 
                effectively use technology to collect, manage, and 
                analyze data in order to improve teaching, learning, 
                and decisionmaking for the purpose of increasing 
                student academic achievement.
            ``(2) Report.--Each eligible partnership receiving a grant 
        under section 202 shall report annually on the progress of the 
        eligible partnership toward meeting the purposes of this part 
        and the objectives and measures described in section 204(a).
            ``(3) Fines.--The Secretary may impose a fine not to exceed 
        $25,000 on an institution of higher education for failure to 
        provide the information described in this subsection in a 
        timely or accurate manner.
            ``(4) Special rule.--In the case of an institution of 
        higher education that conducts a traditional teacher 
        preparation program or alternative routes to State 
        certification or licensure program and has fewer than 10 scores 
        reported on any single initial teacher certification or 
        licensure assessment during an academic year, the institution 
        shall collect and publish information, as required under 
        paragraph (1)(A), with respect to an average pass rate and 
        scaled score on each State certification or licensure 
        assessment taken over a 3-year period.
    ``(b) State Report Card on the Quality of Teacher Preparation.--
            ``(1) In general.--Each State that receives funds under 
        this Act shall provide to the Secretary, annually, in a uniform 
        and comprehensible manner that conforms with the definitions 
        and methods established by the Secretary, a State report card 
        on the quality of teacher preparation in the State, both for 
        traditional teacher preparation programs and for alternative 
        routes to State certification or licensure programs, which 
        shall include not less than the following:
                    ``(A) A description of reliability and validity of 
                the teacher certification and licensure assessments, 
                and any other certification and licensure requirements, 
                used by the State.
                    ``(B) The standards and criteria that prospective 
                teachers must meet in order to attain initial teacher 
                certification or licensure and to be certified or 
                licensed to teach particular academic subject areas or 
                in particular grades within the State.
                    ``(C) A description of how the assessments and 
                requirements described in subparagraph (A) are aligned 
                with the State's challenging academic content standards 
                required under section 1111(b)(1) of the Elementary and 
                Secondary Education Act of 1965 and State early 
                learning standards for early childhood education 
                programs.
                    ``(D) For each of the assessments used by the State 
                for teacher certification or licensure--
                            ``(i) for each institution of higher 
                        education located in the State and each entity 
                        located in the State that offers an alternative 
                        route for teacher certification or licensure, 
                        the percentage of students at such institution 
                        or entity who have completed 100 percent of the 
                        nonclinical coursework and taken the assessment 
                        who pass such assessment;
                            ``(ii) the percentage of all such students 
                        at all such institutions taking the assessment 
                        who pass such assessment; and
                            ``(iii) the percentage of students taking 
                        an assessment who completed the teacher 
                        preparation program after enrolling in the 
                        program, which shall be made available widely 
                        and publicly by the State.
                    ``(E) A description of alternative routes to State 
                certification or licensure in the State (including any 
                such routes operated by entities that are not 
                institutions of higher education), if any, including, 
                for each of the assessments used by the State for 
                teacher certification or licensure--
                            ``(i) the percentage of individuals 
                        participating in such routes, or who have 
                        completed such routes during the 2-year period 
                        preceding the date of the determination, who 
                        passed each such assessment; and
                            ``(ii) the average scaled score of 
                        individuals participating in such routes, or 
                        who have completed such routes during the 
                        period preceding the date of the determination, 
                        who took each such assessment.
                    ``(F) A description of the State's criteria for 
                assessing the performance of teacher preparation 
                programs within institutions of higher education in the 
                State. Such criteria shall include indicators of the 
                academic content knowledge and teaching skills of 
                students enrolled in such programs.
                    ``(G) For each teacher preparation program in the 
                State, the criteria for admission into the program, the 
                number of students in the program, disaggregated by 
                race and gender (except that such disaggregation shall 
                not be required in a case in which the number of 
                students in a category is insufficient to yield 
                statistically reliable information or the results would 
                reveal personally identifiable information about an 
                individual student), the average number of hours of 
                supervised clinical experience required for those in 
                the program, and the number of full-time equivalent 
                faculty, adjunct faculty, and students in supervised 
                clinical experience.
                    ``(H) For the State as a whole, and for each 
                teacher preparation program in the State, the number of 
                teachers prepared, in the aggregate and reported 
                separately by--
                            ``(i) area of certification or licensure;
                            ``(ii) academic major; and
                            ``(iii) subject area for which the teacher 
                        has been prepared to teach.
                    ``(I) Using the data generated under subparagraphs 
                (G) and (H), a description of the extent to which 
                teacher preparation programs are helping to address 
                shortages of highly qualified teachers, by area of 
                certification or licensure, subject, and specialty, in 
                the State's public schools.
                    ``(J) A description of the activities that prepare 
                teachers to effectively integrate technology into 
                curricula and instruction and effectively use 
                technology to collect, manage, and analyze data in 
                order to improve teaching, learning, and decisionmaking 
                for the purpose of increasing student academic 
                achievement.
            ``(2) Prohibition against creating a national list.--The 
        Secretary shall not create a national list or ranking of 
        States, institutions, or schools using the scaled scores 
        provided under this subsection.
    ``(c) Report of the Secretary on the Quality of Teacher 
Preparation.--
            ``(1) Report card.--The Secretary shall provide to 
        Congress, and publish and make widely available, a report card 
        on teacher qualifications and preparation in the United States, 
        including all the information reported in subparagraphs (A) 
        through (J) of subsection (b)(1). Such report shall identify 
        States for which eligible partnerships received a grant under 
        this part. Such report shall be so provided, published, and 
        made available annually.
            ``(2) Report to congress.--The Secretary shall prepare and 
        submit a report to Congress that contains the following:
                    ``(A) A comparison of States' efforts to improve 
                the quality of the current and future teaching force.
                    ``(B) A comparison of eligible partnerships' 
                efforts to improve the quality of the current and 
                future teaching force.
                    ``(C) The national mean and median scaled scores 
                and pass rate on any standardized test that is used in 
                more than 1 State for teacher certification or 
                licensure.
            ``(3) Special rule.--In the case of a teacher preparation 
        program with fewer than 10 scores reported on any single 
        initial teacher certification or licensure assessment during an 
        academic year, the Secretary shall collect and publish 
        information, and make publicly available, with respect to an 
        average pass rate and scaled score on each State certification 
        or licensure assessment taken over a 3-year period.
    ``(d) Coordination.--The Secretary, to the extent practicable, 
shall coordinate the information collected and published under this 
part among States for individuals who took State teacher certification 
or licensure assessments in a State other than the State in which the 
individual received the individual's most recent degree.

``SEC. 206. STATE FUNCTIONS.

    ``(a) State Assessment.--In order to receive funds under this Act, 
a State shall have in place a procedure to identify and assist, through 
the provision of technical assistance, low-performing programs of 
teacher preparation. Such State shall provide the Secretary an annual 
list of such low-performing teacher preparation programs that includes 
an identification of those programs at risk of being placed on such 
list. Such levels of performance shall be determined solely by the 
State and may include criteria based on information collected pursuant 
to this part. Such assessment shall be described in the report under 
section 205(b).
    ``(b) Termination of Eligibility.--Any program of teacher 
preparation from which the State has withdrawn the State's approval, or 
terminated the State's financial support, due to the low performance of 
the program based upon the State assessment described in subsection 
(a)--
            ``(1) shall be ineligible for any funding for professional 
        development activities awarded by the Department;
            ``(2) shall not be permitted to accept or enroll any 
        student that receives aid under title IV in the institution's 
        teacher preparation program; and
            ``(3) shall provide transitional support, including 
        remedial services if necessary, for students enrolled at the 
        institution at the time of termination of financial support or 
        withdrawal of approval.
    ``(c) Negotiated Rulemaking.--If the Secretary develops any 
regulations implementing subsection (b)(2), the Secretary shall submit 
such proposed regulations to a negotiated rulemaking process, which 
shall include representatives of States, institutions of higher 
education, and educational and student organizations.
    ``(d) Application of the Requirements.--The requirements of this 
section shall apply to both traditional teacher preparation programs 
and alternative routes to State certification and licensure programs.

``SEC. 207. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

    ``(a) Methods.--In complying with sections 205 and 206, the 
Secretary shall ensure that States and institutions of higher education 
use fair and equitable methods in reporting and that the reporting 
methods do not allow identification of individuals.
    ``(b) Special Rule.--For each State that does not use content 
assessments as a means of ensuring that all teachers teaching in core 
academic subjects within the State are highly qualified, as required 
under section 1119 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 
1965 and in accordance with the State plan submitted or revised under 
section 1111 of such Act, and that each person employed as a special 
education teacher in the State who teaches elementary school, middle 
school, or secondary school is highly qualified by the deadline, as 
required under section 612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with 
Disabilities Education Act--
            ``(1) the Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, 
        collect data comparable to the data required under this part 
        from States, local educational agencies, institutions of higher 
        education, or other entities that administer such assessments 
        to teachers or prospective teachers; and
            ``(2) notwithstanding any other provision of this part, the 
        Secretary shall use such data to carry out requirements of this 
        part related to assessments, pass rates, and scaled scores.
    ``(c) Release of Information to Teacher Preparation Programs.--
            ``(1) In general.--For the purpose of improving teacher 
        preparation programs, a State educational agency that receives 
        funds under this Act, or that participates as a member of a 
        partnership, consortium, or other entity that receives such 
        funds, shall provide to a teacher preparation program, upon the 
        request of the teacher preparation program, any and all 
        pertinent education-related information that--
                    ``(A) may enable the teacher preparation program to 
                evaluate the effectiveness of the program's graduates 
                or the program itself; and
                    ``(B) is possessed, controlled, or accessible by 
                the State educational agency.
            ``(2) Content of information.--The information described in 
        paragraph (1)--
                    ``(A) shall include an identification of specific 
                individuals who graduated from the teacher preparation 
                program to enable the teacher preparation program to 
                evaluate the information provided to the program from 
                the State educational agency with the program's own 
                data about the specific courses taken by, and field 
                experiences of, the individual graduates; and
                    ``(B) may include--
                            ``(i) kindergarten through grade 12 
                        academic achievement and demographic data, 
                        without revealing personally identifiable 
                        information about an individual student, for 
                        students who have been taught by graduates of 
                        the teacher preparation program; and
                            ``(ii) teacher effectiveness evaluations 
                        for teachers who graduated from the teacher 
                        preparation program.

``SEC. 208. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this part 
such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 
succeeding fiscal years.''.

SEC. 202. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

    Title II (20 U.S.C. 1021 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end 
the following:

                      ``PART C--GENERAL PROVISIONS

``SEC. 231. LIMITATIONS.

    ``(a) Federal Control Prohibited.--Nothing in this title shall be 
construed to permit, allow, encourage, or authorize any Federal control 
over any aspect of any private, religious, or home school, whether or 
not a home school is treated as a private school or home school under 
State law. This section shall not be construed to prohibit private, 
religious, or home schools from participation in programs or services 
under this title.
    ``(b) No Change in State Control Encouraged or Required.--Nothing 
in this title shall be construed to encourage or require any change in 
a State's treatment of any private, religious, or home school, whether 
or not a home school is treated as a private school or home school 
under State law.
    ``(c) National System of Teacher Certification or Licensure 
Prohibited.--Nothing in this title shall be construed to permit, allow, 
encourage, or authorize the Secretary to establish or support any 
national system of teacher certification or licensure.''.

                      TITLE III--INSTITUTIONAL AID

SEC. 301. PROGRAM PURPOSE.

    Section 311 (20 U.S.C. 1057) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``351'' and 
                inserting ``391''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (3)(F), by inserting ``, including 
                services that will assist in the education of special 
                populations'' before the period; and
            (2) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (6), by inserting ``, including 
                innovative, customized, remedial education and English 
                language instruction courses designed to help retain 
                students and move the students rapidly into core 
                courses and through program completion'' before the 
                period;
                    (B) by redesignating paragraphs (7) through (12) as 
                paragraphs (8) through (13), respectively;
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (6) the following:
            ``(7) Education or counseling services designed to improve 
        the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or the 
        students' parents.'';
                    (D) in paragraph (12) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (B)), by striking ``distance learning 
                academic instruction capabilities'' and inserting 
                ``distance education technologies''; and
                    (E) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A) of 
                paragraph (13) (as redesignated by subparagraph (B)), 
                by striking ``subsection (c)'' and inserting 
                ``subsection (b) and section 391''.

SEC. 302. DEFINITIONS; ELIGIBILITY.

    Section 312 (20 U.S.C. 1058) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)(1)(A), by striking ``subsection (c) 
        of this section'' and inserting ``subsection (d)''; and
            (2) in subsection (d)(2), by striking ``subdivision'' and 
        inserting ``paragraph''.

SEC. 303. AMERICAN INDIAN TRIBALLY CONTROLLED COLLEGES AND 
              UNIVERSITIES.

    Section 316 (20 U.S.C. 1059c) is amended--
            (1) by striking subsection (b)(3) and inserting the 
        following:
            ``(3) Tribal college or university.--The term `Tribal 
        College or University' means an institution that--
                    ``(A) qualifies for funding under the Tribally 
                Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 1978 
                (25 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.) or the Navajo Community 
                College Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 640a note); 
                or
                    ``(B) is cited in section 532 of the Equity in 
                Educational Land-Grant Status Act of 1994 (7 U.S.C. 301 
                note).'';
            (2) in subsection (c)(2)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (B), by inserting before the 
                semicolon at the end the following: ``and the 
                acquisition of real property adjacent to the campus of 
                the institution'';
                    (B) by redesignating subparagraphs (G), (H), (I), 
                (J), (K), and (L) as subparagraphs (H), (I), (J), (K), 
                (L), and (N), respectively;
                    (C) by inserting after subparagraph (F) the 
                following:
                    ``(G) education or counseling services designed to 
                improve the financial literacy and economic literacy of 
                students or the students' parents;'';
                    (D) in subparagraph (L) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (B)), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (E) by inserting after subparagraph (L) (as 
                redesignated by subparagraph (B)) the following:
                    ``(M) developing or improving facilities for 
                Internet use or other distance education technologies; 
                and''; and
                    (F) in subparagraph (N) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (B)), by striking ``subparagraphs (A) 
                through (K)'' and inserting ``subparagraphs (A) through 
                (M)''; and
            (3) by striking subsection (d) and inserting the following:
    ``(d) Application, Plan, and Allocation.--
            ``(1) Institutional eligibility.--To be eligible to receive 
        assistance under this section, a Tribal College or University 
        shall be an eligible institution under section 312(b).
            ``(2) Application.--
                    ``(A) In general.--A Tribal College or University 
                desiring to receive assistance under this section shall 
                submit an application to the Secretary at such time, 
                and in such manner, as the Secretary may reasonably 
                require.
                    ``(B) Streamlined process.--The Secretary shall 
                establish application requirements in such a manner as 
                to simplify and streamline the process for applying for 
                grants.
            ``(3) Allocations to institutions.--
                    ``(A) Construction grants.--
                            ``(i) In general.--Of the amount 
                        appropriated to carry out this section for any 
                        fiscal year, the Secretary may reserve 30 
                        percent for the purpose of awarding 1-year 
                        grants of not less than $1,000,000 to address 
                        construction, maintenance, and renovation needs 
                        at eligible institutions.
                            ``(ii) Preference.--In providing grants 
                        under clause (i), the Secretary shall give 
                        preference to eligible institutions that have 
                        not yet received an award under this section.
                    ``(B) Allotment of remaining funds.--
                            ``(i) In general.--Except as provided in 
                        clause (ii), the Secretary shall distribute the 
                        remaining funds appropriated for any fiscal 
                        year to each eligible institution as follows:
                                    ``(I) 60 percent of the remaining 
                                appropriated funds shall be distributed 
                                among the eligible Tribal Colleges and 
                                Universities on a pro rata basis, based 
                                on the respective Indian student counts 
                                (as defined in section 2(a) of the 
                                Tribally Controlled College or 
                                University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 
                                U.S.C. 1801(a)) of the Tribal Colleges 
                                and Universities; and
                                    ``(II) the remaining 40 percent 
                                shall be distributed in equal shares to 
                                the eligible Tribal Colleges and 
                                Universities.
                            ``(ii) Minimum grant.--The amount 
                        distributed to a Tribal College or University 
                        under clause (i) shall not be less than 
                        $500,000.
            ``(4) Special rules.--
                    ``(A) Concurrent funding.--For the purposes of this 
                part, no Tribal College or University that is eligible 
                for and receives funds under this section shall 
                concurrently receive funds under other provisions of 
                this part or part B.
                    ``(B) Exemption.--Section 313(d) shall not apply to 
                institutions that are eligible to receive funds under 
                this section.''.

SEC. 304. ALASKA NATIVE AND NATIVE HAWAIIAN-SERVING INSTITUTIONS.

    Section 317(c)(2) (20 U.S.C. 1059d(c)(2)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (G), by striking ``and'' after the 
        semicolon;
            (2) in subparagraph (H), by striking the period and 
        inserting ``; and''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(I) education or counseling services designed to 
                improve the financial literacy and economic literacy of 
                students or the students' parents.''.

SEC. 305. NATIVE AMERICAN-SERVING, NONTRIBAL INSTITUTIONS.

    (a) Grant Program Authorized.--Part A of title III (20 U.S.C. 1057 
et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 318. NATIVE AMERICAN-SERVING, NONTRIBAL INSTITUTIONS.

    ``(a) Program Authorized.--The Secretary shall provide grants and 
related assistance to Native American-serving, nontribal institutions 
to enable such institutions to improve and expand their capacity to 
serve Native Americans.
    ``(b) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Native american.--The term `Native American' means an 
        individual who is of a tribe, people, or culture that is 
        indigenous to the United States.
            ``(2) Native american-serving, nontribal institution.--The 
        term `Native American-serving, nontribal institution' means an 
        institution of higher education that, at the time of 
        application--
                    ``(A) has an enrollment of undergraduate students 
                that is not less than 10 percent Native American 
                students; and
                    ``(B) is not a Tribal College or University (as 
                defined in section 316).
    ``(c) Authorized Activities.--
            ``(1) Types of activities authorized.--Grants awarded under 
        this section shall be used by Native American-serving, 
        nontribal institutions to assist such institutions to plan, 
        develop, undertake, and carry out activities to improve and 
        expand such institutions' capacity to serve Native Americans.
            ``(2) Examples of authorized activities.--Such programs may 
        include--
                    ``(A) the purchase, rental, or lease of scientific 
                or laboratory equipment for educational purposes, 
                including instructional and research purposes;
                    ``(B) renovation and improvement in classroom, 
                library, laboratory, and other instructional 
                facilities;
                    ``(C) support of faculty exchanges, and faculty 
                development and faculty fellowships to assist faculty 
                in attaining advanced degrees in the faculty's field of 
                instruction;
                    ``(D) curriculum development and academic 
                instruction;
                    ``(E) the purchase of library books, periodicals, 
                microfilm, and other educational materials;
                    ``(F) funds and administrative management, and 
                acquisition of equipment for use in strengthening funds 
                management;
                    ``(G) the joint use of facilities such as 
                laboratories and libraries; and
                    ``(H) academic tutoring and counseling programs and 
                student support services.
    ``(d) Application Process.--
            ``(1) Institutional eligibility.--A Native American-
        serving, nontribal institution desiring to receive assistance 
        under this section shall submit to the Secretary such 
        enrollment data as may be necessary to demonstrate that the 
        institution is a Native American-serving, nontribal 
        institution, along with such other information and data as the 
        Secretary may by regulation require.
            ``(2) Applications.--
                    ``(A) Permission to submit applications.--Any 
                institution that is determined by the Secretary to be a 
                Native American-serving, nontribal institution may 
                submit an application for assistance under this section 
                to the Secretary.
                    ``(B) Simplified and streamlined format.--The 
                Secretary shall, to the extent possible, prescribe a 
                simplified and streamlined format for applications 
                under this section that takes into account the limited 
                number of institutions that are eligible for assistance 
                under this section.
                    ``(C) Content.--An application submitted under 
                subparagraph (A) shall include--
                            ``(i) a 5-year plan for improving the 
                        assistance provided by the Native American-
                        serving, nontribal institution to Native 
                        Americans; and
                            ``(ii) such other information and 
                        assurances as the Secretary may require.
            ``(3) Special rules.--
                    ``(A) Eligibility.--No Native American-serving, 
                nontribal institution that receives funds under this 
                section shall concurrently receive funds under other 
                provisions of this part or part B.
                    ``(B) Exemption.--Section 313(d) shall not apply to 
                institutions that are eligible to receive funds under 
                this section.
                    ``(C) Distribution.--In awarding grants under this 
                section, the Secretary shall, to the extent possible 
                and consistent with the competitive process under which 
                such grants are awarded, ensure maximum and equitable 
                distribution among all eligible institutions.''.
    (b) Minimum Grant Amount.--Section 399 (20 U.S.C. 1068h) is amended 
by adding at the end the following:
    ``(c) Minimum Grant Amount.--The minimum amount of a grant under 
this title shall be $200,000.''.

SEC. 306. PART B DEFINITIONS.

    Section 322(4) (20 U.S.C. 1061(4)) is amended by inserting ``, in 
consultation with the Commissioner for Education Statistics'' before 
``and the Commissioner''.

SEC. 307. GRANTS TO INSTITUTIONS.

    Section 323(a) (20 U.S.C. 1062(a)) is amended--
            (1) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking 
        ``360(a)(2)'' and inserting ``399(a)(2)'';
            (2) by redesignating paragraphs (7) through (12) as 
        paragraphs (8) through (13), respectively; and
            (3) by inserting after paragraph (6) the following:
            ``(7) Education or counseling services designed to improve 
        the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or the 
        students' parents.''.

SEC. 308. ALLOTMENTS TO INSTITUTIONS.

    Section 324 (20 U.S.C. 1063) is amended by adding at the end the 
following:
    ``(h) Special Rule on Eligibility.--Notwithstanding any other 
provision of this section, a part B institution shall not receive an 
allotment under this section unless the part B institution provides, on 
an annual basis, data indicating that the part B institution--
            ``(1) enrolled Federal Pell Grant recipients in the 
        preceding academic year;
            ``(2) in the preceding academic year, has graduated 
        students from a program of academic study that is licensed or 
        accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or 
        association recognized by the Secretary pursuant to part H of 
        title IV where appropriate; and
            ``(3) where appropriate, has graduated students who, within 
        the past 5 years, enrolled in graduate or professional 
        school.''.

SEC. 309. PROFESSIONAL OR GRADUATE INSTITUTIONS.

    Section 326 (20 U.S.C. 1063b) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2), by inserting ``, and for the 
                acquisition and development of real property that is 
                adjacent to the campus for such construction, 
                maintenance, renovation, or improvement'' after 
                ``services'';
                    (B) by redesignating paragraphs (5) through (7) as 
                paragraphs (7) through (9), respectively;
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (4) the following:
            ``(5) tutoring, counseling, and student service programs 
        designed to improve academic success;
            ``(6) education or counseling services designed to improve 
        the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or the 
        students' parents;'';
                    (D) in paragraph (7) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (B)), by striking ``establish or improve'' 
                and inserting ``establishing or improving'';
                    (E) in paragraph (8) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (B))--
                            (i) by striking ``assist'' and inserting 
                        ``assisting''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``and'' after the 
                        semicolon;
                    (F) in paragraph (9) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (B)), by striking the period and inserting 
                ``; and''; and
                    (G) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(10) other activities proposed in the application 
        submitted under subsection (d) that--
                    ``(A) contribute to carrying out the purposes of 
                this part; and
                    ``(B) are approved by the Secretary as part of the 
                review and acceptance of such application.'';
            (2) in subsection (e)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by inserting a colon after ``the 
                        following'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (Q), by striking 
                        ``and'' at the end;
                            (iii) in subparagraph (R), by striking the 
                        period and inserting a semicolon; and
                            (iv) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(S) Alabama State University qualified graduate 
                program;
                    ``(T) Coppin State University qualified graduate 
                program;
                    ``(U) Prairie View A & M University qualified 
                graduate program;
                    ``(V) Fayetteville State University qualified 
                graduate program;
                    ``(W) Delaware State University qualified graduate 
                program;
                    ``(X) Langston University qualified graduate 
                program; and
                    ``(Y) West Virginia State University qualified 
                graduate program.'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2)(A)--
                            (i) by inserting ``in law or'' after 
                        ``instruction''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``mathematics, or'' and 
                        inserting ``mathematics, psychometrics, or'';
                    (C) in paragraph (3)--
                            (i) by striking ``1998'' and inserting 
                        ``2007''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``(Q) and (R)'' and 
                        inserting ``(S), (T), (U), (V), (W), (X), and 
                        (Y)'';
            (3) in subsection (f)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``(P)'' and 
                inserting ``(R)'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``(Q) and (R)'' 
                and inserting ``(S), (T), (U), (V), (W), (X), and 
                (Y)''; and
                    (C) in paragraph (3)--
                            (i) by striking subparagraphs (A) and (B) 
                        and inserting the following:
                    ``(A) The amount of non-Federal funds for the 
                fiscal year for which the determination is made that 
                the institution or program listed in subsection (e)--
                            ``(i) allocates from institutional 
                        resources;
                            ``(ii) secures from non-Federal sources, 
                        including amounts appropriated by the State and 
                        amounts from the private sector; and
                            ``(iii) will utilize to match Federal funds 
                        awarded for the fiscal year for which the 
                        determination is made under this section to the 
                        institution or program.
                    ``(B) The number of students enrolled in the 
                qualified graduate programs of the eligible institution 
                or program, for which the institution or program 
                received and allocated funding under this section in 
                the preceding year.'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (C), by striking ``(or 
                        the equivalent) enrolled in the eligible 
                        professional or graduate school'' and all that 
                        follows through the period and inserting 
                        ``enrolled in the qualified programs or 
                        institutions listed in paragraph (1).'';
                            (iii) in subparagraph (D)--
                                    (I) by striking ``students'' and 
                                inserting ``Black American students or 
                                minority students''; and
                                    (II) by striking ``institution'' 
                                and inserting ``institution or 
                                program''; and
                            (iv) by striking subparagraph (E) and 
                        inserting the following:
                    ``(E) The percentage that the total number of Black 
                American students and minority students who receive 
                their first professional, master's, or doctoral degrees 
                from the institution or program in the academic year 
                preceding the academic year for which the determination 
                is made, represents of the total number of Black 
                American students and minority students in the United 
                States who receive their first professional, master's, 
                or doctoral degrees in the professions or disciplines 
                related to the course of study at such institution or 
                program, respectively, in the preceding academic 
                year.''; and
            (4) in subsection (g), by striking ``1998'' and inserting 
        ``2007''.

SEC. 310. AUTHORITY OF THE SECRETARY.

    Section 345 (20 U.S.C. 1066d) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (6), by striking ``and'' after the 
        semicolon;
            (2) in paragraph (7), by striking the period at the end and 
        inserting ``; and''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(8) not later than 90 days after the date of enactment of 
        the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, shall submit to the 
        authorizing committees a report on the progress of the 
        Department in implementing the recommendations made by the 
        Government Accountability Office in October 2006 for improving 
        the Historically Black College and Universities Capital 
        Financing Program.''.

SEC. 311. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    Subsection (a) of section 399 (20 U.S.C. 1068h) is amended to read 
as follows:
    ``(a) Authorizations.--
            ``(1) Part a.--(A) There are authorized to be appropriated 
        to carry out part A (other than sections 316, 317, and 318) 
        such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of 
        the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
            ``(B) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out 
        section 316 such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 
        and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
            ``(C) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out 
        section 317 such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 
        and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
            ``(D) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out 
        section 318 such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 
        and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
            ``(2) Part b.--(A) There are authorized to be appropriated 
        to carry out part B (other than section 326) such sums as may 
        be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding 
        fiscal years.
            ``(B) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out 
        section 326 such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 
        and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
            ``(3) Part c.--There are authorized to be appropriated to 
        carry out part C such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
        2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
            ``(4) Part d.--(A) There are authorized to be appropriated 
        to carry out part D (other than section 345(7), but including 
        section 347) such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 
        and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
            ``(B) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out 
        section 345(7) such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
        2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
            ``(5) Part e.--There are authorized to be appropriated to 
        carry out part E such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
        2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

SEC. 312. TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS.

    Title III (20 U.S.C. 1051 et seq.) is further amended--
            (1) in section 342(5)(C) (20 U.S.C. 1066a(5)(C)), by 
        striking ``,,'' and inserting ``,'';
            (2) in section 343(e) (20 U.S.C. 1066b(e)), by inserting 
        ``Sale of Qualified Bonds.--'' before ``Notwithstanding'';
            (3) in the matter preceding clause (i) of section 365(9)(A) 
        (20 U.S.C. 1067k(9)(A)), by striking ``support'' and inserting 
        ``supports'';
            (4) in section 391(b)(7)(E) (20 U.S.C. 1068(b)(7)(E)), by 
        striking ``subparagraph (E)'' and inserting ``subparagraph 
        (D)'';
            (5) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A) of section 
        392(b)(2) (20 U.S.C. 1068a(b)(2)), by striking ``eligible 
        institutions under part A institutions'' and inserting 
        ``eligible institutions under part A''; and
            (6) in the matter preceding paragraph (1) of section 396 
        (20 U.S.C. 1068e), by striking ``360'' and inserting ``399''.

                      TITLE IV--STUDENT ASSISTANCE

  PART A--GRANTS TO STUDENTS IN ATTENDANCE AT INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER 
                               EDUCATION

SEC. 401. FEDERAL PELL GRANTS.

    Section 401 (20 U.S.C. 1070a) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(1)--
                    (A) in the first sentence, by striking ``2004'' and 
                inserting ``2013''; and
                    (B) in the second sentence, by striking ``,,'' and 
                inserting ``,'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) by striking paragraph (2)(A) and inserting the 
                following:
    ``(2)(A) The amount of the Federal Pell Grant for a student 
eligible under this part shall be--
            ``(i) $5,400 for academic year 2008-2009;
            ``(ii) $5,700 for academic year 2009-2010;
            ``(iii) $6,000 for academic year 2010-2011; and
            ``(iv) $6,300 for academic year 2011-2012,
less an amount equal to the amount determined to be the expected family 
contribution with respect to that student for that year.'';
                    (B) by striking paragraph (3);
                    (C) by redesignating paragraphs (4) through (8) as 
                paragraphs (3) through (7), respectively;
                    (D) in paragraph (4) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (C)), by striking ``$400, except'' and all 
                that follows through the period and inserting ``10 
                percent of the maximum basic grant level specified in 
                the appropriate Appropriation Act for such academic 
                year, except that a student who is eligible for a 
                Federal Pell Grant in an amount that is equal to or 
                greater than 5 percent of such level but less than 10 
                percent of such level shall be awarded a Federal Pell 
                grant in the amount of 10 percent of such level.''; and
                    (E) by striking paragraph (5) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (C)) and inserting the following:
    ``(5) In the case of a student who is enrolled, on at least a half-
time basis and for a period of more than 1 academic year in a 2-year or 
4-year program of instruction for which an institution of higher 
education awards an associate or baccalaureate degree, the Secretary 
shall allow such student to receive not more than 2 Federal Pell Grants 
during a single award year to permit such student to accelerate the 
student's progress toward a degree by attending additional sessions. In 
the case of a student receiving more than 1 Federal Pell Grant in a 
single award year, the total amount of Federal Pell Grants awarded to 
such student for the award year may exceed the maximum basic grant 
level specified in the appropriate Appropriation Act for such award 
year.''; and
            (3) in subsection (c), by adding at the end the following:
    ``(5) The period of time during which a student may receive Federal 
Pell Grants shall not exceed 18 semesters, or an equivalent period of 
time as determined by the Secretary pursuant to regulations, which 
period shall--
            ``(A) be determined without regard to whether the student 
        is enrolled on a full-time basis during any portion of the 
        period of time; and
            ``(B) include any period of time for which the student 
        received a Federal Pell Grant prior to the date of enactment of 
        the Higher Education Amendments of 2007.''.

SEC. 402. ACADEMIC COMPETITIVENESS GRANTS.

    Section 401A (20 U.S.C. 1070a-1) is amended--
            (1) by striking subsection (a) and inserting the following:
    ``(a) Academic Competitiveness Grant Program Authorized.--The 
Secretary shall award grants, in the amounts specified in subsection 
(d)(1), to eligible students to assist the eligible students in paying 
their college education expenses.'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``academic''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``third or fourth 
                academic'' and inserting ``third, fourth, or fifth'';
            (3) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by 
                striking ``full-time'' and all that follows through 
                ``is made'' and inserting ``student who'';
                    (B) by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(1) is eligible for a Federal Pell Grant for the award 
        year in which the determination of eligibility is made for a 
        grant under this section;'';
                    (C) by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(2) is enrolled or accepted for enrollment in an 
        institution of higher education on not less than a half-time 
        basis; and''; and
                    (D) in paragraph (3)--
                            (i) by striking subparagraph (A) and 
                        inserting the following:
                    ``(A) the first year of a program of undergraduate 
                education at a 2- or 4-year degree-granting institution 
                of higher education (including a program of not less 
                than 1 year for which the institution awards a 
                certificate), has successfully completed, after January 
                1, 2006, a rigorous secondary school program of study 
                established by a State or local educational agency and 
                recognized as such by the Secretary;'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B)--
                                    (I) in the matter preceding clause 
                                (i), by striking ``academic'' and all 
                                that follows through ``higher 
                                education'' and inserting ``year of a 
                                program of undergraduate education at a 
                                2- or 4-year degree-granting 
                                institution of higher education 
                                (including a program of not less than 2 
                                years for which the institution awards 
                                a certificate)''; and
                                    (II) in clause (ii)--
                                            (aa) by striking 
                                        ``academic''; and
                                            (bb) by striking ``or'' 
                                        after the semicolon at the end;
                            (iii) in subparagraph (C)--
                                    (I) by striking ``academic'';
                                    (II) by striking ``four'' and 
                                inserting ``4'';
                                    (III) by striking clause (i)(II) 
                                and inserting the following:
                                    ``(II) a critical foreign language; 
                                and''; and
                                    (IV) in clause (ii), by striking 
                                the period at the end and inserting a 
                                semicolon; and
                            (iv) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(D) the third or fourth year of a program of 
                undergraduate education at an institution of higher 
                education (as defined in section 101(a)) that 
                demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the Secretary, 
                that the institution--
                            ``(i) offers a single liberal arts 
                        curriculum leading to a baccalaureate degree, 
                        under which students are not permitted by the 
                        institution to declare a major in a particular 
                        subject area, but do study, in such years, a 
                        subject described in subparagraph (C)(i) that 
                        is at least equal to the requirements for an 
                        academic major at an institution of higher 
                        education that offers a baccalaureate degree in 
                        such subject, as certified by the appropriate 
                        official of the demonstrating institution; and
                            ``(ii) offered such curriculum prior to 
                        February 8, 2006; or
                    ``(E) the fifth year of a program of undergraduate 
                education that requires 5 full years of coursework for 
                which a baccalaureate degree is awarded by a degree-
                granting institution of higher education, as certified 
                by the appropriate official of such institution--
                            ``(i) is pursuing a major in--
                                    ``(I) the physical, life, or 
                                computer sciences, mathematics, 
                                technology, or engineering (as 
                                determined by the Secretary pursuant to 
                                regulations); or
                                    ``(II) a critical foreign language; 
                                and
                            ``(ii) has obtained a cumulative grade 
                        point average of at least 3.0 (or the 
                        equivalent as determined under regulations 
                        prescribed by the Secretary) in the coursework 
                        required for the major described in clause 
                        (i).'';
            (4) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                    (I) by striking ``The'' and 
                                inserting ``In general.--The'';
                                    (II) in clause (ii), by striking 
                                ``or'' after the semicolon at the end;
                                    (III) in clause (iii), by striking 
                                ``subsection (c)(3)(C).'' and inserting 
                                ``subparagraph (C) or (D) of subsection 
                                (c)(3), for each of the 2 years 
                                described in such subparagraphs; or''; 
                                and
                                    (IV) by adding at the end the 
                                following:
                            ``(iv) $4,000 for an eligible student under 
                        subsection (c)(3)(E).''; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B)--
                                    (I) by striking ``Notwithstanding'' 
                                and inserting ``Limitation; ratable 
                                reduction.--Notwithstanding'';
                                    (II) by redesignating clauses (i), 
                                (ii), and (iii), as clauses (ii), 
                                (iii), and (iv), respectively; and
                                    (III) by inserting before clause 
                                (ii), as redesignated under subclause 
                                (II), the following:
                            ``(i) in any case in which a student 
                        attends an institution of higher education on 
                        less than a full-time basis, the amount of the 
                        grant to which such student is eligible shall 
                        be reduced in the same manner as a Federal Pell 
                        Grant is reduced under section 401(b)(2)(B);'';
                    (B) by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(2) Limitations.--
                    ``(A) No grants for previous credit.--The Secretary 
                may not award a grant under this section to any student 
                for a year of a program of undergraduate education 
                described in subparagraph (A), (B), (C), (D), or (E) of 
                subsection (c)(3) for which the student received credit 
                before the date of enactment of the Higher Education 
                Reconciliation Act of 2005.
                    ``(B) Number of grants.--
                            ``(i) First year.--In the case of a student 
                        described in subsection (c)(3)(A), the 
                        Secretary may not award more than 1 grant to 
                        such student for such first year of study.
                            ``(ii) Second year.--In the case of a 
                        student described in subsection (c)(3)(B), the 
                        Secretary may not award more than 1 grant to 
                        such student for such second year of study.
                            ``(iii) Third and fourth years.--In the 
                        case of a student described in subparagraph (C) 
                        or (D) of subsection (c)(3), the Secretary may 
                        not award more than 1 grant to such student for 
                        each of the third and fourth years of study.
                            ``(iv) Fifth year.--In the case of a 
                        student described in subsection (c)(3)(E), the 
                        Secretary may not award more than 1 grant to 
                        such student for such fifth year of study.''; 
                        and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) Calculation of grant payments.--An institution of 
        higher education shall make payments for a grant awarded under 
        this section in the same manner, using the same payment 
        periods, as such institution makes payments for Federal Pell 
        Grants under section 401.'';
            (5) by striking subsection (e)(2) and inserting the 
        following:
            ``(2) Availability of funds.--Funds made available under 
        paragraph (1) for a fiscal year shall remain available for the 
        succeeding fiscal year.'';
            (6) in subsection (f)--
                    (A) by striking ``at least one'' and inserting 
                ``not less than 1''; and
                    (B) by striking ``subsection (c)(3)(A) and (B)'' 
                and inserting ``subparagraphs (A) and (B) of subsection 
                (c)(3)''; and
            (7) in subsection (g), by striking ``academic'' and 
        inserting ``award''.

SEC. 403. FEDERAL TRIO PROGRAMS.

    (a) Program Authority; Authorization of Appropriations.--Section 
402A (20 U.S.C. 1070a-11) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph 
                        (A), by striking ``4'' and inserting ``5'';
                            (ii) by striking subparagraph (A); and
                            (iii) by redesignating subparagraphs (B) 
                        and (C) as subparagraphs (A) and (B), 
                        respectively; and
                    (B) by striking paragraph (3) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(3) Minimum grants.--Unless the institution or agency 
        requests a smaller amount, an individual grant authorized under 
        this chapter shall be awarded in an amount that is not less 
        than $200,000, except that an individual grant authorized under 
        section 402G shall be awarded in an amount that is not less 
        than $170,000.'';
            (2) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ``service 
                delivery'' and inserting ``high quality service 
                delivery, as determined under subsection (f),'';
                    (B) in paragraph (3)(B), by striking ``is not 
                required to'' and inserting ``shall not''; and
                    (C) in paragraph (5), by striking ``campuses'' and 
                inserting ``different campuses'';
            (3) in subsection (e), by striking ``(g)(2)'' each place 
        the term occurs and inserting ``(h)(4)'';
            (4) by redesignating subsections (f) and (g) as subsections 
        (g) and (h), respectively;
            (5) by inserting after subsection (e) the following:
    ``(f) Outcome Criteria.--
            ``(1) Use for prior experience determination.--The 
        Secretary shall use the outcome criteria described in 
        paragraphs (2) and (3) to evaluate the programs provided by a 
        recipient of a grant under this chapter, and the Secretary 
        shall determine an eligible entity's prior experience of high 
        quality service delivery, as required under subsection (c)(2), 
        based on the outcome criteria.
            ``(2) Disaggregation of relevant data.--The outcome 
        criteria under this subsection shall be disaggregated by low-
        income students, first generation college students, and 
        individuals with disabilities, in the schools and institutions 
        of higher education served by the program to be evaluated.
            ``(3) Contents of outcome criteria.--The outcome criteria 
        under this subsection shall measure, annually and for longer 
        periods, the quality and effectiveness of programs authorized 
        under this chapter and shall include the following:
                    ``(A) For programs authorized under section 402B, 
                the extent to which the eligible entity met or exceeded 
                the entity's objectives established in the entity's 
                application for such program regarding--
                            ``(i) the delivery of service to a total 
                        number of students served by the program;
                            ``(ii) the continued secondary school 
                        enrollment of such students;
                            ``(iii) the graduation of such students 
                        from secondary school;
                            ``(iv) the enrollment of such students in 
                        an institution of higher education; and
                            ``(v) to the extent practicable, the 
                        postsecondary education completion of such 
                        students.
                    ``(B) For programs authorized under section 402C, 
                the extent to which the eligible entity met or exceeded 
                the entity's objectives for such program regarding--
                            ``(i) the delivery of service to a total 
                        number of students served by the program, as 
                        agreed upon by the entity and the Secretary for 
                        the period;
                            ``(ii) such students' school performance, 
                        as measured by the grade point average, or its 
                        equivalent;
                            ``(iii) such students' academic 
                        performance, as measured by standardized tests, 
                        including tests required by the students' 
                        State;
                            ``(iv) the retention in, and graduation 
                        from, secondary school of such students; and
                            ``(v) the enrollment of such students in an 
                        institution of higher education.
                    ``(C) For programs authorized under section 402D--
                            ``(i) the extent to which the eligible 
                        entity met or exceeded the entity's objectives 
                        regarding the retention in postsecondary 
                        education of the students served by the 
                        program;
                            ``(ii)(I) in the case of an entity that is 
                        an institution of higher education offering a 
                        baccalaureate degree, the extent to which the 
                        entity met or exceeded the entity's objectives 
                        regarding such students' completion of the 
                        degree programs in which such students were 
                        enrolled; or
                            ``(II) in the case of an entity that is an 
                        institution of higher education that does not 
                        offer a baccalaureate degree, the extent to 
                        which the entity met or exceeded the entity's 
                        objectives regarding--
                                    ``(aa) the completion of a degree 
                                or certificate by such students; and
                                    ``(bb) the transfer of such 
                                students to institutions of higher 
                                education that offer baccalaureate 
                                degrees;
                            ``(iii) the extent to which the entity met 
                        or exceeded the entity's objectives regarding 
                        the delivery of service to a total number of 
                        students, as agreed upon by the entity and the 
                        Secretary for the period; and
                            ``(iv) the extent to which the entity met 
                        or exceeded the entity's objectives regarding 
                        such students remaining in good academic 
                        standing.
                    ``(D) For programs authorized under section 402E, 
                the extent to which the entity met or exceeded the 
                entity's objectives for such program regarding--
                            ``(i) the delivery of service to a total 
                        number of students, as agreed upon by the 
                        entity and the Secretary for the period;
                            ``(ii) the provision of appropriate 
                        scholarly and research activities for the 
                        students served by the program;
                            ``(iii) the acceptance and enrollment of 
                        such students in graduate programs; and
                            ``(iv) the continued enrollment of such 
                        students in graduate study and the attainment 
                        of doctoral degrees by former program 
                        participants.
                    ``(E) For programs authorized under section 402F, 
                the extent to which the entity met or exceeded the 
                entity's objectives for such program regarding--
                            ``(i) the enrollment of students without a 
                        secondary school diploma or its recognized 
                        equivalent, who were served by the program, in 
                        programs leading to such diploma or equivalent;
                            ``(ii) the enrollment of secondary school 
                        graduates who were served by the program in 
                        programs of postsecondary education;
                            ``(iii) the delivery of service to a total 
                        number of students, as agreed upon by the 
                        entity and the Secretary for the period; and
                            ``(iv) the provision of assistance to 
                        students served by the program in completing 
                        financial aid applications and college 
                        admission applications.
            ``(4) Measurement of progress.--In order to determine the 
        extent to which an outcome criterion described in paragraphs 
        (2) or (3) is met or exceeded, an eligible entity receiving 
        assistance under this chapter shall compare the eligible 
        entity's target for the criterion, as established in the 
        eligible entity's application, with the results for the 
        criterion, measured as of the last day of the applicable time 
        period for the determination.'';
            (6) in subsection (g) (as redesignated by paragraph (4))--
                    (A) in the first sentence, by striking 
                ``$700,000,000 for fiscal year 1999'' and all that 
                follows through the period and inserting ``such sums as 
                may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 
                succeeding fiscal years.''; and
                    (B) by striking the fourth sentence; and
            (7) in subsection (h) (as redesignated by paragraph (4))--
                    (A) by redesignating paragraphs (1) through (4) as 
                paragraphs (3) through (6), respectively;
                    (B) by inserting before paragraph (3) (as 
                redesignated by subparagraph (A)) the following:
            ``(1) Different campus.--The term `different campus' means 
        a site of an institution of higher education that--
                    ``(A) is geographically apart from the main campus 
                of the institution;
                    ``(B) is permanent in nature; and
                    ``(C) offers courses in educational programs 
                leading to a degree, certificate, or other recognized 
                educational credential.
            ``(2) Different population.--The term `different 
        population' means a group of individuals, with respect to whom 
        an eligible entity desires to serve through an application for 
        a grant under this chapter, that--
                    ``(A) is separate and distinct from any other 
                population that the entity has applied for a grant 
                under this chapter to serve; or
                    ``(B) while sharing some of the same needs as 
                another population that the eligible entity has applied 
                for a grant under this chapter to serve, has distinct 
                needs for specialized services.'';
                    (C) in paragraph (5) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (A))--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``or'' 
                        after the semicolon;
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking the 
                        period at the end and inserting ``; or''; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) was a member of a reserve component of the 
                Armed Forces called to active duty for a period of more 
                than 180 days.''; and
                    (D) in paragraph (6), by striking ``subparagraph 
                (A) or (B) of paragraph (3)'' and inserting 
                ``subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of paragraph (5)''.
    (b) Talent Search.--Section 402B (20 U.S.C. 1070a-12) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``to identify 
                qualified youths with potential for education at the 
                postsecondary level and to encourage such youths'' and 
                inserting ``to encourage eligible youths'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by inserting ``, and 
                facilitate the application for,'' after ``the 
                availability of''; and
                    (C) in paragraph (3), by striking ``, but who have 
                the ability to complete such programs, to reenter'' and 
                inserting ``to enter or reenter, and complete'';
            (2) by redesignating subsection (c) as subsection (d);
            (3) by striking subsection (b) and inserting the following:
    ``(b) Required Services.--Any project assisted under this section 
shall provide--
            ``(1) academic tutoring, or connections to high quality 
        academic tutoring services, to enable students to complete 
        secondary or postsecondary courses, which may include 
        instruction in reading, writing, study skills, mathematics, 
        science, and other subjects;
            ``(2) advice and assistance in secondary course selection 
        and, if applicable, initial postsecondary course selection;
            ``(3) assistance in preparing for college entrance 
        examinations and completing college admission applications;
            ``(4)(A) information on both the full range of Federal 
        student financial aid programs (including Federal Pell Grant 
        awards and loan forgiveness) and resources for locating public 
        and private scholarships; and
            ``(B) assistance in completing financial aid applications, 
        including the Free Application for Federal Student Aid 
        described in section 483(a);
            ``(5) guidance on and assistance in--
                    ``(A) secondary school reentry;
                    ``(B) alternative education programs for secondary 
                school dropouts that lead to the receipt of a regular 
                secondary school diploma;
                    ``(C) entry into general educational development 
                (GED) programs; or
                    ``(D) postsecondary education; and
            ``(6) education or counseling services designed to improve 
        the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or the 
        students' parents, including financial planning for 
        postsecondary education.
    ``(c) Permissible Services.--Any project assisted under this 
section may provide services such as--
            ``(1) personal and career counseling or activities;
            ``(2) information and activities designed to acquaint 
        youths with the range of career options available to the 
        youths;
            ``(3) exposure to the campuses of institutions of higher 
        education, as well as cultural events, academic programs, and 
        other sites or activities not usually available to 
        disadvantaged youth;
            ``(4) workshops and counseling for families of students 
        served;
            ``(5) mentoring programs involving elementary or secondary 
        school teachers or counselors, faculty members at institutions 
        of higher education, students, or any combination of such 
        persons; and
            ``(6) programs and activities as described in subsection 
        (b) or paragraphs (1) through (5) of this subsection that are 
        specially designed for students who are limited English 
        proficient, students with disabilities, students who are 
        homeless children and youths (as such term is defined in 
        section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 
        U.S.C. 11434a)), or students who are in foster care or are 
        aging out of the foster care system.''; and
            (4) in the matter preceding paragraph (1) of subsection (d) 
        (as redesignated by paragraph (2)), by striking ``talent search 
        projects under this chapter'' and inserting ``projects under 
        this section''.
    (c) Upward Bound.--Section 402C (20 U.S.C. 1070a-13) is amended--
            (1) by striking subsection (b) and inserting the following:
    ``(b) Required Services.--Any project assisted under this section 
shall provide--
            ``(1) academic tutoring to enable students to complete 
        secondary or postsecondary courses, which may include 
        instruction in reading, writing, study skills, mathematics, 
        science, and other subjects;
            ``(2) advice and assistance in secondary and postsecondary 
        course selection;
            ``(3) assistance in preparing for college entrance 
        examinations and completing college admission applications;
            ``(4)(A) information on both the full range of Federal 
        student financial aid programs (including Federal Pell Grant 
        awards and loan forgiveness) and resources for locating public 
        and private scholarships; and
            ``(B) assistance in completing financial aid applications, 
        including the Free Application for Federal Student Aid 
        described in section 483(a);
            ``(5) guidance on and assistance in--
                    ``(A) secondary school reentry;
                    ``(B) alternative education programs for secondary 
                school dropouts that lead to the receipt of a regular 
                secondary school diploma;
                    ``(C) entry into general educational development 
                (GED) programs; or
                    ``(D) postsecondary education; and
            ``(6) education or counseling services designed to improve 
        the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or the 
        students' parents, including financial planning for 
        postsecondary education.'';
            (2) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in the subsection heading, by striking 
                ``Required Services'' and inserting ``Additional 
                Required Services for Multiple-Year Grant Recipients''; 
                and
                    (B) by striking ``upward bound project assisted 
                under this chapter'' and inserting ``project assisted 
                under this section'';
            (3) by redesignating subsections (d) and (e) as subsections 
        (f) and (g), respectively;
            (4) by inserting after subsection (c) the following:
    ``(d) Permissible Services.--Any project assisted under this 
section may provide such services as--
            ``(1) exposure to cultural events, academic programs, and 
        other activities not usually available to disadvantaged youth;
            ``(2) information, activities and instruction designed to 
        acquaint youths participating in the project with the range of 
        career options available to the youths;
            ``(3) on-campus residential programs;
            ``(4) mentoring programs involving elementary school or 
        secondary school teachers or counselors, faculty members at 
        institutions of higher education, students, or any combination 
        of such persons;
            ``(5) work-study positions where youth participating in the 
        project are exposed to careers requiring a postsecondary 
        degree;
            ``(6) special services to enable veterans to make the 
        transition to postsecondary education; and
            ``(7) programs and activities as described in subsection 
        (b), subsection (c), or paragraphs (1) through (6) of this 
        subsection that are specially designed for students who are 
        limited English proficient, students with disabilities, 
        students who are homeless children and youths (as such term is 
        defined in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
        Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a)), or students who are in 
        foster care or are aging out of the foster care system.
    ``(e) Priority.--In providing assistance under this section the 
Secretary--
            ``(1) shall give priority to projects assisted under this 
        section that select not less than 30 percent of all first-time 
        participants in the projects from students who have a high 
        academic risk for failure; and
            ``(2) shall not deny participation in a project assisted 
        under this section to a student because the student will enter 
        the project after the 9th grade.'';
            (5) in the matter preceding paragraph (1) of subsection (f) 
        (as redesignated by paragraph (3)), by striking ``upward bound 
        projects under this chapter'' and inserting ``projects under 
        this section''; and
            (6) in subsection (g) (as redesignated by paragraph (3))--
                    (A) by striking ``during June, July, and August'' 
                each place the term occurs and inserting ``during the 
                summer school recess, for a period not to exceed 3 
                months''; and
                    (B) by striking ``(b)(10)'' and inserting 
                ``(d)(5)''.
    (d) Student Support Services.--Section 402D (20 U.S.C. 1070a-14) is 
amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (B) by striking paragraph (3) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(3) to foster an institutional climate supportive of the 
        success of low-income and first generation college students, 
        students with disabilities, students who are limited English 
        proficient, students who are homeless children and youths (as 
        such term is defined in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento 
        Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a)), and students who 
        are in foster care or are aging out of the foster care 
        system.''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) to improve the financial literacy and economic 
        literacy of students, including--
                    ``(A) basic personal income, household money 
                management, and financial planning skills; and
                    ``(B) basic economic decisionmaking skills.'';
            (2) by redesignating subsections (c) and (d) as subsections 
        (d) and (e);
            (3) by striking subsection (b) and inserting the following:
    ``(b) Required Services.--A project assisted under this section 
shall provide--
            ``(1) academic tutoring to enable students to complete 
        postsecondary courses, which may include instruction in 
        reading, writing, study skills, mathematics, science, and other 
        subjects;
            ``(2) advice and assistance in postsecondary course 
        selection;
            ``(3)(A) information on both the full range of Federal 
        student financial aid programs (including Federal Pell Grant 
        awards and loan forgiveness) and resources for locating public 
        and private scholarships; and
            ``(B) assistance in completing financial aid applications, 
        including the Free Application for Federal Student Aid 
        described in section 483(a);
            ``(4) education or counseling services designed to improve 
        the financial literacy and economic literacy of students, 
        including financial planning for postsecondary education;
            ``(5) activities designed to assist students participating 
        in the project in securing college admission and financial 
        assistance for enrollment in graduate and professional 
        programs; and
            ``(6) activities designed to assist students enrolled in 2-
        year institutions of higher education in securing admission and 
        financial assistance for enrollment in a 4-year program of 
        postsecondary education.
    ``(c) Permissible Services.--A project assisted under this section 
may provide services such as--
            ``(1) consistent, individualized personal, career, and 
        academic counseling, provided by assigned counselors;
            ``(2) information, activities, and instruction designed to 
        acquaint youths participating in the project with the range of 
        career options available to the students;
            ``(3) exposure to cultural events and academic programs not 
        usually available to disadvantaged students;
            ``(4) activities designed to acquaint students 
        participating in the project with the range of career options 
        available to the students;
            ``(5) mentoring programs involving faculty or upper class 
        students, or a combination thereof;
            ``(6) securing temporary housing during breaks in the 
        academic year for students who are homeless children and youths 
        (as such term is defined in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento 
        Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a)) or were formerly 
        homeless children and youths and students who are in foster 
        care or are aging out of the foster care system; and
            ``(7) programs and activities as described in subsection 
        (b) or paragraphs (1) through (5) of this subsection that are 
        specially designed for students who are limited English 
        proficient, students with disabilities, students who are 
        homeless children and youths (as such term is defined in 
        section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 
        U.S.C. 11434a)) or were formerly homeless children and youths, 
        or students who are in foster care or are aging out of the 
        foster care system.'';
            (4) in subsection (d)(1) (as redesignated by paragraph 
        (2)), by striking ``subsection (b)'' and inserting ``subsection 
        (c)''; and
            (5) in the matter preceding paragraph (1) of subsection (e) 
        (as redesignated by paragraph (2)), by striking ``student 
        support services projects under this chapter'' and inserting 
        ``projects under this section''.
    (e) Postbaccalaureate Achievement Program Authority.--Section 402E 
(20 U.S.C. 1070a-15) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in the subsection heading, by inserting 
                ``Required'' before ``Services'';
                    (B) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by 
                striking ``A postbaccalaureate achievement project 
                assisted under this section may provide services such 
                as--'' and inserting ``A project assisted under this 
                section shall provide--'';
                    (C) in paragraph (5), by inserting ``and'' after 
                the semicolon;
                    (D) in paragraph (6), by striking the semicolon and 
                inserting a period; and
                    (E) by striking paragraphs (7) and (8);
            (2) by redesignating subsections (c) through (f) as 
        subsections (d) through (g), respectively;
            (3) by inserting after subsection (b) the following:
    ``(c) Permissible Services.--A project assisted under this section 
may provide services such as--
            ``(1) education or counseling services designed to improve 
        the financial literacy and economic literacy of students, 
        including financial planning for postsecondary education;
            ``(2) mentoring programs involving faculty members at 
        institutions of higher education, students, or any combination 
        of such persons; and
            ``(3) exposure to cultural events and academic programs not 
        usually available to disadvantaged students.'';
            (4) in the matter preceding paragraph (1) of subsection (d) 
        (as redesignated by paragraph (2)), by striking 
        ``postbaccalaureate achievement'';
            (5) in the matter preceding paragraph (1) of subsection (f) 
        (as redesignated by paragraph (2)), by striking 
        ``postbaccalaureate achievement project'' and inserting 
        ``project under this section''; and
            (6) in subsection (g) (as redesignated by paragraph (2))--
                    (A) by striking ``402A(f)'' and inserting 
                ``402A(g)''; and
                    (B) by striking ``1993 through 1997'' and inserting 
                ``2007 through 2012''.
    (f) Educational Opportunity Centers.--Section 402F (20 U.S.C. 
1070a-16) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by striking the period at the 
                end and inserting ``; and''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) to improve the financial literacy and economic 
        literacy of students, including--
                    ``(A) basic personal income, household money 
                management, and financial planning skills; and
                    ``(B) basic economic decisionmaking skills.''; and
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) by redesignating paragraphs (5) through (10) as 
                paragraphs (6) through (11), respectively;
                    (B) by inserting after paragraph (4) the following:
            ``(5) education or counseling services designed to improve 
        the financial literacy and economic literacy of students;'';
                    (C) by striking paragraph (7) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (A)) and inserting the following:
            ``(7) individualized personal, career, and academic 
        counseling;''; and
                    (D) by striking paragraph (11) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (A)) and inserting the following:
            ``(11) programs and activities as described in paragraphs 
        (1) through (10) that are specially designed for students who 
        are limited English proficient, students with disabilities, or 
        students who are homeless children and youths (as such term is 
        defined in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
        Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a)), or programs and activities 
        for students who are in foster care or are aging out of the 
        foster care system.''.
    (g) Staff Development Activities.--Section 402G(b)(3) (20 U.S.C. 
1070a-17(b)(3)) is amended by inserting ``, including strategies for 
recruiting and serving students who are homeless children and youths 
(as such term is defined in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a)) and students who are in foster care 
or are aging out of the foster care system'' before the period at the 
end.
    (h) Reports, Evaluations, and Grants for Project Improvement and 
Dissemination.--Section 402H (20 U.S.C. 1070a-18) is amended--
            (1) by striking the section heading and inserting 
        ``reports, evaluations, and grants for project improvement and 
        dissemination.'';
            (2) by redesignating subsections (a) through (c) as 
        subsections (b) through (d), respectively;
            (3) by inserting before subsection (b) (as redesignated by 
        paragraph (2)) the following:
    ``(a) Reports to the Authorizing Committees.--The Secretary shall 
submit annually, to the authorizing committees, a report that documents 
the performance of all programs funded under this chapter. The report 
shall--
            ``(1) be submitted not later than 24 months after the 
        eligible entities receiving funds under this chapter are 
        required to report their performance to the Secretary;
            ``(2) focus on the programs' performance on the relevant 
        outcome criteria determined under section 402A(f)(4);
            ``(3) aggregate individual project performance data on the 
        outcome criteria in order to provide national performance data 
        for each program;
            ``(4) include, when appropriate, descriptive data, multi-
        year data, and multi-cohort data; and
            ``(5) include comparable data on the performance nationally 
        of low-income students, first-generation students, and students 
        with disabilities.''; and
            (4) in subsection (b) (as redesignated by paragraph (2)), 
        by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following:
            ``(2) Practices.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The evaluations described in 
                paragraph (1) shall identify institutional, community, 
                and program or project practices that are particularly 
                effective in--
                            ``(i) enhancing the access of low-income 
                        individuals and first-generation college 
                        students to postsecondary education;
                            ``(ii) the preparation of the individuals 
                        and students for postsecondary education; and
                            ``(iii) fostering the success of the 
                        individuals and students in postsecondary 
                        education.
                    ``(B) Primary purpose.--Any evaluation conducted 
                under this chapter shall have as its primary purpose 
                the identification of particular practices that further 
                the achievement of the outcome criteria determined 
                under section 402A(f)(4).
                    ``(C) Dissemination and use of evaluation 
                findings.--The Secretary shall disseminate to eligible 
                entities and make available to the public the practices 
                identified under subparagraph (B). The practices may be 
                used by eligible entities that receive assistance under 
                this chapter after the dissemination.
            ``(3) Evaluation special rules.--
                    ``(A) Recruitment.--The Secretary shall not require 
                an eligible entity desiring to receive assistance under 
                this chapter to recruit students to serve as a control 
                group for purposes of evaluating any program or project 
                assisted under this chapter.
                    ``(B) Permissible priority.--If the Secretary 
                elects to provide for the conduct of an evaluation of a 
                program or project under this chapter using a control 
                group, then the Secretary may give priority in 
                providing assistance under this chapter, subject to 
                section 402C(e), to an eligible entity that elects to 
                participate in such an evaluation.''.

SEC. 404. GAINING EARLY AWARENESS AND READINESS FOR UNDERGRADUATE 
              PROGRAMS.

    (a) Early Intervention and College Awareness Program Authorized.--
Section 404A (20 U.S.C. 1070a-21) is amended--
            (1) by striking subsection (a) and inserting the following:
    ``(a) Program Authorized.--The Secretary is authorized, in 
accordance with the requirements of this chapter, to establish a 
program that encourages eligible entities to provide support to 
eligible low-income students to assist the students in obtaining a 
secondary school diploma (or its recognized equivalent) and to prepare 
for and succeed in postsecondary education, by providing--
            ``(1) financial assistance, academic support, additional 
        counseling, mentoring, outreach, and supportive services to 
        middle school and secondary school students to reduce--
                    ``(A) the risk of such students dropping out of 
                school; or
                    ``(B) the need for remedial education for such 
                students at the postsecondary level; and
            ``(2) information to students and their parents about the 
        advantages of obtaining a postsecondary education and the 
        college financing options for the students and their 
        parents.'';
            (2) by striking subsection (b)(2)(A) and inserting the 
        following:
                    ``(A) give priority to eligible entities that have 
                a prior, demonstrated commitment to early intervention 
                leading to college access through collaboration and 
                replication of successful strategies;''; and
            (3) by striking subsection (c)(2) and inserting the 
        following:
            ``(2) a partnership--
                    ``(A) consisting of--
                            ``(i) 1 or more local educational agencies; 
                        and
                            ``(ii) 1 or more degree granting 
                        institutions of higher education; and
                    ``(B) which may include not less than 2 other 
                community organizations or entities, such as 
                businesses, professional organizations, State agencies, 
                institutions or agencies sponsoring programs authorized 
                under subpart 4, or other public or private agencies or 
                organizations.''.
    (b) Requirements.--Section 404B (20 U.S.C. 1070a-22) is amended--
            (1) by striking subsection (a) and inserting the following: 
        --
    ``(a) Funding Rules.--
            ``(1) Distribution.--In awarding grants from the amount 
        appropriated under section 404G for a fiscal year, the 
        Secretary shall take into consideration--
                    ``(A) the geographic distribution of such awards; 
                and
                    ``(B) the distribution of such awards between urban 
                and rural applicants.
            ``(2) Special rule.--The Secretary shall annually 
        reevaluate the distribution of funds described in paragraph (1) 
        based on number, quality, and promise of the applications.'';
            (2) by striking subsections (b), (e), and (f);
            (3) by redesignating subsections (c), (d), and (g) as 
        subsections (b), (c), and (d), respectively; and
            (4) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(e) Supplement, Not Supplant.--Grant funds awarded under this 
chapter shall be used to supplement, and not supplant, other Federal, 
State, and local funds that would otherwise be expended to carry out 
activities assisted under this chapter.''.
    (c) Application.--Section 404C (20 U.S.C. 1070a-23) is amended--
            (1) in the section heading, by striking ``eligible entity 
        plans'' and inserting ``applications'';
            (2) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in the subsection heading, by striking ``Plan'' 
                and inserting ``Application'';
                    (B) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by striking ``a plan'' and inserting 
                        ``an application''; and
                            (ii) by striking the second sentence; and
                    (C) by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(2) Contents.--Each application submitted pursuant to 
        paragraph (1) shall be in such form, contain or be accompanied 
        by such information or assurances, and be submitted at such 
        time as the Secretary may require. Each such application shall, 
        at a minimum--
                    ``(A) describe the activities for which assistance 
                under this chapter is sought, including how the 
                eligible entity will carry out the required activities 
                described in section 404D(a);
                    ``(B) describe how the eligible agency will meet 
                the requirements of section 404E;
                    ``(C) provide assurances that adequate 
                administrative and support staff will be responsible 
                for coordinating the activities described in section 
                404D;
                    ``(D) ensure that activities assisted under this 
                chapter will not displace an employee or eliminate a 
                position at a school assisted under this chapter, 
                including a partial displacement such as a reduction in 
                hours, wages or employment benefits;
                    ``(E) describe, in the case of an eligible entity 
                described in section 404A(c)(2), how the eligible 
                entity will define the cohorts of the students served 
                by the eligible entity pursuant to section 404B(d), and 
                how the eligible entity will serve the cohorts through 
                grade 12, including--
                            ``(i) how vacancies in the program under 
                        this chapter will be filled; and
                            ``(ii) how the eligible entity will serve 
                        students attending different secondary schools;
                    ``(F) describe how the eligible entity will 
                coordinate programs with other existing Federal, State, 
                or local programs to avoid duplication and maximize the 
                number of students served;
                    ``(G) provide such additional assurances as the 
                Secretary determines necessary to ensure compliance 
                with the requirements of this chapter; and
                    ``(H) provide information about the activities that 
                will be carried out by the eligible entity to support 
                systemic changes from which future cohorts of students 
                will benefit.'';
            (3) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A) of subsection 
        (b)(1)--
                    (A) by striking ``a plan'' and inserting ``an 
                application''; and
                    (B) by striking ``such plan'' and inserting ``such 
                application''; and
            (4) in subsection (c)(1), by striking the semicolon at the 
        end and inserting ``including--
                    ``(A) the amount contributed to a student 
                scholarship fund established under section 404E; and
                    ``(B) the amount of the costs of administering the 
                scholarship program under section 404E;''.
    (d) Activities.--Section 404D (20 U.S.C. 1070a-24) is amended to 
read as follows:

``SEC. 404D. ACTIVITIES.

    ``(a) Required Activities.--Each eligible entity receiving a grant 
under this chapter shall carry out the following:
            ``(1) Provide information regarding financial aid for 
        postsecondary education to participating students in the cohort 
        described in subsection 404B(d)(1)(A).
            ``(2) Encourage student enrollment in rigorous and 
        challenging curricula and coursework, in order to reduce the 
        need for remedial coursework at the postsecondary level.
            ``(3) Support activities designed to improve the number of 
        participating students who--
                    ``(A) obtain a secondary school diploma; and
                    ``(B) complete applications for and enroll in a 
                program of postsecondary education.
            ``(4) In the case of an eligible entity described in 
        section 404A(c)(1), provide for the scholarships described in 
        section 404E.
    ``(b) Optional Activities for States and Partnerships.--An eligible 
entity that receives a grant under this chapter may use grant funds to 
carry out 1 or more of the following activities:
            ``(1) Providing tutoring and supporting mentors, including 
        adults or former participants of a program under this chapter, 
        for eligible students.
            ``(2) Conducting outreach activities to recruit priority 
        students described in subsection (d) to participate in program 
        activities.
            ``(3) Providing supportive services to eligible students.
            ``(4) Supporting the development or implementation of 
        rigorous academic curricula, which may include college 
        preparatory, Advanced Placement, or International Baccalaureate 
        programs, and providing participating students access to 
        rigorous core courses that reflect challenging State academic 
        standards.
            ``(5) Supporting dual or concurrent enrollment programs 
        between the secondary school and institution of higher 
        education partners of an eligible entity described in section 
        404A(c)(2), and other activities that support participating 
        students in--
                    ``(A) meeting challenging academic standards;
                    ``(B) successfully applying for postsecondary 
                education;
                    ``(C) successfully applying for student financial 
                aid; and
                    ``(D) developing graduation and career plans.
            ``(6) Providing support for scholarships described in 
        section 404E.
            ``(7) Introducing eligible students to institutions of 
        higher education, through trips and school-based sessions.
            ``(8) Providing an intensive extended school day, school 
        year, or summer program that offers--
                    ``(A) additional academic classes; or
                    ``(B) assistance with college admission 
                applications.
            ``(9) Providing other activities designed to ensure 
        secondary school completion and postsecondary education 
        enrollment of at-risk children, such as--
                    ``(A) the identification of at-risk children;
                    ``(B) after-school and summer tutoring;
                    ``(C) assistance to at-risk children in obtaining 
                summer jobs;
                    ``(D) academic counseling;
                    ``(E) volunteer and parent involvement;
                    ``(F) encouraging former or current participants of 
                a program under this chapter to serve as peer 
                counselors;
                    ``(G) skills assessments;
                    ``(H) personal counseling;
                    ``(I) family counseling and home visits;
                    ``(J) staff development; and
                    ``(K) programs and activities described in this 
                subsection that are specially designed for students who 
                are limited English proficient.
            ``(10) Enabling eligible students to enroll in Advanced 
        Placement or International Baccalaureate courses, or college 
        entrance examination preparation courses.
            ``(11) Providing services to eligible students in the 
        participating cohort described in section 404B(d)(1)(A), 
        through the first year of attendance at an institution of 
        higher education.
    ``(c) Additional Optional Activities for States.--In addition to 
the required activities described in subsection (a) and the optional 
activities described in subsection (b), an eligible entity described in 
section 404A(c)(1) receiving funds under this chapter may use grant 
funds to carry out 1 or more of the following activities:
            ``(1) Providing technical assistance to--
                    ``(A) middle schools or secondary schools that are 
                located within the State; or
                    ``(B) partnerships described in section 404A(c)(2) 
                that are located within the State.
            ``(2) Providing professional development opportunities to 
        individuals working with eligible cohorts of students described 
        in section 404B(d)(1)(A).
            ``(3) Providing strategies and activities that align 
        efforts in the State to prepare eligible students for attending 
        and succeeding in postsecondary education, which may include 
        the development of graduation and career plans.
            ``(4) Disseminating information on the use of 
        scientifically based research and best practices to improve 
        services for eligible students.
            ``(5)(A) Disseminating information on effective coursework 
        and support services that assist students in obtaining the 
        goals described in subparagraph (B)(ii).
            ``(B) Identifying and disseminating information on best 
        practices with respect to--
                    ``(i) increasing parental involvement; and
                    ``(ii) preparing students, including students with 
                disabilities and students who are limited English 
                proficient, to succeed academically in, and prepare 
                financially for, postsecondary education.
            ``(6) Working to align State academic standards and 
        curricula with the expectations of postsecondary institutions 
        and employers.
            ``(7) Developing alternatives to traditional secondary 
        school that give students a head start on attaining a 
        recognized postsecondary credential (including an industry 
        certificate, an apprenticeship, or an associate's or a 
        bachelor's degree), including school designs that give students 
        early exposure to college-level courses and experiences and 
        allow students to earn transferable college credits or an 
        associate's degree at the same time as a secondary school 
        diploma.
            ``(8) Creating community college programs for drop-outs 
        that are personalized drop-out recovery programs that allow 
        drop-outs to complete a regular secondary school diploma and 
        begin college-level work.
    ``(d) Priority Students.--For eligible entities not using a cohort 
approach, the eligible entity shall treat as priority students any 
student in middle or secondary school who is eligible--
            ``(1) to be counted under section 1124(c) of the Elementary 
        and Secondary Education Act of 1965;
            ``(2) for free or reduced price meals under the Richard B. 
        Russell National School Lunch Act;
            ``(3) for assistance under a State program funded under 
        part A or E of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 
        601 et seq., 670 et seq.); or
            ``(4) for assistance under subtitle B of title VII of the 
        McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11431 et 
        seq.).
    ``(e) Allowable Providers.--In the case of eligible entities 
described in section 404A(c)(1), the activities required by this 
section may be provided by service providers such as community-based 
organizations, schools, institutions of higher education, public and 
private agencies, nonprofit and philanthropic organizations, 
businesses, institutions and agencies sponsoring programs authorized 
under subpart 4, and other organizations the State determines 
appropriate.''.
    (e) Scholarship Component.--Section 404E (20 U.S.C. 1070a-25) is 
amended--
            (1) by striking subsections (e) and (f);
            (2) by redesignating subsections (b), (c), and (d) as 
        subsections (d), (f), and (g), respectively;
            (3) by inserting after subsection (a) the following:
    ``(b) Limitation.--
            ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), each eligible 
        entity described in section 404A(c)(1) that receives a grant 
        under this chapter shall use not less than 25 percent and not 
        more than 50 percent of the grant funds for activities 
        described in section 404D (except for the activity described in 
        subsection (a)(4) of such section), with the remainder of such 
        funds to be used for a scholarship program under this section 
        in accordance with such subsection.
            ``(2) Exception.--Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the 
        Secretary may allow an eligible entity to use more than 50 
        percent of grant funds received under this chapter for such 
        activities, if the eligible entity demonstrates that the 
        eligible entity has another means of providing the students 
        with the financial assistance described in this section and 
        describes such means in the application submitted under section 
        404C.
    ``(c) Notification of Eligibility.--Each eligible entity providing 
scholarships under this section shall provide information on the 
eligibility requirements for the scholarships to all participating 
students upon the students' entry into the programs assisted under this 
chapter.'';
            (4) in subsection (d) (as redesignated by paragraph (2)), 
        by striking ``the lesser of'' and all that follows through the 
        period at the end of paragraph (2) and inserting ``the minimum 
        Federal Pell Grant award under section 401 for such award 
        year.'';
            (5) by inserting after subsection (d) (as redesignated by 
        paragraph (2) and amended by paragraph (4)) the following:
    ``(e) Portability of Assistance.--
            ``(1) In general.--Each eligible entity described in 
        section 404A(c)(1) that receives a grant under this chapter 
        shall create or organize a trust for each cohort described in 
        section 404B(d)(1)(A) for which the grant is sought in the 
        application submitted by the entity, which trust shall be an 
        amount that is not less than the minimum scholarship amount 
        described in subsection (d), multiplied by the number of 
        students participating in the cohort.
            ``(2) Requirement for portability.--Funds contributed to 
        the trust for a cohort shall be available to a student in the 
        cohort when the student has--
                    ``(A) completed a secondary school diploma, its 
                recognized equivalent, or other recognized alternative 
                standard for individuals with disabilities; and
                    ``(B) enrolled in an institution of higher 
                education.
            ``(3) Qualified educational expenses.--Funds available to 
        an eligible student from a trust may be used for--
                    ``(A) tuition, fees, books, supplies, and equipment 
                required for the enrollment or attendance of the 
                eligible student at an institution of higher education; 
                and
                    ``(B) in the case of an eligible student with 
                special needs, expenses for special needs services 
                which are incurred in connection with such enrollment 
                or attendance.
            ``(4) Return of funds.--
                    ``(A) Redistribution.--
                            ``(i) In general.--Trust funds that are not 
                        used by an eligible student within 6 years of 
                        the student's scheduled completion of secondary 
                        school may be redistributed by the eligible 
                        entity to other eligible students.
                            ``(ii) Return of excess to the secretary.--
                        If, after meeting the requirements of paragraph 
                        (1) and, if applicable, redistributing excess 
                        funds in accordance with clause (i), an 
                        eligible entity has funds remaining, the 
                        eligible entity shall return excess funds to 
                        the Secretary for distribution to other 
                        grantees under this chapter.
                    ``(B) Nonparticipating entity.--Notwithstanding 
                subparagraph (A), in the case of an eligible entity 
                described in section 404A(c)(1)(A) that does not 
                receive assistance under this subpart for 6 fiscal 
                years, the eligible entity shall return any trust funds 
                not awarded or obligated to eligible students to the 
                Secretary for distribution to other grantees under this 
                chapter.''; and
            (6) in subsection (g) (as redesignated by paragraph (2))--
                    (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ``1993'' and 
                inserting ``2001''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (4), by striking ``early 
                intervention component required under section 404D'' 
                and inserting ``activities required under section 
                404D(a)''.
    (f) Repeal of 21st Century Scholar Certificates.--Chapter 2 of 
subpart 2 of part A of title IV (20 U.S.C. 1070a-21 et seq.) is further 
amended--
            (1) by striking section 404F; and
            (2) by redesignating sections 404G and 404H as sections 
        404F and 404G, respectively.
    (g) Authorization of Appropriations.--Section 404G (as redesignated 
by subsection (f)) (20 U.S.C. 1070a-28) is amended by striking 
``$200,000,000 for fiscal year 1999'' and all that follows through the 
period and inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.
    (h) Conforming Amendments.--Chapter 2 of subpart 2 of part A of 
title IV (20 U.S.C. 1070a-21 et seq.) is further amended--
            (1) in section 404A(b)(1), by striking ``404H'' and 
        inserting ``404G'';
            (2) in section 404B(a)(1), by striking ``404H'' and 
        inserting ``404G''; and
            (3) in section 404F(c) (as redesignated by subsection 
        (f)(2)), by striking ``404H'' and inserting ``404G''.

SEC. 405. ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT INCENTIVE SCHOLARSHIPS.

    Chapter 3 of subpart 2 of part A of title IV (20 U.S.C. 1070a-31 et 
seq.) is repealed.

SEC. 406. FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS.

    (a) Appropriations Authorized.--Section 413A(b)(1) (20 U.S.C. 
1070b(b)(1)) is amended by striking ``$675,000,000 for fiscal year 
1999'' and all that follows through the period and inserting ``such 
sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 
succeeding fiscal years.''.
    (b) Allocation of Funds.--
            (1) Allocation of funds.--Section 413D (20 U.S.C. 1070b-3) 
        is amended--
                    (A) by striking subsection (a)(4); and
                    (B) in subsection (c)(3)(D), by striking ``$450'' 
                and inserting ``$600''.
            (2) Technical correction.--Section 413D(a)(1) (20 U.S.C. 
        1070b-3(a)(1)) is amended by striking ``such institution'' and 
        all that follows through the period and inserting ``such 
        institution received under subsections (a) and (b) of this 
        section for fiscal year 1999 (as such subsections were in 
        effect with respect to allocations for such fiscal year).''.

SEC. 407. LEVERAGING EDUCATIONAL ASSISTANCE PARTNERSHIP PROGRAM.

    (a) Appropriations Authorized.--Section 415A(b)(1) (20 U.S.C. 
1070c(b)(1)) is amended to read as follows:
            ``(1) In general.--There are authorized to be appropriated 
        to carry out this subpart such sums as may be necessary for 
        fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.
    (b) Applications.--Section 415C(b) (20 U.S.C. 1070c-2(b)) is 
amended--
            (1) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A) of paragraph 
        (2), by striking ``not in excess of $5,000 per academic year'' 
        and inserting ``not to exceed the lesser of $12,500 or the 
        student's cost of attendance per academic year''; and
            (2) by striking paragraph (10) and inserting the following:
            ``(10) provides notification to eligible students that such 
        grants are--
                    ``(A) Leveraging Educational Assistance Partnership 
                grants; and
                    ``(B) funded by the Federal Government, the State, 
                and other contributing partners.''.
    (c) Grants for Access and Persistence.--Section 415E (20 U.S.C. 
1070c-3a) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 415E. GRANTS FOR ACCESS AND PERSISTENCE.

    ``(a) Purpose.--It is the purpose of this section to expand college 
access and increase college persistence by making allotments to States 
to enable the States to--
            ``(1) expand and enhance partnerships with institutions of 
        higher education, early information and intervention, 
        mentoring, or outreach programs, private corporations, 
        philanthropic organizations, and other interested parties in 
        order to--
                    ``(A) carry out activities under this section; and
                    ``(B) provide coordination and cohesion among 
                Federal, State, and local governmental and private 
                efforts that provide financial assistance to help low-
                income students attend an institution of higher 
                education;
            ``(2) provide need-based grants for access and persistence 
        to eligible low-income students;
            ``(3) provide early notification to low-income students of 
        the students' eligibility for financial aid; and
            ``(4) encourage increased participation in early 
        information and intervention, mentoring, or outreach programs.
    ``(b) Allotments to States.--
            ``(1) In general.--
                    ``(A) Authorization.--From sums reserved under 
                section 415A(b)(2) for each fiscal year, the Secretary 
                shall make an allotment to each State that submits an 
                application for an allotment in accordance with 
                subsection (c) to enable the State to pay the Federal 
                share, as described in paragraph (2), of the cost of 
                carrying out the activities under subsection (d).
                    ``(B) Determination of allotment.--In making 
                allotments under subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall 
                consider the following:
                            ``(i) Continuation of award.--If a State 
                        continues to meet the specifications 
                        established in such State's application under 
                        subsection (c), the Secretary shall make an 
                        allotment to such State that is not less than 
                        the allotment made to such State for the 
                        previous fiscal year.
                            ``(ii) Priority.--The Secretary shall give 
                        priority in making allotments to States that 
                        meet the requirements described in paragraph 
                        (2)(A)(ii).
            ``(2) Federal share.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Federal share under this 
                section shall be determined in accordance with the 
                following:
                            ``(i) If a State applies for an allotment 
                        under this section in partnership with--
                                    ``(I) any number of degree granting 
                                institutions of higher education in the 
                                State whose combined full-time 
                                enrollment represents less than a 
                                majority of all students attending 
                                institutions of higher education in the 
                                State; and
                                    ``(II)(aa) philanthropic 
                                organizations that are located in, or 
                                that provide funding in, the State; or
                                    ``(bb) private corporations that 
                                are located in, or that do business in, 
                                the State,
                        then the Federal share of the cost of carrying 
                        out the activities under subsection (d) shall 
                        be equal to 50 percent.
                            ``(ii) If a State applies for an allotment 
                        under this section in partnership with--
                                    ``(I) any number of degree granting 
                                institutions of higher education in the 
                                State whose combined full-time 
                                enrollment represents a majority of all 
                                students attending institutions of 
                                higher education in the State; and
                                    ``(II)(aa) philanthropic 
                                organizations that are located in, or 
                                that provide funding in, the State; or
                                    ``(bb) private corporations that 
                                are located in, or that do business in, 
                                the State,
                        then the Federal share of the cost of carrying 
                        out the activities under subsection (d) shall 
                        be equal to 57 percent.
                    ``(B) Non-federal share.--
                            ``(i) In general.--The non-Federal share 
                        under this section may be provided in cash or 
                        in kind, fully evaluated and in accordance with 
                        this subparagraph.
                            ``(ii) In kind contribution.--For the 
                        purpose of calculating the non-Federal share 
                        under this section, an in kind contribution is 
                        a non-cash award that has monetary value, such 
                        as provision of room and board and 
                        transportation passes, and that helps a student 
                        meet the cost of attendance.
                            ``(iii) Effect on need analysis.--For the 
                        purpose of calculating a student's need in 
                        accordance with part F of this title, an in-
                        kind contribution described in clause (ii) 
                        shall not be considered an asset or income.
    ``(c) Application for Allotment.--
            ``(1) In general.--
                    ``(A) Submission.--A State that desires to receive 
                an allotment under this section on behalf of a 
                partnership described in paragraph (3) shall submit an 
                application to the Secretary at such time, in such 
                manner, and containing such information as the 
                Secretary may require.
                    ``(B) Content.--An application submitted under 
                subparagraph (A) shall include the following:
                            ``(i) A description of the State's plan for 
                        using the allotted funds.
                            ``(ii) Assurances that the State will 
                        provide the non-Federal share from State, 
                        institutional, philanthropic, or private funds, 
                        of not less than the required share of the cost 
                        of carrying out the activities under subsection 
                        (d), as determined under subsection (b), in 
                        accordance with the following:
                                    ``(I) The State shall specify the 
                                methods by which non-Federal share 
                                funds will be paid and include 
                                provisions designed to ensure that 
                                funds provided under this section will 
                                be used to supplement, and not 
                                supplant, Federal and non-Federal funds 
                                available for carrying out the 
                                activities under this title.
                                    ``(II) A State that uses non-
                                Federal funds to create or expand 
                                existing partnerships with nonprofit 
                                organizations or community-based 
                                organizations in which such 
                                organizations match State funds for 
                                student scholarships, may apply such 
                                matching funds from such organizations 
                                toward fulfilling the State's non-
                                Federal share obligation under this 
                                clause.
                            ``(iii) Assurances that early information 
                        and intervention, mentoring, or outreach 
                        programs exist within the State or that there 
                        is a plan to make such programs widely 
                        available.
                            ``(iv) A description of the organizational 
                        structure that the State has in place to 
                        administer the activities under subsection (d), 
                        including a description of the system the State 
                        will use to track the participation of students 
                        who receive grants under this section to degree 
                        completion.
                            ``(v) Assurances that the State has a 
                        method in place, such as acceptance of the 
                        automatic zero expected family contribution 
                        determination described in section 479, to 
                        identify eligible low-income students and award 
                        State grant aid to such students.
                            ``(vi) Assurances that the State will 
                        provide notification to eligible low-income 
                        students that grants under this section are--
                                    ``(I) Leveraging Educational 
                                Assistance Partnership Grants; and
                                    ``(II) funded by the Federal 
                                Government, the State, and other 
                                contributing partners.
            ``(2) State agency.--The State agency that submits an 
        application for a State under section 415C(a) shall be the same 
        State agency that submits an application under paragraph (1) 
        for such State.
            ``(3) Partnership.--In applying for an allotment under this 
        section, the State agency shall apply for the allotment in 
        partnership with--
                    ``(A) not less than 1 public and 1 private degree 
                granting institution of higher education that are 
                located in the State, if applicable;
                    ``(B) new or existing early information and 
                intervention, mentoring, or outreach programs located 
                in the State; and
                    ``(C) not less than 1--
                            ``(i) philanthropic organization located 
                        in, or that provides funding in, the State; or
                            ``(ii) private corporation located in, or 
                        that does business in, the State.
            ``(4) Roles of partners.--
                    ``(A) State agency.--A State agency that is in a 
                partnership receiving an allotment under this section--
                            ``(i) shall--
                                    ``(I) serve as the primary 
                                administrative unit for the 
                                partnership;
                                    ``(II) provide or coordinate non-
                                Federal share funds, and coordinate 
                                activities among partners;
                                    ``(III) encourage each institution 
                                of higher education in the State to 
                                participate in the partnership;
                                    ``(IV) make determinations and 
                                early notifications of assistance as 
                                described under subsection (d)(2); and
                                    ``(V) annually report to the 
                                Secretary on the partnership's progress 
                                in meeting the purpose of this section; 
                                and
                            ``(ii) may provide early information and 
                        intervention, mentoring, or outreach programs.
                    ``(B) Degree granting institutions of higher 
                education.--A degree granting institution of higher 
                education that is in a partnership receiving an 
                allotment under this section--
                            ``(i) shall--
                                    ``(I) recruit and admit 
                                participating qualified students and 
                                provide such additional institutional 
                                grant aid to participating students as 
                                agreed to with the State agency;
                                    ``(II) provide support services to 
                                students who receive grants for access 
                                and persistence under this section and 
                                are enrolled at such institution; and
                                    ``(III) assist the State in the 
                                identification of eligible students and 
                                the dissemination of early 
                                notifications of assistance as agreed 
                                to with the State agency; and
                            ``(ii) may provide funding for early 
                        information and intervention, mentoring, or 
                        outreach programs or provide such services 
                        directly.
                    ``(C) Programs.--An early information and 
                intervention, mentoring, or outreach program that is in 
                a partnership receiving an allotment under this section 
                shall provide direct services, support, and information 
                to participating students.
                    ``(D) Philanthropic organization or private 
                corporation.--A philanthropic organization or private 
                corporation that is in a partnership receiving an 
                allotment under this section shall provide funds for 
                grants for access and persistence for participating 
                students, or provide funds or support for early 
                information and intervention, mentoring, or outreach 
                programs.
    ``(d) Authorized Activities.--
            ``(1) In general.--
                    ``(A) Establishment of partnership.--Each State 
                receiving an allotment under this section shall use the 
                funds to establish a partnership to award grants for 
                access and persistence to eligible low-income students 
                in order to increase the amount of financial assistance 
                such students receive under this subpart for 
                undergraduate education expenses.
                    ``(B) Amount of grants.--
                            ``(i) Partnerships with institutions 
                        serving less than a majority of students in the 
                        state.--
                                    ``(I) In general.--In the case 
                                where a State receiving an allotment 
                                under this section is in a partnership 
                                described in subsection (b)(2)(A)(i), 
                                the amount of a grant for access and 
                                persistence awarded by such State shall 
                                be not less than the amount that is 
                                equal to the average undergraduate 
                                tuition and mandatory fees at 4-year 
                                public institutions of higher education 
                                in the State where the student resides 
                                (less any other Federal or State 
                                sponsored grant amount, work study 
                                amount, and scholarship amount received 
                                by the student), and such amount shall 
                                be used toward the cost of attendance 
                                at an institution of higher education 
                                located in the State.
                                    ``(II) Cost of attendance.--A State 
                                that has a program, apart from the 
                                partnership under this section, of 
                                providing eligible low-income students 
                                with grants that are equal to the 
                                average undergraduate tuition and 
                                mandatory fees at 4-year public 
                                institutions of higher education in the 
                                State, may increase the amount of 
                                grants for access and persistence 
                                awarded by such State up to an amount 
                                that is equal to the average cost of 
                                attendance at 4-year public 
                                institutions of higher education in the 
                                State (less any other Federal or State 
                                sponsored grant amount, work study 
                                amount, and scholarship amount received 
                                by the student).
                            ``(ii) Partnerships with institutions 
                        serving the majority of students in the 
                        state.--In the case where a State receiving an 
                        allotment under this section is in a 
                        partnership described in subsection 
                        (b)(2)(A)(ii), the amount of a grant for access 
                        and persistence awarded by such State shall be 
                        not more than an amount that is equal to the 
                        average cost of attendance at 4-year public 
                        institutions of higher education in the State 
                        where the student resides (less any other 
                        Federal or State sponsored grant amount, 
                        college work study amount, and scholarship 
                        amount received by the student), and such 
                        amount shall be used by the student to attend 
                        an institution of higher education located in 
                        the State.
                    ``(C) Special rules.--
                            ``(i) Partnership institutions.--A State 
                        receiving an allotment under this section may 
                        restrict the use of grants for access and 
                        persistence under this section by awarding the 
                        grants only to students attending institutions 
                        of higher education that are participating in 
                        the partnership.
                            ``(ii) Out-of-state institutions.--If a 
                        State provides grants through another program 
                        under this subpart to students attending 
                        institutions of higher education located in 
                        another State, such agreement may also apply to 
                        grants awarded under this section.
            ``(2) Early notification.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Each State receiving an 
                allotment under this section shall annually notify low-
                income students, such as students who are eligible to 
                receive a free lunch under the school lunch program 
                established under the Richard B. Russell National 
                School Lunch Act, in grade 7 through grade 12 in the 
                State, of the students' potential eligibility for 
                student financial assistance, including a grant for 
                access and persistence, to attend an institution of 
                higher education.
                    ``(B) Content of notice.--The notification under 
                subparagraph (A)--
                            ``(i) shall include--
                                    ``(I) information about early 
                                information and intervention, 
                                mentoring, or outreach programs 
                                available to the student;
                                    ``(II) information that a student's 
                                candidacy for a grant for access and 
                                persistence is enhanced through 
                                participation in an early information 
                                and intervention, mentoring, or 
                                outreach program;
                                    ``(III) an explanation that student 
                                and family eligibility and 
                                participation in other Federal means-
                                tested programs may indicate 
                                eligibility for a grant for access and 
                                persistence and other student aid 
                                programs;
                                    ``(IV) a nonbinding estimation of 
                                the total amount of financial aid a 
                                low-income student with a similar 
                                income level may expect to receive, 
                                including an estimation of the amount 
                                of a grant for access and persistence 
                                and an estimation of the amount of 
                                grants, loans, and all other available 
                                types of aid from the major Federal and 
                                State financial aid programs;
                                    ``(V) an explanation that in order 
                                to be eligible for a grant for access 
                                and persistence, at a minimum, a 
                                student shall--
                                            ``(aa) meet the requirement 
                                        under paragraph (3);
                                            ``(bb) graduate from 
                                        secondary school; and
                                            ``(cc) enroll at an 
                                        institution of higher education 
                                        that is a partner in the 
                                        partnership or qualifies under 
                                        subsection (d)(1)(C)(ii);
                                    ``(VI) information on any 
                                additional requirements (such as a 
                                student pledge detailing student 
                                responsibilities) that the State may 
                                impose for receipt of a grant for 
                                access and persistence under this 
                                section; and
                                    ``(VII) instructions on how to 
                                apply for a grant for access and 
                                persistence and an explanation that a 
                                student is required to file a Free 
                                Application for Federal Student Aid 
                                authorized under section 483(a) to be 
                                eligible for such grant and assistance 
                                from other Federal and State financial 
                                aid programs; and
                            ``(ii) may include a disclaimer that grant 
                        awards for access and persistence are 
                        contingent upon--
                                    ``(I) a determination of the 
                                student's financial eligibility at the 
                                time of the student's enrollment at an 
                                institution of higher education that is 
                                a partner in the partnership or 
                                qualifies under subsection 
                                (d)(1)(C)(ii);
                                    ``(II) annual Federal and State 
                                appropriations; and
                                    ``(III) other aid received by the 
                                student at the time of the student's 
                                enrollment at such institution of 
                                higher education.
            ``(3) Eligibility.--In determining which students are 
        eligible to receive grants for access and persistence, the 
        State shall ensure that each such student meets not less than 1 
        of the following:
                    ``(A) Meets not less than 2 of the following 
                criteria, with priority given to students meeting all 
                of the following criteria:
                            ``(i) Has an expected family contribution 
                        equal to zero (as described in section 479) or 
                        a comparable alternative based upon the State's 
                        approved criteria in section 415C(b)(4).
                            ``(ii) Has qualified for a free lunch, or 
                        at the State's discretion a reduced price 
                        lunch, under the school lunch program 
                        established under the Richard B. Russell 
                        National School Lunch Act.
                            ``(iii) Qualifies for the State's maximum 
                        undergraduate award, as authorized under 
                        section 415C(b).
                            ``(iv) Is participating in, or has 
                        participated in, a Federal, State, 
                        institutional, or community early information 
                        and intervention, mentoring, or outreach 
                        program, as recognized by the State agency 
                        administering activities under this section.
                    ``(B) Is receiving, or has received, a grant for 
                access and persistence under this section, in 
                accordance with paragraph (5).
            ``(4) Grant award.--Once a student, including those 
        students who have received early notification under paragraph 
        (2) from the State, applies for admission to an institution 
        that is a partner in the partnership, files a Free Application 
        for Federal Student Aid and any related existing State form, 
        and is determined eligible by the State under paragraph (3), 
        the State shall--
                    ``(A) issue the student a preliminary award 
                certificate for a grant for access and persistence with 
                tentative award amounts; and
                    ``(B) inform the student that payment of the grant 
                for access and persistence award amounts is subject to 
                certification of enrollment and award eligibility by 
                the institution of higher education.
            ``(5) Duration of award.--An eligible student that receives 
        a grant for access and persistence under this section shall 
        receive such grant award for each year of such student's 
        undergraduate education in which the student remains eligible 
        for assistance under this title, including pursuant to section 
        484(c), and remains financially eligible as determined by the 
        State, except that the State may impose reasonable time limits 
        to degree completion.
    ``(e) Use of Funds for Administrative Costs Prohibited.--A State 
that receives an allotment under this section shall not use any of the 
allotted funds to pay administrative costs associated with any of the 
authorized activities described in subsection (d).
    ``(f) Statutory and Regulatory Relief for Institutions of Higher 
Education.--The Secretary may grant, upon the request of an institution 
of higher education that is in a partnership described in subsection 
(b)(2)(A)(ii) and that receives an allotment under this section, a 
waiver for such institution from statutory or regulatory requirements 
that inhibit the ability of the institution to successfully and 
efficiently participate in the activities of the partnership.
    ``(g) Applicability Rule.--The provisions of this subpart which are 
not inconsistent with this section shall apply to the program 
authorized by this section.
    ``(h) Maintenance of Effort Requirement.--Each State receiving an 
allotment under this section for a fiscal year shall provide the 
Secretary with an assurance that the aggregate amount expended per 
student or the aggregate expenditures by the State, from funds derived 
from non-Federal sources, for the authorized activities described in 
subsection (d) for the preceding fiscal year were not less than the 
amount expended per student or the aggregate expenditure by the State 
for the activities for the second preceding fiscal year.
    ``(i) Special Rule.--Notwithstanding subsection (h), for purposes 
of determining a State's share of the cost of the authorized activities 
described in subsection (d), the State shall consider only those 
expenditures from non-Federal sources that exceed the State's total 
expenditures for need-based grants, scholarships, and work-study 
assistance for fiscal year 1999 (including any such assistance provided 
under this subpart).
    ``(j) Continuation and Transition.--For the 2-year period that 
begins on the date of enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 
2007, the Secretary shall continue to award grants under section 415E 
of the Higher Education Act of 1965 as such section existed on the day 
before the date of enactment of such Act to States that choose to apply 
for grants under such predecessor section.
    ``(k) Reports.--Not later than 3 years after the date of enactment 
of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007 and annually thereafter, the 
Secretary shall submit a report describing the activities and the 
impact of the partnerships under this section to the authorizing 
committees.''.

SEC. 408. SPECIAL PROGRAMS FOR STUDENTS WHOSE FAMILIES ARE ENGAGED IN 
              MIGRANT AND SEASONAL FARMWORK.

    Section 418A (20 U.S.C. 1070d-2) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)(B)(i), by striking ``parents'' 
                and inserting ``immediate family'';
                    (B) in paragraph (3)(B), by inserting ``(including 
                preparation for college entrance examinations)'' after 
                ``college program'';
                    (C) in paragraph (5), by striking ``weekly'';
                    (D) in paragraph (7), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (E) in paragraph (8)--
                            (i) by inserting ``(such as transportation 
                        and child care)'' after ``services''; and
                            (ii) by striking the period at the end and 
                        inserting ``; and''; and
                    (F) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(9) other activities to improve persistence and retention 
        in postsecondary education.'';
            (2) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking 
                        ``parents'' and inserting ``family'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B)--
                                    (I) in the matter preceding clause 
                                (i), by inserting ``to improve 
                                placement, persistence, and retention 
                                in postsecondary education'' after 
                                ``services''; and
                                    (II) in clause (i), by striking 
                                ``and career'' and inserting ``career, 
                                and economic education or personal 
                                finance'';
                            (iii) in subparagraph (E), by striking 
                        ``and'' after the semicolon;
                            (iv) by redesignating subparagraph (F) as 
                        subparagraph (G);
                            (v) by inserting after subparagraph (E) the 
                        following:
            ``(F) internships; and''; and
                            (vi) in subparagraph (G) (as redesignated 
                        by clause (iv)), by striking ``support 
                        services'' and inserting ``essential supportive 
                        services (such as transportation and child 
                        care)''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking 
                        ``and'' after the semicolon;
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking the 
                        period at the end and inserting ``, and 
                        coordinating such services, assistance, and aid 
                        with other non-program services, assistance, 
                        and aid, including services, assistance, and 
                        aid provided by community-based organizations, 
                        which may include mentoring and guidance; 
                        and''; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(C) for students attending 2-year institutions of higher 
        education, encouraging the students to transfer to 4-year 
        institutions of higher education, where appropriate, and 
        monitoring the rate of transfer of such students.'';
            (3) in subsection (e), by striking ``section 402A(c)(1)'' 
        and inserting ``section 402A(c)(2)'';
            (4) in subsection (f)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``$150,000'' and 
                inserting ``$180,000''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``$150,000'' and 
                inserting ``$180,000'';
            (5) by redesignating subsections (g) and (h) as subsections 
        (h) and (i), respectively;
            (6) by inserting after subsection (f) the following:
    ``(g) Reservation of Funds.--From the amounts made available under 
subsection (i), the Secretary may reserve not more than a total of \1/
2\ of 1 percent for outreach activities, technical assistance, and 
professional development programs relating to the programs under 
subsection (a).'';
            (7) by striking subsection (h) (as redesignated by 
        paragraph (5)) and inserting the following:
    ``(h) Data Collection.--The Commissioner for Education Statistics 
shall--
            ``(1) annually collect data on persons receiving services 
        authorized under this subpart regarding such persons' rates of 
        secondary school graduation, entrance into postsecondary 
        education, and completion of postsecondary education;
            ``(2) not less often than once every 2 years, prepare and 
        submit a report based on the most recently available data under 
        paragraph (1) to the authorizing committees; and
            ``(3) make such report available to the public.''; and
            (8) in subsection (i) (as redesignated by paragraph (5))--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``$15,000,000 for 
                fiscal year 1999'' and all that follows through the 
                period and inserting ``such sums as may be necessary 
                for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding 
                fiscal years.''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``$5,000,000 for 
                fiscal year 1999'' and all that follows through the 
                period and inserting ``such sums as may be necessary 
                for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding 
                fiscal years.''.

SEC. 409. ROBERT C. BYRD HONORS SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM.

    (a) Eligibility of Scholars.--Section 419F(a) (20 U.S.C. 1070d-
36(a)) is amended by inserting ``(or a home school, whether treated as 
a home school or a private school under State law)'' after ``public or 
private secondary school''.
    (b) Authorization of Appropriations.--Section 419K (20 U.S.C. 
1070d-41) is amended by striking ``$45,000,000 for fiscal year 1999'' 
and all that follows through the period and inserting ``such sums as 
may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding 
fiscal years.''.

SEC. 410. CHILD CARE ACCESS MEANS PARENTS IN SCHOOL.

    (a) Minimum Grant.--Section 419N(b)(2)(B) (20 U.S.C. 
1070e(b)(2)(B)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``A grant'' and inserting the following:
                            ``(i) In general.--Except as provided in 
                        clause (ii), a grant''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
                            ``(ii) Increase trigger.--For any fiscal 
                        year for which the amount appropriated under 
                        the authority of subsection (g) is equal to or 
                        greater than $20,000,000, a grant under this 
                        section shall be awarded in an amount that is 
                        not less than $30,000.''.
    (b) Definition of Low-Income Student.--Paragraph (7) of section 
419N(b) (20 U.S.C. 1070e(b)) is amended to read as follows:
            ``(7) Definition of low-income student.--For the purpose of 
        this section, the term `low-income student' means a student 
        who--
                    ``(A) is eligible to receive a Federal Pell Grant 
                for the fiscal year for which the determination is 
                made; or
                    ``(B) would otherwise be eligible to receive a 
                Federal Pell Grant for the fiscal year for which the 
                determination is made, except that the student fails to 
                meet the requirements of--
                            ``(i) section 401(c)(1) because the student 
                        is enrolled in a graduate or first professional 
                        course of study; or
                            ``(ii) section 484(a)(5) because the 
                        student is in the United States for a temporary 
                        purpose.''.
    (c) Authorization of Appropriations.--Section 419N(g) (20 U.S.C. 
1070e(g)) is amended by striking ``$45,000,000 for fiscal year 1999'' 
and all that follows through the period and inserting ``such sums as 
may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding 
fiscal years.''.

SEC. 411. LEARNING ANYTIME ANYWHERE PARTNERSHIPS.

    Subpart 8 of part A of title IV (20 U.S.C. 1070f et seq.) is 
repealed.

             PART B--FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM

SEC. 421. FEDERAL PAYMENTS TO REDUCE STUDENT INTEREST COSTS.

    Section 428 (as amended by this Act) (20 U.S.C. 1078) is further 
amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (X), by striking 
                        ``and'' after the semicolon;
                            (ii) in subparagraph (Y)--
                                    (I) by striking clause (i) and 
                                inserting the following:
                            ``(i) the lender shall determine the 
                        eligibility of a borrower for a deferment 
                        described in subparagraph (M)(i) based on--
                                    ``(I) receipt of a request for 
                                deferment from the borrower and 
                                documentation of the borrower's 
                                eligibility for the deferment;
                                    ``(II) receipt of a newly completed 
                                loan application that documents the 
                                borrower's eligibility for a deferment;
                                    ``(III) receipt of student status 
                                information received by the lender that 
                                the borrower is enrolled on at least a 
                                half-time basis; or
                                    ``(IV) the lender's confirmation of 
                                the borrower's half-time enrollment 
                                status through use of the National 
                                Student Loan Data System, if the 
                                confirmation is requested by the 
                                institution of higher education.''; and
                                    (II) in clause (ii), by striking 
                                the period at the end and inserting ``; 
                                and''; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(Z) provides that the lender shall, at the time 
                the lender grants a deferment to a borrower who 
                received a loan under section 428H and is eligible for 
                a deferment under section 428(b)(1)(M), provide 
                information to the borrower to enable the borrower to 
                understand the impact of capitalization of interest on 
                the borrower's loan principal and total amount of 
                interest to be paid during the life of the loan.'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2)(F)--
                            (i) in clause (i)--
                                    (I) in subclause (III), by striking 
                                ``and'' after the semicolon;
                                    (II) in subclause (IV), by striking 
                                ``and'' after the semicolon; and
                                    (III) by adding at the end the 
                                following:
                                    ``(V) the effective date of the 
                                transfer;
                                    ``(VI) the date the current 
                                servicer will stop accepting payments; 
                                and
                                    ``(VII) the date at which the new 
                                servicer will begin accepting 
                                payments.''; and
                    (C) by striking paragraph (3) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(3) Restrictions on inducements, payments, mailings, and 
        advertising.--A guaranty agency shall not--
                    ``(A) offer, directly or indirectly, premiums, 
                payments, stock or other securities, prizes, travel, 
                entertainment expenses, tuition repayment, or other 
                inducements to--
                            ``(i) any institution of higher education 
                        or the employees of an institution of higher 
                        education in order to secure applicants for 
                        loans made under this part; or
                            ``(ii) any lender, or any agent, employee, 
                        or independent contractor of any lender or 
                        guaranty agency, in order to administer or 
                        market loans made under this part (other than a 
                        loan made under section 428H or a loan made as 
                        part of the guaranty agency's lender-of-last-
                        resort program pursuant to section 439(q)) for 
                        the purpose of securing the designation of the 
                        guaranty agency as the insurer of such loans;
                    ``(B) conduct unsolicited mailings, by postal or 
                electronic means, of educational loan application forms 
                to students enrolled in secondary school or 
                postsecondary educational institutions, or to the 
                parents of such students, except that applications may 
                be mailed, by postal or electronic means, to students 
                or borrowers who have previously received loans 
                guaranteed under this part by the guaranty agency;
                    ``(C) perform, for an institution of higher 
                education participating in a program under this title, 
                any function that the institution is required to 
                perform under part B, D, or G;
                    ``(D) pay, on behalf of the institution of higher 
                education, another person to perform any function that 
                the institution of higher education is required to 
                perform under part B, D, or G; or
                    ``(E) conduct fraudulent or misleading advertising 
                concerning loan availability, terms, or conditions.
        It shall not be a violation of this paragraph for a guaranty 
        agency to provide technical assistance to institutions of 
        higher education comparable to the technical assistance 
        provided to institutions of higher education by the 
        Department.''; and
            (2) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2)(H)(i), by striking 
                ``preclaims'' and inserting ``default aversion''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (3)(C)--
                            (i) in clause (i), by striking ``and'' 
                        after the semicolon;
                            (ii) in clause (ii), by striking ``and'' 
                        after the semicolon; and
                            (iii) by inserting after clause (ii) the 
                        following:
                            ``(iii) the lender shall, at the time of 
                        granting a borrower forbearance, provide 
                        information to the borrower to enable the 
                        borrower to understand the impact of 
                        capitalization of interest on the borrower's 
                        loan principal and total amount of interest to 
                        be paid during the life of the loan; and
                            ``(iv) the lender shall contact the 
                        borrower not less often than once every 180 
                        days during the period of forbearance to inform 
                        the borrower of--
                                    ``(I) the amount of unpaid 
                                principal and the amount of interest 
                                that has accrued since the last 
                                statement of such amounts provided to 
                                the borrower by the lender;
                                    ``(II) the fact that interest will 
                                accrue on the loan for the period of 
                                forbearance;
                                    ``(III) the amount of interest that 
                                will be capitalized, and the date on 
                                which capitalization will occur;
                                    ``(IV) the ability of the borrower 
                                to pay the interest that has accrued 
                                before the interest is capitalized; and
                                    ``(V) the borrower's option to 
                                discontinue the forbearance at any 
                                time; and''.

SEC. 422. FEDERAL CONSOLIDATION LOANS.

    (a) Amendments.--Section 428C(b)(1) (20 U.S.C. 1078-3(b)(1)) is 
amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (E), by striking ``and'' after the 
        semicolon;
            (2) by redesignating subparagraph (F) as subparagraph (H); 
        and
            (3) by inserting after subparagraph (E) the following:
                    ``(F) that the lender will disclose, in a clear and 
                conspicuous manner, to borrowers who consolidate loans 
                made under part E of this title--
                            ``(i) that once the borrower adds the 
                        borrower's Federal Perkins Loan to a Federal 
                        Consolidation Loan, the borrower will lose all 
                        interest-free periods that would have been 
                        available, such as those periods when no 
                        interest accrues on the Federal Perkins Loan 
                        while the borrower is enrolled in school at 
                        least half-time, during the grace period, and 
                        during periods when the borrower's student loan 
                        repayments are deferred;
                            ``(ii) that the borrower will no longer be 
                        eligible for loan forgiveness of Federal 
                        Perkins Loans under any provision of section 
                        465; and
                            ``(iii) the occupations described in 
                        section 465(a)(2), individually and in detail, 
                        for which the borrower will lose eligibility 
                        for Federal Perkins Loan forgiveness; and
                    ``(G) that the lender shall, upon application for a 
                consolidation loan, provide the borrower with 
                information about the possible impact of loan 
                consolidation, including--
                            ``(i) the total interest to be paid and 
                        fees to be paid on the consolidation loan, and 
                        the length of repayment for the loan;
                            ``(ii) whether consolidation would result 
                        in a loss of loan benefits under this part or 
                        part D, including loan forgiveness, 
                        cancellation, and deferment;
                            ``(iii) in the case of a borrower that 
                        plans to include a Federal Perkins Loan under 
                        part E in the consolidation loan, that once the 
                        borrower adds the borrower's Federal Perkins 
                        Loan to a consolidation loan--
                                    ``(I) the borrower will lose all 
                                interest-free periods that would have 
                                been available for such loan under part 
                                E, such as the periods during which no 
                                interest accrues on the Federal Perkins 
                                Loan while the borrower is enrolled in 
                                school at least half-time, the grace 
                                period, and the periods during which 
                                the borrower's student loan repayments 
                                are deferred under section 464(c)(2); 
                                and
                                    ``(II) the borrower will no longer 
                                be eligible for cancellation of part or 
                                all of a Federal Perkins loan under 
                                section 465(a);
                            ``(iv) the ability of the borrower to 
                        prepay the consolidation loan, pay such loan on 
                        a shorter schedule, and to change repayment 
                        plans;
                            ``(v) that borrower benefit programs for a 
                        consolidation loan may vary among different 
                        lenders;
                            ``(vi) the consequences of default on the 
                        consolidation loan; and
                            ``(vii) that by applying for a 
                        consolidation loan, the borrower is not 
                        obligated to agree to take the consolidation 
                        loan; and''.
    (b) Conforming Amendment.--Section 455(g) (20 U.S.C. 1087e(g)) is 
amended by striking ``428C(b)(1)(F)'' and inserting ``428C(b)(1)(H)''.

SEC. 423. DEFAULT REDUCTION PROGRAM.

    Section 428F (20 U.S.C. 1078-6) is amended by adding at the end the 
following:
    ``(c) Financial and Economic Literacy.--Where appropriate as 
determined by the institution of higher education in which a borrower 
is enrolled, each program described in subsection (b) shall include 
making available financial and economic education materials for the 
borrower, including making the materials available before, during, or 
after rehabilitation of a loan.''.

SEC. 424. REPORTS TO CONSUMER REPORTING AGENCIES AND INSTITUTIONS OF 
              HIGHER EDUCATION.

    Section 430A (20 U.S.C. 1080a) is amended--
            (1) in the section heading, by striking ``credit bureaus'' 
        and inserting ``consumer reporting agencies''; and
            (2) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in the first sentence, by striking ``with 
                credit bureau organizations'' and inserting ``with each 
                consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintains 
                files on consumers on a nationwide basis (as defined in 
                section 603(p) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 
                U.S.C. 1681a(p))'';
                    (B) by redesignating paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) 
                as paragraphs (2), (4), and (5), respectively;
                    (C) by inserting before paragraph (2) (as 
                redesignated by subparagraph (B)), the following:
            ``(1) the type of loan made, insured, or guaranteed under 
        this title;'';
                    (D) by inserting after paragraph (2) (as 
                redesignated by subparagraph (B)), the following:
            ``(3) information concerning the repayment status of the 
        loan, which information shall be included in the file of the 
        borrower, except that nothing in this subsection shall be 
        construed to affect any otherwise applicable provision of the 
        Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681 et seq.)'';
                    (E) in paragraph (4) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (B)), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (F) in paragraph (5) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (B)), by striking the period and inserting 
                ``; and''; and
                    (G) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(6) any other information required to be reported by 
        Federal law.''.

SEC. 425. COMMON FORMS AND FORMATS.

    Section 432(m)(1)(D)(i) (20 U.S.C. 1082(m)(1)(D)(i)) is amended by 
adding at the end the following: ``Unless otherwise notified by the 
Secretary, each institution of higher education that participates in 
the program under this part or part D may use a master promissory note 
for loans under this part and part D.''.

SEC. 426. STUDENT LOAN INFORMATION BY ELIGIBLE LENDERS.

    Section 433 (20 U.S.C. 1083) is amended by adding at the end the 
following:
    ``(f) Borrower Information and Privacy.--Each entity participating 
in a program under this part that is subject to subtitle A of title V 
of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (15 U.S.C. 6801 et seq.) shall only use, 
release, disclose, sell, transfer, or give student information, 
including the name, address, social security number, or amount borrowed 
by a borrower or a borrower's parent, in accordance with the provisions 
of such subtitle.
    ``(g) Loan Benefit Disclosures.--
            ``(1) In general.--Each eligible lender, holder, or 
        servicer of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this part 
        shall provide the borrower with information on the loan benefit 
        repayment options the lender, holder, or servicer offer, 
        including information on reductions in interest rates--
                    ``(A) by repaying the loan by automatic payroll or 
                checking account deduction;
                    ``(B) by completing a program of on-time repayment; 
                and
                    ``(C) under any other interest rate reduction 
                program.
            ``(2) Information.--Such borrower information shall 
        include--
                    ``(A) any limitations on such options;
                    ``(B) explicit information on the reasons a 
                borrower may lose eligibility for such an option;
                    ``(C) examples of the impact the interest rate 
                reductions will have on a borrower's time for repayment 
                and amount of repayment;
                    ``(D) upon the request of the borrower, the effect 
                the reductions in interest rates will have with respect 
                to the borrower's payoff amount and time for repayment; 
                and
                    ``(E) information on borrower recertification 
                requirements.''.

SEC. 427. CONSUMER EDUCATION INFORMATION.

    Part B (20 U.S.C. 1071 et seq.) is amended by inserting after 
section 433 (20 U.S.C. 1083) the following:

``SEC. 433A. CONSUMER EDUCATION INFORMATION.

    ``Each guaranty agency participating in a program under this part 
working with the institutions of higher education served by such 
guaranty agency (or in the case of an institution of higher education 
that provides loans exclusively through part D, the institution working 
with a guaranty agency or with the Secretary) shall develop and make 
available a quality educational program and materials to provide 
training for students in budgeting and financial management, including 
debt management and other aspects of financial literacy, such as the 
cost of using very high interest loans to pay for postsecondary 
education, particularly as budgeting and financial management relates 
to student loan programs authorized by this title. Nothing in this 
section shall be construed to prohibit a guaranty agency from using an 
existing program or existing materials to meet the requirement of this 
section. The activities described in this section shall be considered 
default reduction activities for the purposes of section 422.''.

SEC. 428. DEFINITION OF ELIGIBLE LENDER.

    Section 435(d) (20 U.S.C. 1085(d)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (5)--
                    (A) by redesignating subparagraphs (C) and (D) as 
                subparagraphs (H) and (I), respectively; and
                    (B) by striking subparagraphs (A) and (B) and 
                inserting the following:
                    ``(A) offered, directly or indirectly, points, 
                premiums, payments (including payments for referrals 
                and for processing or finder fees), prizes, stock or 
                other securities, travel, entertainment expenses, 
                tuition repayment, the provision of information 
                technology equipment at below-market value, additional 
                financial aid funds, or other inducements to any 
                institution of higher education or any employee of an 
                institution of higher education in order to secure 
                applicants for loans under this part;
                    ``(B) conducted unsolicited mailings, by postal or 
                electronic means, of student loan application forms to 
                students enrolled in secondary school or postsecondary 
                institutions, or to parents of such students, except 
                that applications may be mailed, by postal or 
                electronic means, to students or borrowers who have 
                previously received loans under this part from such 
                lender;
                    ``(C) entered into any type of consulting 
                arrangement, or other contract to provide services to a 
                lender, with an employee who is employed in the 
                financial aid office of an institution of higher 
                education, or who otherwise has responsibilities with 
                respect to student loans or other financial aid of the 
                institution;
                    ``(D) compensated an employee who is employed in 
                the financial aid office of an institution of higher 
                education, or who otherwise has responsibilities with 
                respect to educational loans or other financial aid of 
                the institution, and who is serving on an advisory 
                board, commission, or group established by a lender or 
                group of lenders for providing such service, except 
                that the eligible lender may reimburse such employee 
                for reasonable expenses incurred in providing such 
                service;
                    ``(E) performed for an institution of higher 
                education any function that the institution of higher 
                education is required to carry out under part B, D, or 
                G;
                    ``(F) paid, on behalf of an institution of higher 
                education, another person to perform any function that 
                the institution of higher education is required to 
                perform under part B, D, or G;
                    ``(G) provided payments or other benefits to a 
                student at an institution of higher education to act as 
                the lender's representative to secure applications 
                under this title from individual prospective borrowers, 
                unless such student--
                            ``(i) is also employed by the lender for 
                        other purposes; and
                            ``(ii) made all appropriate disclosures 
                        regarding such employment;''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(8) Sunset of authority for school as lender program.--
                    ``(A) Sunset.--The authority provided under 
                subsection (d)(1)(E) for an institution to serve as an 
                eligible lender, and under paragraph (7) for an 
                eligible lender to serve as a trustee for an 
                institution of higher education or an organization 
                affiliated with an institution of higher education, 
                shall expire on June 30, 2011.
                    ``(B) Application to existing institutional 
                lenders.--An institution that was an eligible lender 
                under this subsection, or an eligible lender that 
                served as a trustee for an institution of higher 
                education or an organization affiliated with an 
                institution of higher education under paragraph (7), 
                before June 30, 2011, shall--
                            ``(i) not issue any new loans in such a 
                        capacity under part B after June 30, 2011; and
                            ``(ii) shall continue to carry out the 
                        institution's responsibilities for any loans 
                        issued by the institution under part B on or 
                        before June 30, 2011, except that, beginning on 
                        June 30, 2010, the eligible institution or 
                        trustee may, notwithstanding any other 
                        provision of this Act, sell or otherwise 
                        dispose of such loans if all profits from the 
                        divestiture are used for need-based grant 
                        programs at the institution.
                    ``(C) Audit requirement.--All institutions serving 
                as an eligible lender under subsection (d)(1)(E) and 
                all eligible lenders serving as a trustee for an 
                institution of higher education or an organization 
                affiliated with an institution of higher education 
                shall annually complete and submit to the Secretary a 
                compliance audit to determine whether--
                            ``(i) the institution or lender is using 
                        all proceeds from special allowance payments 
                        and interest payments from borrowers, interest 
                        subsidies received from the Department, and any 
                        proceeds from the sale or other disposition of 
                        loans, for need-based aid programs, in 
                        accordance with section 435(d)(2)(A)(viii);
                            ``(ii) the institution or lender is using 
                        no more than a reasonable portion of the 
                        proceeds described in section 
                        435(d)(2)(A)(viii) for direct administrative 
                        expenses; and
                            ``(iii) the institution or lender is 
                        ensuring that the proceeds described in section 
                        435(d)(2)(A)(viii) are being used to 
                        supplement, and not to supplant, non-Federal 
                        funds that would otherwise be used for need-
                        based grant programs.''.

SEC. 429. DISCHARGE AND CANCELLATION RIGHTS IN CASES OF DISABILITY.

    (a) FFEL and Direct Loans.--Section 437(a) (20 U.S.C. 1087) is 
amended--
            (1) by inserting ``, or if a student borrower who has 
        received such a loan is unable to engage in any substantial 
        gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable 
        physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in 
        death, has lasted for a continuous period of not less than 60 
        months, or can be expected to last for a continuous period of 
        not less than 60 months'' after ``of the Secretary),''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following: ``The Secretary may 
        develop such safeguards as the Secretary determines necessary 
        to prevent fraud and abuse in the discharge of liability under 
        this subsection. Notwithstanding any other provision of this 
        subsection, the Secretary may promulgate regulations to resume 
        collection on loans discharged under this subsection in any 
        case in which--
            ``(1) a borrower received a discharge of liability under 
        this subsection and after the discharge the borrower--
                    ``(A) receives a loan made, insured or guaranteed 
                under this title; or
                    ``(B) has earned income in excess of the poverty 
                line; or
            ``(2) the Secretary determines necessary.''.
    (b) Perkins.--Section 464(c) (20 U.S.C. 1087dd(c)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)(F)--
                    (A) by striking ``or if he'' and inserting ``if the 
                borrower''; and
                    (B) by inserting ``, or if the borrower is unable 
                to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason 
                of any medically determinable physical or mental 
                impairment that can be expected to result in death, has 
                lasted for a continuous period of not less than 60 
                months, or can be expected to last for a continuous 
                period of not less than 60 months'' after ``the 
                Secretary''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(8) The Secretary may develop such additional safeguards 
        as the Secretary determines necessary to prevent fraud and 
        abuse in the cancellation of liability under paragraph (1)(F). 
        Notwithstanding paragraph (1)(F), the Secretary may promulgate 
        regulations to resume collection on loans cancelled under 
        paragraph (1)(F) in any case in which--
                    ``(A) a borrower received a cancellation of 
                liability under paragraph (1)(F) and after the 
                cancellation the borrower--
                            ``(i) receives a loan made, insured or 
                        guaranteed under this title; or
                            ``(ii) has earned income in excess of the 
                        poverty line; or
                    ``(B) the Secretary determines necessary.''.

SEC. 430. SPECIAL ALLOWANCES.

    (a) Amendment.--Paragraph (2) of section 438(d) (20 U.S.C. 1087-
1(d)) is amended to read as follows:
            ``(2) Amount of loan fees.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Except as provided in 
                subparagraph (B), with respect to any loan made under 
                this part for which the first disbursement was made on 
                or after October 1, 1993, the amount of the loan fee 
                that shall be deducted under paragraph (1) shall be 
                equal to 0.50 percent of the principal amount of the 
                loan.
                    ``(B) Consolidation loans.--With respect to any 
                loan made under section 428C on or after July 1, 2007, 
                the amount of the loan fee that shall be deducted under 
                paragraph (1) shall be equal to 1.0 percent of the 
                principal amount of the loan.''.
    (b) Effective Date.--The amendment made by subsection (a) shall 
apply with respect to any loan made, insured, or guaranteed under part 
B of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1071 et 
seq.) for which the first disbursement is made on or after July 1, 
2007.

                  PART C--FEDERAL WORK-STUDY PROGRAMS

SEC. 441. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    Section 441(b) (42 U.S.C. 2751(b)) is amended by striking 
``$1,000,000 for fiscal year 1999'' and all that follows through the 
period and inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

SEC. 442. ALLOWANCE FOR BOOKS AND SUPPLIES.

    Section 442(c)(4)(D) (42 U.S.C. 2752(c)(4)(D)) is amended by 
striking ``$450'' and inserting ``$600''.

SEC. 443. GRANTS FOR FEDERAL WORK-STUDY PROGRAMS.

    Section 443(b)(2) (42 U.S.C. 2753(b)(2)) is amended--
            (1) by striking subparagraph (A);
            (2) by redesignating subparagraphs (B) and (C) as 
        subparagraphs (A) and (B), respectively; and
            (3) in subparagraph (A) (as redesignated by paragraph (2)), 
        by striking ``this subparagraph if'' and all that follows 
        through ``institution;'' and inserting ``this subparagraph if--
                            ``(i) the Secretary determines that 
                        enforcing this subparagraph would cause 
                        hardship for students at the institution; or
                            ``(ii) the institution certifies to the 
                        Secretary that 15 percent or more of its total 
                        full-time enrollment participates in community 
                        service activities described in section 441(c) 
                        or tutoring and literacy activities described 
                        in subsection (d) of this section;''.

SEC. 444. JOB LOCATION AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS.

    Section 446(a)(1) (42 U.S.C. 2756(a)(1)) is amended by striking 
``$50,000'' and inserting ``$75,000''.

SEC. 445. WORK COLLEGES.

    Section 448 (42 U.S.C. 2756b) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``work-learning'' and 
        inserting ``work-learning-service'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``under 
                subsection (f)'' and inserting ``for this section under 
                section 441(b)''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph 
                        (A), by striking ``pursuant to subsection (f)'' 
                        and inserting ``for this section under section 
                        441(b)'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking 
                        ``work-learning program'' and inserting 
                        ``comprehensive work-learning-service 
                        program'';
                            (iii) by redesignating subparagraphs (C) 
                        through (F) as subparagraphs (D) through (G), 
                        respectively;
                            (iv) by inserting after subparagraph (B) 
                        the following:
                    ``(C) support existing and new model student 
                volunteer community service projects associated with 
                local institutions of higher education, such as 
                operating drop-in resource centers that are staffed by 
                students and that link people in need with the 
                resources and opportunities necessary to become self-
                sufficient; and'';
                            (v) in subparagraph (E) (as redesignated by 
                        clause (iii)), by striking ``work-learning'' 
                        each place the term occurs and inserting 
                        ``work-learning-service''; and
                            (vi) in subparagraph (F) (as redesignated 
                        by clause (iii)), by striking ``work service 
                        learning'' and inserting ``work-learning-
                        service'';
            (3) in subsection (c), by striking ``by subsection (f) to 
        use funds under subsection (b)(1)'' and inserting ``for this 
        section under section 441(b) or to use funds under subsection 
        (b)(1),'';
            (4) in subsection (e)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting ``4-
                        year, degree-granting'' after ``nonprofit'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking 
                        ``work-learning'' and inserting ``work-
                        learning-service'';
                            (iii) by striking subparagraph (C) and 
                        inserting the following:
                    ``(C) requires all resident students, including at 
                least \1/2\ of all resident students who are enrolled 
                on a full-time basis, to participate in a comprehensive 
                work-learning-service program for not less than 5 hours 
                each week, or not less than 80 hours during each period 
                of enrollment except summer school, unless the student 
                is engaged in a study abroad or externship program that 
                is organized or approved by the institution; and''; and
                            (iv) in subparagraph (D), by striking 
                        ``work-learning'' and inserting ``work-
                        learning-service''; and
                    (B) by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(2) the term `comprehensive work-learning-service 
        program' means a student work-learning-service program that--
                    ``(A) is an integral and stated part of the 
                institution's educational philosophy and program;
                    ``(B) requires participation of all resident 
                students for enrollment and graduation;
                    ``(C) includes learning objectives, evaluation, and 
                a record of work performance as part of the student's 
                college record;
                    ``(D) provides programmatic leadership by college 
                personnel at levels comparable to traditional academic 
                programs;
                    ``(E) recognizes the educational role of work-
                learning-service supervisors; and
                    ``(F) includes consequences for nonperformance or 
                failure in the work-learning-service program similar to 
                the consequences for failure in the regular academic 
                program.''; and
            (5) by striking subsection (f).

                     PART D--FEDERAL PERKINS LOANS

SEC. 451. CANCELLATION OF LOANS FOR CERTAIN PUBLIC SERVICE.

    Section 465(a) (20 U.S.C. 1087ee(a)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``Head Start 
                Act which'' and inserting ``Head Start Act, or in a 
                prekindergarten or child care program that is licensed 
                or regulated by the State, that'';
                    (B) in subparagraph (H), by striking ``or'' after 
                the semicolon;
                    (C) in subparagraph (I), by striking the period and 
                inserting a semicolon; and
                    (D) by inserting before the matter following 
                subparagraph (I) (as amended by subparagraph (C)) the 
                following:
            ``(J) as a full-time faculty member at a Tribal College or 
        University, as that term is defined in section 316;
            ``(K) as a librarian, if the librarian has a master's 
        degree in library science and is employed in--
                    ``(i) an elementary school or secondary school that 
                is eligible for assistance under title I of the 
                Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965; or
                    ``(ii) a public library that serves a geographic 
                area that contains 1 or more schools eligible for 
                assistance under title I of the Elementary and 
                Secondary Education Act of 1965; or
            ``(L) as a full-time speech language therapist, if the 
        therapist has a master's degree and is working exclusively with 
        schools that are eligible for assistance under title I of the 
        Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.''; and
            (2) in paragraph (3)(A)--
                    (A) in clause (i)--
                            (i) by inserting ``(D),'' after ``(C),''; 
                        and
                            (ii) by striking ``or (I)'' and inserting 
                        ``(I), (J), (K), or (L)'';
                    (B) in clause (ii), by inserting ``or'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (C) by striking clause (iii); and
                    (D) by redesignating clause (iv) as clause (iii).

                         PART E--NEED ANALYSIS

SEC. 461. COST OF ATTENDANCE.

    Section 472(3) (20 U.S.C. 1087kk(3)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``and'' after the 
        semicolon;
            (2) by redesignating subparagraph (C) as subparagraph (D); 
        and
            (3) by inserting after subparagraph (B), as amended by 
        paragraph (1), the following:
                    ``(C) for students who live in housing located on a 
                military base or for which a basic allowance is 
                provided under section 403(b) of title 37, United 
                States Code, shall be an allowance based on the 
                expenses reasonably incurred by such students for board 
                but not for room; and''.

SEC. 462. DEFINITIONS.

    Section 480(b)(6) (20 U.S.C. 1087vv(b)(6)) is amended by inserting 
``, except that the value of on-base military housing or the value of 
basic allowance for housing determined under section 403(b) of title 
37, United States Code, received by the parents, in the case of a 
dependent student, or the student or student's spouse, in the case of 
an independent student, shall be excluded'' before the semicolon.

       PART F--GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO STUDENT ASSISTANCE

SEC. 471. DEFINITIONS.

    Section 481(a)(2)(B) (20 U.S.C. 1088(a)(2)(B)) is amended by 
inserting ``and that measures program length in credit hours or clock 
hours'' after ``baccalaureate degree''.

SEC. 472. COMPLIANCE CALENDAR.

    Section 482 (20 U.S.C. 1089) is amended by adding at the end the 
following:
    ``(e) Compliance Calendar.--Prior to the beginning of each award 
year, the Secretary shall provide to institutions of higher education a 
list of all the reports and disclosures required under this Act. The 
list shall include--
            ``(1) the date each report or disclosure is required to be 
        completed and to be submitted, made available, or disseminated;
            ``(2) the required recipients of each report or disclosure;
            ``(3) any required method for transmittal or dissemination 
        of each report or disclosure;
            ``(4) a description of the content of each report or 
        disclosure sufficient to allow the institution to identify the 
        appropriate individuals to be assigned the responsibility for 
        such report or disclosure;
            ``(5) references to the statutory authority, applicable 
        regulations, and current guidance issued by the Secretary 
        regarding each report or disclosure; and
            ``(6) any other information which is pertinent to the 
        content or distribution of the report or disclosure.''.

SEC. 473. FORMS AND REGULATIONS.

    Section 483 (20 U.S.C. 1090) is amended--
            (1) by striking subsections (a) and (b) and inserting the 
        following:
    ``(a) Common Financial Aid Form Development and Processing.--
            ``(1) In general.--
                    ``(A) Common forms.--The Secretary, in cooperation 
                with representatives of agencies and organizations 
                involved in student financial assistance, shall 
                produce, distribute, and process free of charge common 
                financial reporting forms as described in this 
                subsection to be used to determine the need and 
                eligibility of a student for financial assistance under 
                parts A through E of this title (other than under 
                subpart 4 of part A). The forms shall be made available 
                to applicants in both paper and electronic formats.
                    ``(B) FAFSA.--The common financial reporting forms 
                described in this subsection (excluding the form 
                described in paragraph (2)(B)), shall be referred to 
                collectively as the `Free Application for Federal 
                Student Aid', or `FAFSA'.
            ``(2) Paper format.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall encourage 
                applicants to file the electronic versions of the forms 
                described in paragraph (3), but shall develop, make 
                available, and process--
                            ``(i) a paper version of EZ FAFSA, as 
                        described in subparagraph (B); and
                            ``(ii) a paper version of the other forms 
                        described in this subsection, in accordance 
                        with subparagraph (C), for any applicant who 
                        does not meet the requirements of or does not 
                        wish to use the process described in 
                        subparagraph (B).
                    ``(B) EZ fafsa.--
                            ``(i) In general.--The Secretary shall 
                        develop and use, after appropriate field 
                        testing, a simplified paper application form 
                        for applicants meeting the requirements of 
                        section 479(c), which form shall be referred to 
                        as the `EZ FAFSA'.
                            ``(ii) Required federal data elements.--The 
                        Secretary shall include on the EZ FAFSA only 
                        the data elements required to determine student 
                        eligibility and whether the applicant meets the 
                        requirements of section 479(c).
                            ``(iii) Required state data elements.--The 
                        Secretary shall include on the EZ FAFSA such 
                        data items as may be necessary to award State 
                        financial assistance, as provided under 
                        paragraph (5), except the Secretary shall not 
                        include a State's data if that State does not 
                        permit its applicants for State assistance to 
                        use the EZ FAFSA.
                            ``(iv) Free availability and data 
                        distribution.--The provisions of paragraphs (6) 
                        and (10) shall apply to the EZ FAFSA.
                    ``(C) Phase-out of full paper fafsa.--
                            ``(i) Phase-out of printing of full paper 
                        fafsa.--At such time as the Secretary 
                        determines that it is not cost-effective to 
                        print the full paper version of FAFSA, the 
                        Secretary shall--
                                    ``(I) phase out the printing of the 
                                full paper version of FAFSA;
                                    ``(II) maintain on the Internet 
                                easily accessible, downloadable formats 
                                of the full paper version of FAFSA; and
                                    ``(III) provide a printed copy of 
                                the full paper version of FAFSA upon 
                                request.
                            ``(ii) Use of savings.--The Secretary shall 
                        utilize any savings realized by phasing out the 
                        printing of the full paper version of FAFSA and 
                        moving applicants to the electronic versions of 
                        FAFSA, to improve access to the electronic 
                        versions for applicants meeting the 
                        requirements of section 479(c).
            ``(3) Electronic versions.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall produce, 
                make available through a broadly available website, and 
                process electronic versions of the FAFSA and the EZ 
                FAFSA.
                    ``(B) Minimum questions.--The Secretary shall use 
                all available technology to ensure that a student using 
                an electronic version of the FAFSA under this paragraph 
                answers only the minimum number of questions necessary.
                    ``(C) Reduced requirements.--The Secretary shall 
                enable applicants who meet the requirements of 
                subsection (b) or (c) of section 479 to provide 
                information on the electronic version of the FAFSA only 
                for the data elements required to determine student 
                eligibility and whether the applicant meets the 
                requirements of subsection (b) or (c) of section 479.
                    ``(D) State data.--The Secretary shall include on 
                the electronic version of the FAFSA the questions 
                needed to determine whether the applicant is eligible 
                for State financial assistance, as provided under 
                paragraph (5), except that the Secretary shall not--
                            ``(i) require applicants to complete data 
                        required by any State other than the 
                        applicant's State of residence; and
                            ``(ii) include a State's data if such State 
                        does not permit its applicants for State 
                        assistance to use the electronic version of the 
                        FAFSA described in this paragraph.
                    ``(E) Free availability and data distribution.--The 
                provisions of paragraphs (6) and (10) shall apply to 
                the electronic version of the FAFSA.
                    ``(F) Use of forms.--Nothing in this subsection 
                shall be construed to prohibit the use of the 
                electronic versions of the forms developed by the 
                Secretary pursuant to this paragraph by an eligible 
                institution, eligible lender, a guaranty agency, a 
                State grant agency, a private computer software 
                provider, a consortium of such entities, or such other 
                entity as the Secretary may designate. Data collected 
                by the electronic versions of such forms shall be used 
                only for the application, award, and administration of 
                aid awarded under this title, State aid, or aid awarded 
                by eligible institutions or such entities as the 
                Secretary may designate. No data collected by such 
                electronic versions of the forms shall be used for 
                making final aid awards under this title until such 
                data have been processed by the Secretary or a 
                contractor or designee of the Secretary, except as may 
                be permitted under this title.
                    ``(G) Privacy.--The Secretary shall ensure that 
                data collection under this paragraph complies with 
                section 552a of title 5, United States Code, and that 
                any entity using an electronic version of a form 
                developed by the Secretary under this paragraph shall 
                maintain reasonable and appropriate administrative, 
                technical, and physical safeguards to ensure the 
                integrity and confidentiality of the information, and 
                to protect against security threats, or unauthorized 
                uses or disclosures of the information provided on the 
                electronic version of the form.
                    ``(H) Signature.--Notwithstanding any other 
                provision of this Act, the Secretary may permit an 
                electronic version of a form developed under this 
                paragraph to be submitted without a signature, if a 
                signature is subsequently submitted by the applicant or 
                if the applicant uses a personal identification number 
                provided by the Secretary under subparagraph (I).
                    ``(I) Personal identification numbers authorized.--
                The Secretary is authorized to assign to an applicant a 
                personal identification number--
                            ``(i) to enable the applicant to use such 
                        number as a signature for purposes of 
                        completing an electronic version of a form 
                        developed under this paragraph; and
                            ``(ii) for any purpose determined by the 
                        Secretary to enable the Secretary to carry out 
                        this title.
                    ``(J) Personal identification number improvement.--
                Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of 
                the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, the Secretary 
                shall implement a real-time data match between the 
                Social Security Administration and the Department to 
                minimize the time required for an applicant to obtain a 
                personal identification number when applying for aid 
                under this title through an electronic version of a 
                form developed under this paragraph.
            ``(4) Streamlined reapplication process.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall develop 
                streamlined paper and electronic reapplication forms 
                and processes for an applicant who applies for 
                financial assistance under this title in the next 
                succeeding academic year subsequent to an academic year 
                for which such applicant applied for financial 
                assistance under this title.
                    ``(B) Updating of data elements.--The Secretary 
                shall determine, in cooperation with States, 
                institutions of higher education, agencies, and 
                organizations involved in student financial assistance, 
                the data elements that may be transferred from the 
                previous academic year's application and those data 
                elements that shall be updated.
                    ``(C) Reduced data authorized.--Nothing in this 
                title shall be construed as limiting the authority of 
                the Secretary to reduce the number of data elements 
                required of reapplicants.
                    ``(D) Zero family contribution.--Applicants 
                determined to have a zero family contribution pursuant 
                to section 479(c) shall not be required to provide any 
                financial data in a reapplication form, except data 
                that are necessary to determine eligibility under such 
                section.
            ``(5) State requirements.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Except as provided in paragraphs 
                (2)(B)(iii), (3)(D), and (4)(B), the Secretary shall 
                include on the forms developed under this subsection, 
                such State-specific data items as the Secretary 
                determines are necessary to meet State requirements for 
                need-based State aid. Such items shall be selected in 
                consultation with State agencies in order to assist in 
                the awarding of State financial assistance in 
                accordance with the terms of this subsection. The 
                number of such data items shall not be less than the 
                number included on the common financial reporting form 
                for the 2005-2006 award year unless a State notifies 
                the Secretary that the State no longer requires those 
                data items for the distribution of State need-based 
                aid.
                    ``(B) Annual review.--The Secretary shall conduct 
                an annual review to determine--
                            ``(i) which data items each State requires 
                        to award need-based State aid; and
                            ``(ii) if the State will permit an 
                        applicant to file a form described in paragraph 
                        (2)(B) or (3)(C).
                    ``(C) Use of simplified application forms 
                encouraged.--The Secretary shall encourage States to 
                take such steps as are necessary to encourage the use 
                of simplified forms under this subsection, including 
                those forms described in paragraphs (2)(B) and (3)(C), 
                for applicants who meet the requirements of subsection 
                (b) or (c) of section 479.
                    ``(D) Consequences if state does not accept 
                simplified forms.--If a State does not permit an 
                applicant to file a form described in paragraph (2)(B) 
                or (3)(C) for purposes of determining eligibility for 
                State need-based financial aid, the Secretary may 
                determine that State-specific questions for such State 
                will not be included on a form described in paragraph 
                (2)(B) or (3)(B). If the Secretary makes such 
                determination, the Secretary shall advise the State of 
                the Secretary's determination.
                    ``(E) Lack of state response to request for 
                information.--If a State does not respond to the 
                Secretary's request for information under subparagraph 
                (B), the Secretary shall--
                            ``(i) permit residents of that State to 
                        complete simplified forms under paragraphs 
                        (2)(B) and (3)(B); and
                            ``(ii) not require any resident of such 
                        State to complete any data items previously 
                        required by that State under this section.
                    ``(F) Restriction.--The Secretary shall not require 
                applicants to complete any financial or non-financial 
                data items that are not required--
                            ``(i) by the applicant's State; or
                            ``(ii) by the Secretary.
            ``(6) Charges to students and parents for use of forms 
        prohibited.--The need and eligibility of a student for 
        financial assistance under parts A through E (other than under 
        subpart 4 of part A) may be determined only by using a form 
        developed by the Secretary under this subsection. Such forms 
        shall be produced, distributed, and processed by the Secretary, 
        and no parent or student shall be charged a fee by the 
        Secretary, a contractor, a third-party servicer or private 
        software provider, or any other public or private entity for 
        the collection, processing, or delivery of financial aid 
        through the use of such forms. No data collected on a paper or 
        electronic version of a form developed under this subsection, 
        or other document that was created to replace, or used to 
        complete, such a form, and for which a fee was paid, shall be 
        used.
            ``(7) Restrictions on use of pin.--No person, commercial 
        entity, or other entity shall request, obtain, or utilize an 
        applicant's personal identification number assigned under 
        paragraph (3)(I) for purposes of submitting a form developed 
        under this subsection on an applicant's behalf.
            ``(8) Application processing cycle.--The Secretary shall 
        enable students to submit forms developed under this subsection 
        and initiate the processing of such forms under this 
        subsection, as early as practicable prior to January 1 of the 
        student's planned year of enrollment.
            ``(9) Early estimates of expected family contributions.--
        The Secretary shall permit an applicant to complete a form 
        described in this subsection in the years prior to enrollment 
        in order to obtain from the Secretary a nonbinding estimate of 
        the applicant's expected family contribution, computed in 
        accordance with part F. Such applicant shall be permitted to 
        update information submitted on a form described in this 
        subsection using the process required under paragraph (4).
            ``(10) Distribution of data.--Institutions of higher 
        education, guaranty agencies, and States shall receive, without 
        charge, the data collected by the Secretary using a form 
        developed under this subsection for the purposes of processing 
        loan applications and determining need and eligibility for 
        institutional and State financial aid awards. Entities 
        designated by institutions of higher education, guaranty 
        agencies, or States to receive such data shall be subject to 
        all the requirements of this section, unless such requirements 
        are waived by the Secretary.
            ``(11) Third party servicers and private software 
        providers.--To the extent practicable and in a timely manner, 
        the Secretary shall provide, to private organizations and 
        consortia that develop software used by institutions of higher 
        education for the administration of funds under this title, all 
        the necessary specifications that the organizations and 
        consortia must meet for the software the organizations and 
        consortia develop, produce, and distribute (including any 
        diskette, modem, or network communications) which are so used. 
        The specifications shall contain record layouts for required 
        data. The Secretary shall develop in advance of each processing 
        cycle an annual schedule for providing such specifications. The 
        Secretary, to the extent practicable, shall use multiple means 
        of providing such specifications, including conferences and 
        other meetings, outreach, and technical support mechanisms 
        (such as training and printed reference materials). The 
        Secretary shall, from time to time, solicit from such 
        organizations and consortia means of improving the support 
        provided by the Secretary.
            ``(12) Parent's social security number and birth date.--The 
        Secretary is authorized to include space on the forms developed 
        under this subsection for the social security number and birth 
        date of parents of dependent students seeking financial 
        assistance under this title.'';
            (2) by redesignating subsections (c) through (e) as 
        subsections (b) through (d), respectively;
            (3) in subsection (c) (as redesignated by paragraph (2)), 
        by striking ``that is authorized'' and all that follows through 
        the period at the end and inserting ``or other appropriate 
        provider of technical assistance and information on 
        postsecondary educational services that is authorized under 
        section 663(a) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education 
        Act. Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of the 
        Higher Education Amendments of 2007, the Secretary shall test 
        and implement, to the extent practicable, a toll-free telephone 
        based system to permit applicants who meet the requirements of 
        479(c) to submit an application over such system.'';
            (4) by striking subsection (d) (as redesignated by 
        paragraph (2)) and inserting the following:
    ``(d) Assistance in Preparation of Financial Aid Application.--
            ``(1) Preparation authorized.--Notwithstanding any 
        provision of this Act, an applicant may use a preparer for 
        consultative or preparation services for the completion of a 
        form developed under subsection (a) if the preparer satisfies 
        the requirements of this subsection.
            ``(2) Preparer identification required.--If an applicant 
        uses a preparer for consultative or preparation services for 
        the completion of a form developed under subsection (a), the 
        preparer shall include the name, signature, address or 
        employer's address, social security number or employer 
        identification number, and organizational affiliation of the 
        preparer on the applicant's form.
            ``(3) Additional requirements.--A preparer that provides 
        consultative or preparation services pursuant to this 
        subsection shall--
                    ``(A) clearly inform each individual upon initial 
                contact, including contact through the Internet or by 
                telephone, that the FAFSA and EZ FAFSA may be completed 
                for free via paper or electronic versions of the forms 
                that are provided by the Secretary;
                    ``(B) include in any advertising clear and 
                conspicuous information that the FAFSA and EZ FAFSA may 
                be completed for free via paper or electronic versions 
                of the forms that are provided by the Secretary;
                    ``(C) if advertising or providing any information 
                on a website, or if providing services through a 
                website, include on the website a link to the website 
                described in subsection (a)(3) that provides the 
                electronic versions of the forms developed under 
                subsection (a);
                    ``(D) refrain from producing or disseminating any 
                form other than the forms developed by the Secretary 
                under subsection (a); and
                    ``(E) not charge any fee to any individual seeking 
                services who meets the requirements of subsection (b) 
                or (c) of section 479.
            ``(4) Special rule.--Nothing in this Act shall be construed 
        to limit preparers of the financial reporting forms required to 
        be made under this title that meet the requirements of this 
        subsection from collecting source information from a student or 
        parent, including Internal Revenue Service tax forms, in 
        providing consultative and preparation services in completing 
        the forms.''; and
            (5) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(e) Early Application and Award Demonstration Program.--
            ``(1) Purpose.--The purpose of the demonstration program 
        implemented under this subsection is to determine the 
        feasibility of implementing a comprehensive early application 
        and notification system for all dependent students and to 
        measure the benefits and costs of such a system.
            ``(2) Program authorized.--Not later than 2 years after the 
        date of enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, 
        the Secretary shall implement an early application 
        demonstration program enabling dependent students who wish to 
        participate in the program--
                    ``(A) to complete an application under this 
                subsection during the academic year that is 2 years 
                prior to the year such students plan to enroll in an 
                institution of higher education; and
                    ``(B) based on the application described in 
                subparagraph (A), to obtain, not later than 1 year 
                prior to the year of the students' planned enrollment, 
                information on eligibility for Federal Pell Grants, 
                Federal student loans under this title, and State and 
                institutional financial aid for the student's first 
                year of enrollment in an the institution of higher 
                education.
            ``(3) Early application and award.--For all dependent 
        students selected for participation in the demonstration 
        program who submit a completed FAFSA, or, as appropriate, an EZ 
        FAFSA, 2 years prior to the year such students plan to enroll 
        in an institution of higher education, the Secretary shall, not 
        later than 1 year prior to the year of such planned 
        enrollment--
                    ``(A) provide each student who meets the 
                requirements under section 479(c) with a determination 
                of such student's--
                            ``(i) expected family contribution for the 
                        first year of the student's enrollment in an 
                        institution of higher education; and
                            ``(ii) Federal Pell Grant award for the 
                        first such year, based on the maximum Federal 
                        Pell Grant award at the time of application;
                    ``(B) provide each student who does not meet the 
                requirements under section 479(c) with an estimate of 
                such student's--
                            ``(i) expected family contribution for the 
                        first year of the student's planned enrollment; 
                        and
                            ``(ii) Federal Pell Grant award for the 
                        first such year, based on the maximum Federal 
                        Pell Grant award at the time of application; 
                        and
                    ``(C) remind the students of the need to update the 
                students' information during the calendar year of 
                enrollment using the expedited reapplication process 
                provided for in subsection (a)(4).
            ``(4) Participants.--The Secretary shall include, as 
        participants in the demonstration program--
                    ``(A) States selected through the application 
                process described in paragraph (5);
                    ``(B) institutions of higher education within the 
                selected States that are interested in participating in 
                the demonstration program and that can make estimates 
                or commitments of institutional student financial aid, 
                as appropriate, to students the year before the 
                students' planned enrollment date; and
                    ``(C) secondary schools within the selected States 
                that are interested in participating in the 
                demonstration program and can commit resources to--
                            ``(i) advertising the availability of the 
                        program;
                            ``(ii) identifying students who might be 
                        interested in participating in the program;
                            ``(iii) encouraging such students to apply; 
                        and
                            ``(iv) participating in the evaluation of 
                        the program.
            ``(5) Applications.--States that are interested in 
        participating in the demonstration program shall submit an 
        application to the Secretary at such time, in such form, and 
        containing such information as the Secretary shall require. The 
        application shall include--
                    ``(A) information on the amount of the State's 
                need-based student financial assistance available and 
                the eligibility criteria for receiving such assistance;
                    ``(B) a commitment to make, not later than the year 
                before the dependent students participating in the 
                demonstration program plan to enroll in an institution 
                of higher education--
                            ``(i) determinations of State financial aid 
                        awards to dependent students participating in 
                        the program who meet the requirements of 
                        section 479(c); and
                            ``(ii) estimates of State financial aid 
                        awards to other dependent students 
                        participating in the program;
                    ``(C) a plan for recruiting institutions of higher 
                education and secondary schools with different 
                demographic characteristics to participate in the 
                program;
                    ``(D) a plan for selecting institutions of higher 
                education and secondary schools to participate in the 
                program that--
                            ``(i) demonstrate a commitment to 
                        encouraging students to submit a FAFSA, or, as 
                        appropriate, an EZ FAFSA, 2 years before the 
                        students' planned date of enrollment in an 
                        institution of higher education;
                            ``(ii) serve different populations of 
                        students;
                            ``(iii) in the case of institutions of 
                        higher education--
                                    ``(I) to the extent possible, are 
                                of varying types and control; and
                                    ``(II) commit to making, not later 
                                than the year prior to the year that 
                                dependent students participating in the 
                                demonstration program plan to enroll in 
                                the institution--
                                            ``(aa) institutional awards 
                                        to participating dependent 
                                        students who meet the 
                                        requirements of section 479(c);
                                            ``(bb) estimates of 
                                        institutional awards to other 
                                        participating dependent 
                                        students; and
                                            ``(cc) expected or 
                                        tentative awards of grants or 
                                        other financial aid available 
                                        under this title (including 
                                        supplemental grants under 
                                        subpart 3 of part A), for all 
                                        participating dependent 
                                        students, along with 
                                        information on State awards, as 
                                        provided to the institution by 
                                        the State;
                    ``(E) a commitment to participate in the evaluation 
                conducted by the Secretary; and
                    ``(F) such other information as the Secretary may 
                require.
            ``(6) Special provisions.--
                    ``(A) Discretion of student financial aid 
                administrators.--A financial aid administrator at an 
                institution of higher education participating in a 
                demonstration program under this subsection may utilize 
                the discretion, as provided under section 479A, as 
                necessary, in awarding financial aid to students 
                participating in the demonstration program.
                    ``(B) Waivers.--The Secretary is authorized to 
                waive, for an institution participating in the 
                demonstration program, any requirements under the 
                title, or regulations prescribed under this title, that 
                would make the demonstration program unworkable, except 
                that the Secretary shall not waive any provisions with 
                respect to the maximum award amounts for grants and 
                loans under this title.
            ``(7) Outreach.--The Secretary shall make appropriate 
        efforts in order to notify States, institutions of higher 
        education, and secondary schools of the demonstration program.
            ``(8) Evaluation.--The Secretary shall conduct a rigorous 
        evaluation of the demonstration program to measure the 
        program's benefits and adverse effects, as the benefits and 
        effects relate to the purpose of the program described in 
        paragraph (1). In conducting the evaluation, the Secretary 
        shall--
                    ``(A) identify whether receiving financial aid 
                awards or estimates, as applicable, 1 year prior to the 
                year in which the student plans to enroll in an 
                institution of higher education, has a positive impact 
                on the higher education aspirations and plans of such 
                student;
                    ``(B) measure the extent to which using a student's 
                income information from the year that is 2 years prior 
                to the student's planned enrollment date had an impact 
                on the ability of States and institutions to make 
                financial aid awards and commitments;
                    ``(C) determine what operational changes would be 
                required to implement the program on a larger scale;
                    ``(D) identify any changes to Federal law that 
                would be necessary to implement the program on a 
                permanent basis; and
                    ``(E) identify the benefits and adverse effects of 
                providing early awards or estimates on program costs, 
                program operations, program integrity, award amounts, 
                distribution, and delivery of aid.
            ``(9) Consultation.--The Secretary shall consult, as 
        appropriate, with the Advisory Committee on Student Financial 
        Assistance established under section 491 on the design, 
        implementation, and evaluation of the demonstration program.
    ``(f) Use of IRS Data and Reduced Income and Asset Information To 
Determine Eligibility for Student Financial Aid.--
            ``(1) Formation of study group.--Not later than 180 days 
        after the date of enactment of the Higher Education Amendments 
        of 2007, the Comptroller General of the United States and the 
        Secretary of Education shall convene a study group whose 
        members shall include the Secretary of the Treasury, the 
        Director of the Office of Management and Budget, the Director 
        of the Congressional Budget Office, and such other individuals 
        as the Comptroller General and Secretary of Education may 
        designate.
            ``(2) Study required.--The Comptroller General and the 
        Secretary, in consultation with the study group convened under 
        paragraph (1), shall design and conduct a study to identify and 
        evaluate the means of simplifying the process of applying for 
        Federal financial aid available under this title. The study 
        shall focus on developing alternative approaches for 
        calculating the expected family contribution that use 
        substantially less income and asset data than the methodology 
        currently used, as of the time of the study, for determining 
        the expected family contribution.
            ``(3) Objectives of study.--The objectives of the study 
        required under paragraph (2) are--
                    ``(A) to shorten the FAFSA and make it easier and 
                less time-consuming to complete, thereby increasing 
                higher education access for low-income students;
                    ``(B) to examine the feasibility and evaluate the 
                costs and benefits of using income data from the 
                Internal Revenue Service to pre-populate the electronic 
                version of the FAFSA;
                    ``(C) to determine ways in which to provide 
                reliable information on the amount of Federal grant aid 
                and financial assistance a student can expect to 
                receive, assuming constant income, 2 to 3 years before 
                the student's enrollment; and
                    ``(D) to simplify the process for determining 
                eligibility for student financial aid without causing 
                significant redistribution of Federal grants and 
                subsidized loans under this title.
            ``(4) Required subjects of study.--The study required under 
        paragraph (2) shall consider--
                    ``(A) how the expected family contribution of a 
                student could be calculated using substantially less 
                income and asset information than the approach 
                currently used, as of the time of the study, to 
                calculate the expected family contribution without 
                causing significant redistribution of Federal grants 
                and subsidized loans under this title, State aid, or 
                institutional aid, or change in the composition of the 
                group of recipients of such aid, which alternative 
                approaches for calculating the expected family 
                contribution shall, to the extent practicable--
                            ``(i) rely mainly, in the case of students 
                        and parents who file income tax returns, on 
                        information available on the 1040, 1040EZ, and 
                        1040A; and
                            ``(ii) include formulas for adjusting 
                        income or asset information to produce similar 
                        results to the existing approach with less 
                        data;
                    ``(B) how the Internal Revenue Service can provide 
                income and other data needed to compute an expected 
                family contribution for taxpayers and dependents of 
                taxpayers to the Secretary of Education, and when in 
                the application cycle the data can be made available;
                    ``(C) whether data provided by the Internal Revenue 
                could be used to--
                            ``(i) prepopulate the electronic version of 
                        the FAFSA with student and parent taxpayer 
                        data; or
                            ``(ii) generate an expected family 
                        contribution without additional action on the 
                        part of the student and taxpayer;
                    ``(D) the extent to which the use of income data 
                from 2 years prior to a student's planned enrollment 
                date would change the expected family contribution 
                computed in accordance with part F, and potential 
                adjustments to the need analysis formula that would 
                minimize the change;
                    ``(E) the extent to which States and institutions 
                would accept the data provided by the Internal Revenue 
                Service to prepopulate the electronic version of the 
                FAFSA in determining the distribution of State and 
                institutional student financial aid funds;
                    ``(F) the changes to the electronic version of the 
                FAFSA and verification processes that would be needed 
                or could be made if Internal Revenue Service data were 
                used to prepopulate such electronic version;
                    ``(G) the data elements currently collected, as of 
                the time of the study, on the FAFSA that are needed to 
                determine eligibility for student aid, or to administer 
                Federal student financial aid programs, but are not 
                needed to compute an expected family contribution, such 
                as whether information regarding the student's 
                citizenship or permanent residency status, registration 
                for selective service, or driver's license number could 
                be reduced without adverse effects;
                    ``(H) additional steps that can be taken to 
                simplify the financial aid application process for 
                students who (or, in the case of dependent students, 
                whose parents) are not required to file an income tax 
                return for the prior taxable year;
                    ``(I) information on the State need for and usage 
                of the full array of income, asset, and other 
                information currently collected, as of the time of the 
                study, on the FAFSA, including analyses of--
                            ``(i) what data are currently used by 
                        States to determine eligibility for State 
                        student financial aid, and whether the data are 
                        used for merit or need-based aid;
                            ``(ii) the extent to which the full array 
                        of income and asset information currently 
                        collected on the FAFSA play an important role 
                        in the awarding of need-based State financial 
                        aid, and whether the State could use income and 
                        asset information that was more limited to 
                        support determinations of eligibility for such 
                        State aid programs;
                            ``(iii) whether data are required by State 
                        law, State regulations, or policy directives;
                            ``(iv) what State official has the 
                        authority to advise the Department on what the 
                        State requires to calculate need-based State 
                        student financial aid;
                            ``(v) the extent to which any State-
                        specific information requirements could be met 
                        by completion of a State application linked to 
                        the electronic version of the FAFSA; and
                            ``(vi) whether the State can use, as of the 
                        time of the study, or could use, a student's 
                        expected family contribution based on data from 
                        2 years prior to the student's planned 
                        enrollment date and a calculation with reduced 
                        data elements and, if not, what additional 
                        information would be needed or what changes 
                        would be required; and
                    ``(J) information on institutional needs, including 
                the extent to which institutions of higher education 
                are already using supplemental forms to collect 
                additional data from students and their families to 
                determine eligibility for institutional funds.
            ``(5) Use of data from the internal revenue service to 
        prepopulate fafsa forms.--After the study required under this 
        subsection has been completed, the Secretary may use Internal 
        Revenue Service data to prepopulate the electronic version of 
        the FAFSA if the Secretary, in a joint decision with the 
        Secretary of Treasury, determines that such use will not 
        significantly negatively impact students, institutions of 
        higher education, States, or the Federal Government based on 
        each of the following criteria:
                    ``(A) Program costs.
                    ``(B) Redistributive effects on students.
                    ``(C) Accuracy of aid determinations.
                    ``(D) Reduction of burden to the FAFSA filers.
                    ``(E) Whether all States and institutions that 
                currently accept the Federal aid formula accept the use 
                of data from 2 years prior to the date of a student's 
                planned enrollment in an institution of higher 
                education to award Federal, State, and institutional 
                aid, and as a result will not require students to 
                complete any additional forms to receive this aid.
            ``(6) Consultation.--The Secretary shall consult with the 
        Advisory Committee on Student Financial Assistance established 
        under section 491 as appropriate in carrying out this 
        subsection.
            ``(7) Report.--Not later than 18 months after the date of 
        enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, the 
        Comptroller General and the Secretary shall prepare and submit 
        a report on the results of the study required under this 
        subsection to the authorizing committees.''.

SEC. 474. STUDENT ELIGIBILITY.

    Section 484 (20 U.S.C. 1091) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (d), by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) The student shall be determined by the institution of 
        higher education as having the ability to benefit from the 
        education or training offered by the institution of higher 
        education, upon satisfactory completion of 6 credit hours or 
        the equivalent coursework that are applicable toward a degree 
        or certificate offered by the institution of higher 
        education.'';
            (2) by striking subsection (l) and inserting the following:
    ``(l) Courses Offered Through Distance Education.--
            ``(1) Relation to correspondence courses.--
                    ``(A) In general.--A student enrolled in a course 
                of instruction at an institution of higher education 
                that is offered principally through distance education 
                and leads to a recognized certificate, or associate, 
                baccalaureate, or graduate degree, conferred by such 
                institution, shall not be considered to be enrolled in 
                correspondence courses.
                    ``(B) Exception.--An institution of higher 
                education referred to in subparagraph (A) shall not 
                include an institution or school described in section 
                3(3)(C) of the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical 
                Education Act of 2006.
            ``(2) Restriction or reductions of financial aid.--A 
        student's eligibility to receive grants, loans, or work 
        assistance under this title shall be reduced if a financial aid 
        officer determines under the discretionary authority provided 
        in section 479A that distance education results in a 
        substantially reduced cost of attendance to such student.
            ``(3) Special rule.--For award years prior to the date of 
        enactment of this subsection, the Secretary shall not take any 
        compliance, disallowance, penalty, or other action against a 
        student or an eligible institution when such action arises out 
        of such institution's prior award of student assistance under 
        this title if the institution demonstrates to the satisfaction 
        of the Secretary that its course of instruction would have been 
        in conformance with the requirements of this subsection.''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(s) Students With Intellectual Disabilities.--Notwithstanding 
subsection (a), in order to receive any grant or work assistance under 
subparts 1 and 3 of part A and part C of this title, a student with an 
intellectual disability shall--
            ``(1) be an individual with an intellectual disability 
        whose mental retardation or other significant cognitive 
        impairment substantially impacts the individual's intellectual 
        and cognitive functioning;
            ``(2)(A) be a student eligible for assistance under the 
        Individuals with Disabilities Education Act who--
                    ``(i) has completed secondary school with a diploma 
                or certificate; or
                    ``(ii) has completed secondary school; or
            ``(B) be an individual who is no longer eligible for 
        assistance under the Individuals with Disabilities Education 
        Act because the individual has exceeded the maximum age for 
        which the State provides a free appropriate public education;
            ``(3) be enrolled or accepted for enrollment in a 
        comprehensive transition and postsecondary education program 
        that--
                    ``(A) is designed for students with an intellectual 
                disability who are seeking to continue academic, 
                vocational, and independent living instruction at the 
                institution in order to prepare for gainful employment 
                and independent living;
                    ``(B) includes an advising and curriculum 
                structure;
                    ``(C) requires students to participate on at least 
                a half-time basis, as determined by the institution; or
                    ``(D) includes--
                            ``(i) regular enrollment in courses offered 
                        by the institution;
                            ``(ii) auditing or participating in courses 
                        offered by the institution for which the 
                        student does not receive regular academic 
                        credit;
                            ``(iii) enrollment in noncredit, nondegree 
                        courses;
                            ``(iv) participation in internships; or
                            ``(v) a combination of 2 or more of the 
                        activities described in clauses (i) through 
                        (iv);
            ``(4) be maintaining satisfactory progress in the program 
        as determined by the institution, in accordance with standards 
        established by the institution; and
            ``(5) meet the requirements of paragraphs (3), (4), (5), 
        and (6) of subsection (a).''.

SEC. 475. STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS AND STATE COURT JUDGMENTS.

    Section 484A (20 U.S.C. 1091a) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by striking the period and 
                inserting ``; and''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) in collecting any obligation arising from a loan made 
        under part E of this title, an institution of higher education 
        that has an agreement with the Secretary pursuant to section 
        463(a) shall not be subject to a defense raised by any borrower 
        based on a claim of infancy.''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(d) Special Rule.--This section shall not apply in the case of a 
student who is deceased or to a deceased student's estate or the estate 
of such student's family. If a student is deceased, then the student's 
estate or the estate of the student's family shall not be required to 
repay any financial assistance under this title, including interest 
paid on the student's behalf, collection costs, or other charges 
specified in this title.''.

SEC. 476. INSTITUTIONAL REFUNDS.

    Section 484B(c)(2) (20 U.S.C. 1091B(c)(2)) is amended by striking 
``may determine the appropriate withdrawal date.'' and inserting ``may 
determine--
                    ``(A) the appropriate withdrawal date; and
                    ``(B) that the requirements of this section do not 
                apply to the student.''.

SEC. 477. INSTITUTIONAL AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE INFORMATION FOR 
              STUDENTS.

    Section 485 (20 U.S.C. 1092) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by striking subparagraph (M) and 
                        inserting the following:
                    ``(M) the terms and conditions of the loans that 
                students receive under parts B, D, and E;'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (N), by striking 
                        ``and'' after the semicolon;
                            (iii) in subparagraph (O), by striking the 
                        period and inserting a semicolon; and
                            (iv) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(P) institutional policies and sanctions related to 
        copyright infringement that inform students that unauthorized 
        distribution of copyrighted material on the institution's 
        information technology systems, including engaging in 
        unauthorized peer-to-peer file sharing, may subject the 
        students to civil and criminal penalties;''
            ``(Q) student body diversity at the institution, including 
        information on the percentage of enrolled, full-time students 
        who are--
                    ``(i) male;
                    ``(ii) female;
                    ``(iii) from a low-income background; and
                    ``(iv) a self-identified member of a major racial 
                or ethnic group;
                    ``(R) the placement in employment of, and types of 
                employment obtained by, graduates of the institution's 
                degree or certificate programs, gathered from such 
                sources as alumni surveys, student satisfaction 
                surveys, the National Survey of Student Engagement, the 
                Community College Survey of Student Engagement, State 
                data systems, or other relevant sources;
                    ``(S) the types of graduate and professional 
                education in which graduates of the institution's 4-
                year degree programs enrolled, gathered from such 
                sources as alumni surveys, student satisfaction 
                surveys, the National Survey of Student Engagement, 
                State data systems, or other relevant sources; and
                    ``(T) the fire safety report prepared by the 
                institution pursuant to subsection (i).'';
                    (B) by striking paragraph (4) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(4) For purposes of this section, institutions may--
                    ``(A) exclude from the information disclosed in 
                accordance with subparagraph (L) of paragraph (1) the 
                completion or graduation rates of students who leave 
                school to serve in the Armed Forces, on official church 
                missions, or with a recognized foreign aid service of 
                the Federal Government; or
                    ``(B) in cases where the students described in 
                subparagraph (A) represent 20 percent or more of the 
                certificate- or degree-seeking, full-time, 
                undergraduate students at the institution, the 
                institution may recalculate the completion or 
                graduation rates of such students by excluding from the 
                calculation described in paragraph (3) the time period 
                such students were not enrolled due to their service in 
                the Armed Forces, on official church missions, or with 
                a recognized foreign aid service of the Federal 
                Government.''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(7) The information disclosed under subparagraph (L) of paragraph 
(1), or reported under subsection (e), shall include information 
disaggregated by gender, by each major racial and ethnic subgroup, by 
recipients of a Federal Pell Grant, by recipients of a loan made under 
this part or part D (other than a loan made under section 428H or a 
Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan) who did not receive a 
Federal Pell Grant, and by recipients of neither a Federal Pell Grant 
nor a loan made under this part or part D (other than a loan made under 
section 428H or a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan), if the 
number of students in such subgroup or with such status is sufficient 
to yield statistically reliable information and reporting would not 
reveal personally identifiable information about an individual student. 
If such number is not sufficient for such purposes, then the 
institution shall note that the institution enrolled too few of such 
students to so disclose or report with confidence and 
confidentiality.'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)(A), by striking the 
                subparagraph designation and all that follows through 
                ``465.'' and inserting the following:
                    ``(A) Each eligible institution shall, through 
                financial aid offices or otherwise, provide counseling 
                to borrowers of loans that are made, insured, or 
                guaranteed under part B (other than loans made pursuant 
                to section 428C or loans made to parents pursuant to 
                section 428B), or made under part D (other than Federal 
                Direct Consolidation Loans or Federal Direct PLUS Loans 
                made to parents) or E, prior to the completion of the 
                course of study for which the borrower enrolled at the 
                institution or at the time of departure from such 
                institution. The counseling required by this subsection 
                shall include--
                            ``(i) information on the repayment plans 
                        available, including a discussion of the 
                        different features of each plan and sample 
                        information showing the difference in interest 
                        paid and total payments under each plan;
                            ``(ii) the average anticipated monthly 
                        repayments under the standard repayment plan 
                        and, at the borrower's request, the other 
                        repayment plans for which the borrower is 
                        eligible;
                            ``(iii) such debt and management strategies 
                        as the institution determines are designed to 
                        facilitate the repayment of such indebtedness;
                            ``(iv) an explanation that the borrower has 
                        the ability to prepay each such loan, pay the 
                        loan on a shorter schedule, and change 
                        repayment plans;
                            ``(v) the terms and conditions under which 
                        the student may obtain full or partial 
                        forgiveness or cancellation of principal or 
                        interest under sections 428J, 460, and 465 (to 
                        the extent that such sections are applicable to 
                        the student's loans);
                            ``(vi) the terms and conditions under which 
                        the student may defer repayment of principal or 
                        interest or be granted forbearance under 
                        subsections (b)(1)(M) and (o) of section 428, 
                        428H(e)(7), subsections (f) and (l) of section 
                        455, and section 464(c)(2), and the potential 
                        impact of such deferment or forbearance;
                            ``(vii) the consequences of default on such 
                        loans;
                            ``(viii) information on the effects of 
                        using a consolidation loan to discharge the 
                        borrower's loans under parts B, D, and E, 
                        including, at a minimum--
                                    ``(I) the effects of consolidation 
                                on total interest to be paid, fees to 
                                be paid, and length of repayment;
                                    ``(II) the effects of consolidation 
                                on a borrower's underlying loan 
                                benefits, including all grace periods, 
                                loan forgiveness, cancellation, and 
                                deferment opportunities;
                                    ``(III) the ability of the borrower 
                                to prepay the loan or change repayment 
                                plans; and
                                    ``(IV) that borrower benefit 
                                programs may vary among different loan 
                                holders; and
                            ``(ix) a notice to borrowers about the 
                        availability of the National Student Loan Data 
                        System and how the system can be used by a 
                        borrower to obtain information on the status of 
                        the borrower's loans.''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) Each eligible institution shall, during the exit 
        interview required by this subsection, provide to a borrower of 
        a loan made under part B, D, or E a clear and conspicuous 
        notice describing the general effects of using a consolidation 
        loan to discharge the borrower's student loans, including--
                    ``(A) the effects of consolidation on total 
                interest to be paid, fees to be paid, and length of 
                repayment;
                    ``(B) the effects of consolidation on a borrower's 
                underlying loan benefits, including loan forgiveness, 
                cancellation, and deferment;
                    ``(C) the ability for the borrower to prepay the 
                loan, pay on a shorter schedule, and to change 
                repayment plans, and that borrower benefit programs may 
                vary among different loan holders;
                    ``(D) the tax benefits for which the borrower may 
                be eligible; and
                    ``(E) the consequences of default.'';
            (3) in subsection (d)(2)--
                    (A) by inserting ``grant assistance, as well as 
                State'' after ``describing State''; and
                    (B) by inserting ``and other means, including 
                through the Internet'' before the period at the end;
            (4) in subsection (e), by striking paragraph (3) and 
        inserting the following:
            ``(3) For purposes of this subsection, institutions may--
                    ``(A) exclude from the reporting requirements under 
                paragraphs (1) and (2) the completion or graduation 
                rates of students and student athletes who leave school 
                to serve in the Armed Forces, on official church 
                missions, or with a recognized foreign aid service of 
                the Federal Government; or
                    ``(B) in cases where the students described in 
                subparagraph (A) represent 20 percent or more of the 
                certificate- or degree-seeking, full-time, 
                undergraduate students at the institution, the 
                institution may calculate the completion or graduation 
                rates of such students by excluding from the 
                calculations described in paragraph (1) the time period 
                such students were not enrolled due to their service in 
                the Armed Forces, on official church missions, or with 
                a recognized foreign aid service of the Federal 
                Government.'';
            (5) in subsection (f)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) the matter preceding subparagraph (A), 
                        by inserting ``, other than a foreign 
                        institution of higher education,'' after 
                        ``under this title''; and
                            (ii) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(J) A statement of current campus policies 
                regarding immediate emergency response and evacuation 
                procedures, including the use of electronic and 
                cellular communication (if appropriate), which policies 
                shall include procedures--
                            ``(i) to notify the campus community in a 
                        reasonable and timely manner in the event of a 
                        significant emergency or dangerous situation, 
                        involving an immediate threat to the health or 
                        safety of students or staff, occurring on the 
                        campus;
                            ``(ii) to publicize emergency response and 
                        evacuation procedures on an annual basis in a 
                        manner designed to reach students and staff; 
                        and
                            ``(iii) to test emergency response and 
                        evacuation procedures on an annual basis.'';
                    (B) by redesignating paragraph (15) as paragraph 
                (17); and
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (14) the 
                following:
            ``(15) Compliance report.--The Secretary shall annually 
        report to the authorizing committees regarding compliance with 
        this subsection by institutions of higher education, including 
        an up-to-date report on the Secretary's monitoring of such 
        compliance.
            ``(16) Best practices.--The Secretary may seek the advice 
        and counsel of the Attorney General concerning the development, 
        and dissemination to institutions of higher education, of best 
        practices information about campus safety and emergencies.''; 
        and
            (6) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(h) Transfer of Credit Policies.--
            ``(1) Disclosure.--Each institution of higher education 
        participating in any program under this title shall publicly 
        disclose in a readable and comprehensible manner the 
        institution's transfer of credit policies which shall include a 
        statement of the institution's current transfer of credit 
        policies that includes, at a minimum--
                    ``(A) a statement that transfer of credit shall not 
                be denied solely on the basis of the agency or 
                association that accredited such other institution of 
                higher education, if that agency or association is 
                recognized by the Secretary pursuant to section 496 to 
                be a reliable authority as to the quality of the 
                education or training offered; and
                    ``(B) a list of institutions of higher education 
                with which the institution has established an 
                articulation agreement.
            ``(2) Rule of construction.--Nothing in this subsection 
        shall be construed to--
                    ``(A) authorize an officer or employee of the 
                Department to exercise any direction, supervision, or 
                control over the curriculum, program of instruction, 
                administration, or personnel of any institution of 
                higher education, or over any accrediting agency or 
                association;
                    ``(B) limit the application of the General 
                Education Provisions Act; or
                    ``(C) create any legally enforceable right on the 
                part of a student to require an institution of higher 
                education to accept a transfer of credit from another 
                institution.
    ``(i) Disclosure of Fire Safety Standards and Measures.--
            ``(1) Annual fire safety reports on student housing 
        required.--Each eligible institution participating in any 
        program under this title shall, on an annual basis, publish a 
        fire safety report, which shall contain information with 
        respect to the campus fire safety practices and standards of 
        that institution, including--
                    ``(A) statistics concerning the following in each 
                on-campus student housing facility during the most 
                recent calendar years for which data are available--
                            ``(i) the number of fires and the cause of 
                        each fire;
                            ``(ii) the number of injuries related to a 
                        fire that result in treatment at a medical 
                        facility;
                            ``(iii) the number of deaths related to a 
                        fire; and
                            ``(iv) the value of property damage caused 
                        by a fire;
                    ``(B) a description of each on-campus student 
                housing facility fire safety system, including the fire 
                sprinkler system;
                    ``(C) the number of regular mandatory supervised 
                fire drills;
                    ``(D) policies or rules on portable electrical 
                appliances, smoking, and open flames (such as candles), 
                procedures for evacuation, and policies regarding fire 
                safety education and training programs provided to 
                students, faculty, and staff; and
                    ``(E) plans for future improvements in fire safety, 
                if determined necessary by such institution.
            ``(2) Report to the secretary.--Each eligible institution 
        participating in any program under this title shall, on an 
        annual basis submit to the Secretary a copy of the statistics 
        required to be made available under subparagraph (A).
            ``(3) Current information to campus community.--Each 
        institution participating in any program under this title 
        shall--
                    ``(A) make, keep, and maintain a log, recording all 
                fires in on-campus student housing facilities, 
                including the nature, date, time, and general location 
                of each fire; and
                    ``(B) make annual reports to the campus community 
                on such fires.
            ``(4) Responsibilities of the secretary.--The Secretary 
        shall--
                    ``(A) make such statistics submitted to the 
                Secretary available to the public; and
                    ``(B) in coordination with nationally recognized 
                fire organizations and representatives of institutions 
                of higher education, representatives of associations of 
                institutions of higher education, and other 
                organizations that represent and house a significant 
                number of students--
                            ``(i) identify exemplary fire safety 
                        policies, procedures, programs, and practices;
                            ``(ii) disseminate information to the 
                        Administrator of the United States Fire 
                        Administration;
                            ``(iii) make available to the public 
                        information concerning those policies, 
                        procedures, programs, and practices that have 
                        proven effective in the reduction of fires; and
                            ``(iv) develop a protocol for institutions 
                        to review the status of their fire safety 
                        systems.
            ``(5) Rules of construction.--Nothing in this subsection 
        shall be construed to--
                    ``(A) authorize the Secretary to require particular 
                policies, procedures, programs, or practices by 
                institutions of higher education with respect to fire 
                safety, other than with respect to the collection, 
                reporting, and dissemination of information required by 
                this subsection;
                    ``(B) affect the Family Educational Rights and 
                Privacy Act of 1974 or the regulations issued under 
                section 264 of the Health Insurance Portability and 
                Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. 1320d-2 note).
                    ``(C) create a cause of action against any 
                institution of higher education or any employee of such 
                an institution for any civil liability; and
                    ``(D) establish any standard of care.
            ``(6) Compliance report.--The Secretary shall annually 
        report to the authorizing committees regarding compliance with 
        this subsection by institutions of higher education, including 
        an up-to-date report on the Secretary's monitoring of such 
        compliance.
            ``(7) Evidence.--Notwithstanding any other provision of 
        law, evidence regarding compliance or noncompliance with this 
        subsection shall not be admissible as evidence in any 
        proceeding of any court, agency, board, or other entity, except 
        with respect to an action to enforce this subsection.''.

SEC. 478. NATIONAL STUDENT LOAN DATA SYSTEM.

    Section 485B (20 U.S.C. 1092b) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) by redesignating paragraphs (6) through (10) as 
                paragraphs (7) through (11), respectively;
                    (B) in paragraph (5) (as added by Public Law 101-
                610), by striking ``effectiveness.'' and inserting 
                ``effectiveness;''; and
                    (C) by redesignating paragraph (5) (as added by 
                Public Law 101-234) as paragraph (6);
            (2) by redesignating subsections (d) through (g) as 
        subsections (e) through (h), respectively; and
            (3) by inserting after subsection (c) the following:
    ``(d) Principles for Administering the Data System.--In managing 
the National Student Loan Data System, the Secretary shall take actions 
necessary to maintain confidence in the data system, including, at a 
minimum--
            ``(1) ensuring that the primary purpose of access to the 
        data system by guaranty agencies, eligible lenders, and 
        eligible institutions of higher education is for legitimate 
        program operations, such as the need to verify the eligibility 
        of a student, potential student, or parent for loans under part 
        B, D, or E;
            ``(2) prohibiting nongovernmental researchers and policy 
        analysts from accessing personally identifiable information;
            ``(3) creating a disclosure form for students and potential 
        students that is distributed when such students complete the 
        common financial reporting form under section 483, and as a 
        part of the exit counseling process under section 485(b), 
        that--
                    ``(A) informs the students that any title IV grant 
                or loan the students receive will be included in the 
                National Student Loan Data System, and instructs the 
                students on how to access that information;
                    ``(B) describes the categories of individuals or 
                entities that may access the data relating to such 
                grant or loan through the data system, and for what 
                purposes access is allowed;
                    ``(C) defines and explains the categories of 
                information included in the data system;
                    ``(D) provides a summary of the provisions of the 
                Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 and 
                other applicable Federal privacy statutes, and a 
                statement of the students' rights and responsibilities 
                with respect to such statutes;
                    ``(E) explains the measures taken by the Department 
                to safeguard the students' data; and
                    ``(F) includes other information as determined 
                appropriate by the Secretary;
            ``(4) requiring guaranty agencies, eligible lenders, and 
        eligible institutions of higher education that enter into an 
        agreement with a potential student, student, or parent of such 
        student regarding a loan under part B, D, or E, to inform the 
        student or parent that such loan shall be--
                    ``(A) submitted to the data system; and
                    ``(B) accessible to guaranty agencies, eligible 
                lenders, and eligible institutions of higher education 
                determined by the Secretary to be authorized users of 
                the data system;
            ``(5) regularly reviewing the data system to--
                    ``(A) delete inactive users from the data system;
                    ``(B) ensure that the data in the data system are 
                not being used for marketing purposes; and
                    ``(C) monitor the use of the data system by 
                guaranty agencies and eligible lenders to determine 
                whether an agency or lender is accessing the records of 
                students in which the agency or lender has no existing 
                financial interest; and
            ``(6) developing standardized protocols for limiting access 
        to the data system that include--
                    ``(A) collecting data on the usage of the data 
                system to monitor whether access has been or is being 
                used contrary to the purposes of the data system;
                    ``(B) defining the steps necessary for determining 
                whether, and how, to deny or restrict access to the 
                data system; and
                    ``(C) determining the steps necessary to reopen 
                access to the data system following a denial or 
                restriction of access.''; and
            (4) by striking subsection (e) (as redesignated by 
        paragraph (1)) and inserting the following:
    ``(e) Reports to Congress.--
            ``(1) Annual report.--Not later than September 30 of each 
        fiscal year, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the 
        appropriate committees of Congress a report describing--
                    ``(A) the results obtained by the establishment and 
                operation of the National Student Loan Data System 
                authorized by this section;
                    ``(B) the effectiveness of existing privacy 
                safeguards in protecting student and parent information 
                in the data system;
                    ``(C) the success of any new authorization 
                protocols in more effectively preventing abuse of the 
                data system;
                    ``(D) the ability of the Secretary to monitor how 
                the system is being used, relative to the intended 
                purposes of the data system; and
                    ``(E) any protocols developed under subsection 
                (d)(6) during the preceding fiscal year.
            ``(2) Study.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall conduct a 
                study regarding--
                            ``(i) available mechanisms for providing 
                        students and parents with the ability to opt in 
                        or opt out of allowing eligible lenders to 
                        access their records in the National Student 
                        Loan Data System; and
                            ``(ii) appropriate protocols for limiting 
                        access to the data system, based on the risk 
                        assessment required under subchapter III of 
                        chapter 35 of title 44, United States Code.
                    ``(B) Submission of study.--Not later than 3 years 
                after the date of enactment of the Higher Education 
                Amendments of 2007, the Secretary shall prepare and 
                submit a report on the findings of the study to the 
                appropriate committees of Congress.''.

SEC. 479. EARLY AWARENESS OF FINANCIAL AID ELIGIBILITY.

    Part G of title IV (20 U.S.C. 1088 et seq.) is further amended by 
inserting after section 485D (20 U.S.C. 1092c) the following:

``SEC. 485E. EARLY AWARENESS OF FINANCIAL AID ELIGIBILITY.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall implement, in cooperation 
with States, institutions of higher education, secondary schools, 
middle schools, early intervention and outreach programs under this 
title, other agencies and organizations involved in student financial 
assistance and college access, public libraries, community centers, 
employers, and businesses, a comprehensive system of early financial 
aid information in order to provide students and families with early 
information about financial aid and early estimates of such students' 
eligibility for financial aid from multiple sources. Such system shall 
include the activities described in subsections (b) and (c).
    ``(b) Communication of Availability of Aid and Aid Eligibility.--
            ``(1) Students who receive benefits.--The Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) make special efforts to notify students, who 
                receive or are eligible to receive benefits under a 
                Federal means-tested benefit program (including the 
                food stamp program under the Food Stamp Act of 1977 (7 
                U.S.C. 2011 et seq.)) or another such benefit program 
                as determined by the Secretary, of such students' 
                potential eligibility for a maximum Federal Pell Grant 
                under subpart 1 of part A; and
                    ``(B) disseminate such informational materials as 
                the Secretary determines necessary.
            ``(2) Middle school students.--The Secretary, in 
        cooperation with States, institutions of higher education, 
        other organizations involved in college access and student 
        financial aid, middle schools, and programs under this title 
        that serve middle school students, shall make special efforts 
        to notify students and their parents of the availability of 
        financial aid under this title and, in accordance with 
        subsection (c), shall provide nonbinding estimates of grant and 
        loan aid that an individual may be eligible for under this 
        title upon completion of an application form under section 
        483(a). The Secretary shall ensure that such information is as 
        accurate as possible and that such information is provided in 
        an age-appropriate format using dissemination mechanisms 
        suitable for students in middle school.
            ``(3) Secondary school students.--The Secretary, in 
        cooperation with States, institutions of higher education, 
        other organizations involved in college access and student 
        financial aid, secondary schools, and programs under this title 
        that serve secondary school students, shall make special 
        efforts to notify students in secondary school and their 
        parents, as early as possible but not later than such students' 
        junior year of secondary school, of the availability of 
        financial aid under this title and, in accordance with 
        subsection (c), shall provide nonbinding estimates of the 
        amounts of grant and loan aid that an individual may be 
        eligible for under this title upon completion of an application 
        form under section 483(a). The Secretary shall ensure that such 
        information is as accurate as possible and that such 
        information is provided in an age-appropriate format using 
        dissemination mechanisms suitable for students in secondary 
        school.
            ``(4) Adult learners.--The Secretary, in cooperation with 
        States, institutions of higher education, other organizations 
        involved in college access and student financial aid, 
        employers, workforce investment boards and public libraries, 
        shall make special efforts to provide individuals who would 
        qualify as independent students, as defined in section 480(d), 
        with information regarding the availability of financial aid 
        under this title and, in accordance with subsection (c), with 
        nonbinding estimates of the amounts of grant and loan aid that 
        an individual may be eligible for under this title upon 
        completion of an application form under section 483(a). The 
        Secretary shall ensure that such information--
                    ``(A) is as accurate as possible;
                    ``(B) includes specific information regarding the 
                availability of financial aid for students qualified as 
                independent students, as defined in section 480(d); and
                    ``(C) uses dissemination mechanisms suitable for 
                adult learners.
            ``(5) Public awareness campaign.--Not later than 2 years 
        after the date of enactment of the Higher Education Amendments 
        of 2007, the Secretary, in coordination with States, 
        institutions of higher education, early intervention and 
        outreach programs under this title, other agencies and 
        organizations involved in student financial aid, local 
        educational agencies, public libraries, community centers, 
        businesses, employers, employment services, workforce 
        investment boards, and movie theaters, shall implement a public 
        awareness campaign in order to increase national awareness 
        regarding the availability of financial aid under this title. 
        The public awareness campaign shall disseminate accurate 
        information regarding the availability of financial aid under 
        this title and shall be implemented, to the extent practicable, 
        using a variety of media, including print, television, radio 
        and the Internet. The Secretary shall design and implement the 
        public awareness campaign based upon relevant independent 
        research and the information and dissemination strategies found 
        most effective in implementing paragraphs (1) through (4).
    ``(c) Availability of Nonbinding Estimates of Federal Financial Aid 
Eligibility.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary, in cooperation with 
        States, institutions of higher education, and other agencies 
        and organizations involved in student financial aid, shall 
        provide, via a printed form and the Internet or other 
        electronic means, the capability for individuals to determine 
        easily, by entering relevant data, nonbinding estimates of 
        amounts of grant and loan aid an individual may be eligible for 
        under this title upon completion and processing of an 
        application and enrollment in an institution of higher 
        education.
            ``(2) Data elements.--The Secretary, in cooperation with 
        States, institutions of higher education, and other agencies 
        and organizations involved in student financial aid, shall 
        determine the data elements that are necessary to create a 
        simplified form that individuals can use to obtain easily 
        nonbinding estimates of the amounts of grant and loan aid an 
        individual may be eligible for under this title.
            ``(3) Qualification to use simplified application.--The 
        capability provided under this paragraph shall include the 
        capability to determine whether the individual is eligible to 
        submit a simplified application form under paragraph (2)(B) or 
        (3)(B) of section 483(a).''.

SEC. 480. PROGRAM PARTICIPATION AGREEMENTS.

    Section 487 (20 U.S.C. 1094) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) by redesignating paragraphs (21), (22), and 
                (23) as (24), (25), and (26), respectively;
                    (B) by inserting after paragraph (20) the 
                following:
            ``(21) Code of conduct.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The institution will establish, 
                follow, and enforce a code of conduct regarding student 
                loans that includes not less than the following:
                            ``(i) Revenue sharing prohibition.--The 
                        institution is prohibited from receiving 
                        anything of value from any lender in exchange 
                        for any advantage sought by the lender to make 
                        educational loans to a student enrolled, or who 
                        is expected to be enrolled, at the institution, 
                        except that an institution shall not be 
                        prohibited from receiving a philanthropic 
                        contribution from a lender if the contribution 
                        is not made in exchange for any such advantage.
                            ``(ii) Gift and trip prohibition.--Any 
                        employee who is employed in the financial aid 
                        office of the institution, or who otherwise has 
                        responsibilities with respect to educational 
                        loans or other financial aid of the 
                        institution, is prohibited from taking from any 
                        lender any gift or trip worth more than nominal 
                        value, except for reasonable expenses for 
                        professional development that will improve the 
                        efficiency and effectiveness of programs under 
                        this title and for domestic travel to such 
                        professional development.
                            ``(iii) Contracting arrangements.--Any 
                        employee who is employed in the financial aid 
                        office of the institution, or who otherwise has 
                        responsibilities with respect to educational 
                        loans or other financial aid of the 
                        institution, shall be prohibited from entering 
                        into any type of consulting arrangement or 
                        other contract to provide services to a lender.
                            ``(iv) Advisory board compensation.--Any 
                        employee who is employed in the financial aid 
                        office of the institution, or who otherwise has 
                        responsibilities with respect to educational 
                        loans or other financial aid of the 
                        institution, and who serves on an advisory 
                        board, commission, or group established by a 
                        lender or group of lenders shall be prohibited 
                        from receiving anything of value from the 
                        lender or group of lenders, except that the 
                        employee may be reimbursed for reasonable 
                        expenses incurred in serving on such advisory 
                        board, commission or group.
                            ``(v) Interaction with borrowers.--The 
                        institution will not--
                                    ``(I) for any first-time borrower, 
                                assign, through award packaging or 
                                other methods, the borrower's loan to a 
                                particular lender; and
                                    ``(II) refuse to certify, or, delay 
                                certification of, any loan in 
                                accordance with paragraph (6) based on 
                                the borrower's selection of a 
                                particular lender or guaranty agency.
                    ``(B) Designation.--The institution will designate 
                an individual who shall be responsible for signing an 
                annual attestation on behalf of the institution that 
                the institution agrees to, and is in compliance with, 
                the requirements of the code of conduct described in 
                this paragraph. Such individual shall be the chief 
                executive officer, chief operating officer, chief 
                financial officer, or comparable official, of the 
                institution, and shall annually submit the signed 
                attestation to the Secretary.
                    ``(C) Availability.--The institution will make the 
                code of conduct widely available to the institution's 
                faculty members, students, and parents through a 
                variety of means, including the institution's 
                website.'';
                    (C) in paragraph (26) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (A)), by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(D) In the case of a proprietary institution of 
                higher education as defined in section 102(b), the 
                institution shall be considered in compliance with the 
                requirements of subparagraph (A) for any student to 
                whom the institution electronically transmits a message 
                containing a voter registration form acceptable for use 
                in the State in which the institution is located, or an 
                Internet address where such a form can be downloaded, 
                if such information is in an electronic message devoted 
                solely to voter registration.''; and
                    (D) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(27) In the case of a proprietary institution of higher 
        education as defined in section 102(b), the institution will, 
        as calculated in accordance with subsection (h)(1), have not 
        less than 10 percent of its revenues from sources other than 
        funds provided under this title, or will be subject to the 
        sanctions described in subsection (h)(2).
            ``(28) Preferred lender lists.--
                    ``(A) In general.--In the case of an institution 
                (including an employee or agent of an institution) that 
                maintains a preferred lender list, in print or any 
                other medium, through which the institution recommends 
                one or more specific lenders for loans made under part 
                B to the students attending the institution (or the 
                parents of such students), the institution will--
                            ``(i) clearly and fully disclose on the 
                        preferred lender list--
                                    ``(I) why the institution has 
                                included each lender as a preferred 
                                lender, especially with respect to 
                                terms and conditions favorable to the 
                                borrower; and
                                    ``(II) that the students attending 
                                the institution (or the parents of such 
                                students) do not have to borrow from a 
                                lender on the preferred lender list;
                            ``(ii) ensure, through the use of the list 
                        provided by the Secretary under subparagraph 
                        (C), that--
                                    ``(I) there are not less than 3 
                                lenders named on the preferred lending 
                                list that are not affiliates of each 
                                other; and
                                    ``(II) the preferred lender list--
                                            ``(aa) specifically 
                                        indicates, for each lender on 
                                        the list, whether the lender is 
                                        or is not an affiliate of each 
                                        other lender on the list; and
                                            ``(bb) if the lender is an 
                                        affiliate of another lender on 
                                        the list, describes the 
                                        specifics of such affiliation; 
                                        and
                            ``(iii) establish a process to ensure that 
                        lenders are placed upon the preferred lender 
                        list on the basis of the benefits provided to 
                        borrowers, including --
                                    ``(I) highly competitive interest 
                                rates, terms, or conditions for loans 
                                made under part B;
                                    ``(II) high-quality customer 
                                service for such loans; or
                                    ``(III) additional benefits beyond 
                                the standard terms and conditions for 
                                such loans.
                    ``(B) Definition of affiliate; control.--
                            ``(i) Definition of affiliate.--For the 
                        purposes of subparagraph (A)(ii) the term 
                        `affiliate' means a person that controls, is 
                        controlled by, or is under common control with, 
                        another person.
                            ``(ii) Control.--For purposes of 
                        subparagraph (A)(ii), a person has control over 
                        another person if--
                                    ``(I) the person directly or 
                                indirectly, or acting through 1 or more 
                                others, owns, controls, or has the 
                                power to vote 5 percent or more of any 
                                class of voting securities of such 
                                other person;
                                    ``(II) the person controls, in any 
                                manner, the election of a majority of 
                                the directors or trustees of such other 
                                person; or
                                    ``(III) the Secretary determines 
                                (after notice and opportunity for a 
                                hearing) that the person directly or 
                                indirectly exercises a controlling 
                                interest over the management or 
                                policies of such other person.
                    ``(C) List of lender affiliates.--The Secretary, in 
                consultation with the Director of the Federal Deposit 
                Insurance Corporation, shall maintain and update a list 
                of lender affiliates of all eligible lenders, and shall 
                provide such list to the eligible institutions for use 
                in carrying out subparagraph (A).'';
            (2) in subsection (c)(1)(A)(i), by inserting ``, except 
        that the Secretary may modify the requirements of this clause 
        with regard to an institution outside the United States'' 
        before the semicolon at the end;
            (3) by redesignating subsections (d) and (e) as subsection 
        (f) and (g), respectively;
            (4) by inserting after subsection (c) the following:
    ``(d) Institutional Requirements for Teach-Outs.--
            ``(1) In general.--In the event the Secretary initiates the 
        limitation, suspension, or termination of the participation of 
        an institution of higher education in any program under this 
        title under the authority of subsection (c)(1)(F) or initiates 
        an emergency action under the authority of subsection (c)(1)(G) 
        and its prescribed regulations, the Secretary shall require 
        that institution to prepare a teach-out plan for submission to 
        the institution's accrediting agency or association in 
        compliance with section 496(c)(4), the Secretary's regulations 
        on teach-out plans, and the standards of the institution's 
        accrediting agency or association.
            ``(2) Teach-out plan defined.--In this subsection, the term 
        `teach-out plan' means a written plan that provides for the 
        equitable treatment of students if an institution of higher 
        education ceases to operate before all students have completed 
        their program of study, and may include, if required by the 
        institution's accrediting agency or association, an agreement 
        between institutions for such a teach-out plan.
    ``(e) Violation of Code of Conduct Regarding Student Loans.--
            ``(1) In general.--Upon a finding by the Secretary, after 
        reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing, that an 
        institution of higher education that has entered into a program 
        participation agreement with the Secretary under subsection (a) 
        willfully contravened the institution's attestation of 
        compliance with the provisions of subsection (a)(21), the 
        Secretary may impose a penalty described in paragraph (2).
            ``(2) Penalties.--A violation of paragraph (1) shall result 
        in the limitation, suspension, or termination of the 
        eligibility of the institution for the loan programs under this 
        title.''; and
            (5) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(h) Implementation of Nontitle IV Revenue Requirement.--
            ``(1) Calculation.--In carrying out subsection (a)(27), a 
        proprietary institution of higher education (as defined in 
        section 102(b)) shall use the cash basis of accounting and 
        count the following funds as from sources of funds other than 
        funds provided under this title:
                    ``(A) Funds used by students from sources other 
                than funds received under this title to pay tuition, 
                fees, and other institutional charges to the 
                institution, provided the institution can reasonably 
                demonstrate that such funds were used for such 
                purposes.
                    ``(B) Funds used by the institution to satisfy 
                matching-fund requirements for programs under this 
                title.
                    ``(C) Funds used by a student from savings plans 
                for educational expenses established by or on behalf of 
                the student and which qualify for special tax treatment 
                under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                    ``(D) Funds paid by a student, or on behalf of a 
                student by a party other than the institution, to the 
                institution for an education or training program that 
                is not eligible for funds under this title, provided 
                that the program is approved or licensed by the 
                appropriate State agency or an accrediting agency 
                recognized by the Secretary.
                    ``(E) Funds generated by the institution from 
                institutional activities that are necessary for the 
                education and training of the institution's students, 
                if such activities are--
                            ``(i) conducted on campus or at a facility 
                        under the control of the institution;
                            ``(ii) performed under the supervision of a 
                        member of the institution's faculty; and
                            ``(iii) required to be performed by all 
                        students in a specific educational program at 
                        the institution.
                    ``(F) Institutional aid, as follows:
                            ``(i) In the case of loans made by the 
                        institution, only the amount of loan repayments 
                        received by the institution during the fiscal 
                        year for which the determination is made.
                            ``(ii) In the case of scholarships provided 
                        by the institution, only those scholarship 
                        funds provided by the institution that are--
                                    ``(I) in the form of monetary aid 
                                based upon the academic achievements or 
                                financial need of students; and
                                    ``(II) disbursed during the fiscal 
                                year for which the determination is 
                                made from an established restricted 
                                account and only to the extent that the 
                                funds in that account represent 
                                designated funds from an outside source 
                                or income earned on those funds.
                            ``(iii) In the case of tuition discounts, 
                        only those tuition discounts based upon the 
                        academic achievement or financial need of 
                        students.
            ``(2) Sanctions.--
                    ``(A) Failure to meet requirement for 1 year.--In 
                addition to such other means of enforcing the 
                requirements of this title as may be available to the 
                Secretary, if an institution fails to meet the 
                requirements of subsection (a)(27) in any year, the 
                Secretary may impose 1 or both of the following 
                sanctions on the institution:
                            ``(i) Place the institution on provisional 
                        certification in accordance with section 498(h) 
                        until the institution demonstrates, to the 
                        satisfaction of the Secretary, that it is in 
                        compliance with subsection (a)(27).
                            ``(ii) Require such other increased 
                        monitoring and reporting requirements as the 
                        Secretary determines necessary until the 
                        institution demonstrates, to the satisfaction 
                        of the Secretary, that it is in compliance with 
                        subsection (a)(27).
                    ``(B) Failure to meet requirement for 2 years.--An 
                institution that fails to meet the requirements of 
                subsection (a)(27) for 2 consecutive years shall be 
                ineligible to participate in the programs authorized 
                under this title until the institution demonstrates, to 
                the satisfaction of the Secretary, that it is in 
                compliance with subsection (a)(27).
            ``(3) Public availability of information.--The Secretary 
        shall make publicly available, through the means described in 
        subsection (b) of section 131, any institution that fails to 
        meet the requirements of subsection (a)(27) in any year as an 
        institution that is failing to meet the minimum non-Federal 
        source of revenue requirements of such subsection (a)(27).''.

SEC. 481. REGULATORY RELIEF AND IMPROVEMENT.

    Section 487A(b) (20 U.S.C. 1094a(b)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)--
                    (A) by striking ``1998'' and inserting ``2007'' ; 
                and
                    (B) by striking ``1999'' and inserting ``2008'';
            (2) by striking the matter preceding paragraph (2)(A) and 
        inserting the following:
            ``(2) Report.--The Secretary shall review and evaluate the 
        experience of institutions participating as experimental sites 
        and shall, on a biennial basis, submit a report based on the 
        review and evaluation to the authorizing committees. Such 
        report shall include--''; and
            (3) in paragraph (3)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A)--
                            (i) by striking ``Upon the submission of 
                        the report required by paragraph (2), the'' and 
                        inserting ``The''; and
                            (ii) by inserting ``periodically'' after 
                        ``authorized to'';
                    (B) by striking subparagraph (B);
                    (C) by redesignating subparagraph (C) as 
                subparagraph (B); and
                    (D) in subparagraph (B) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (C))--
                            (i) by inserting ``, including requirements 
                        related to the award process and disbursement 
                        of student financial aid (such as innovative 
                        delivery systems for modular or compressed 
                        courses, or other innovative systems), 
                        verification of student financial aid 
                        application data, entrance and exit interviews, 
                        or other management procedures or processes as 
                        determined in the negotiated rulemaking process 
                        under section 492'' after ``requirements in 
                        this title'';
                            (ii) by inserting ``(other than an award 
                        rule related to an experiment in modular or 
                        compressed schedules)'' after ``award rules''; 
                        and
                            (iii) by inserting ``unless the waiver of 
                        such provisions is authorized by another 
                        provision under this title'' before the period 
                        at the end.

SEC. 482. TRANSFER OF ALLOTMENTS.

    Section 488 (20 U.S.C. 1095) is amended in the first sentence--
            (1) in paragraph (1), by striking ``and'' after the 
        semicolon;
            (2) in paragraph (2), by striking ``413D.'' and inserting 
        ``413D; and''; and
            (3) by adding at the end ``(3) transfer 25 percent of the 
        institution's allotment under section 413D to the institution's 
        allotment under section 442.''.

SEC. 483. PURPOSE OF ADMINISTRATIVE PAYMENTS.

    Section 489(b) (20 U.S.C. 1096(b)) is amended by striking 
``offsetting the administrative costs of'' and inserting 
``administering''.

SEC. 484. ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON STUDENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE.

    Section 491 (20 U.S.C. 1098) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(2)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``and'' after 
                the semicolon;
                    (B) in subparagraph (C), by striking the period and 
                inserting a semicolon; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(D) to provide knowledge and understanding of 
                early intervention programs, and to make 
                recommendations that will result in early awareness by 
                low- and moderate-income students and families--
                            ``(i) of their eligibility for assistance 
                        under this title; and
                            ``(ii) to the extent practicable, of their 
                        eligibility for other forms of State and 
                        institutional need-based student assistance; 
                        and
                    ``(E) to make recommendations that will expand and 
                improve partnerships among the Federal Government, 
                States, institutions of higher education, and private 
                entities to increase the awareness and the total amount 
                of need-based student assistance available to low- and 
                moderate-income students.'';
            (2) in subsection (c), by adding at the end the following:
    ``(3) The appointment of a member under subparagraph (A) or (B) of 
paragraph (1) shall be effective upon confirmation of the member by the 
Senate and publication of such appointment in the Congressional 
Record.'';
            (3) in subsection (d)(6), by striking ``, but nothing'' and 
        all that follows through ``or analyses'';
            (4) in subsection (j)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by inserting ``and simplification'' 
                        after ``modernization'' each place the term 
                        appears; and
                            (ii) by striking ``including'' and all that 
                        follows through ``Department,''; and
                    (B) by striking paragraphs (4) and (5) and 
                inserting the following:
            ``(4) conduct a review and analysis of regulations in 
        accordance with subsection (l); and
            ``(5) conduct a study in accordance with subsection (m).'';
            (5) in subsection (k), by striking ``2004'' and inserting 
        ``2013''; and
            (6) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(l) Review and Analysis of Regulations.--
            ``(1) Recommendations.--The Advisory Committee shall make 
        recommendations to the Secretary and Congress for consideration 
        of future legislative action regarding redundant or outdated 
        regulations under this title, consistent with the Secretary's 
        requirements under section 498B.
            ``(2) Review and analysis of regulations.--The Advisory 
        Committee shall conduct a review and analysis of the 
        regulations issued under this title that are in effect at the 
        time of the review and that apply to the operations or 
        activities of participants in the programs assisted under this 
        title. The review and analysis may include a determination of 
        whether the regulation is duplicative, is no longer necessary, 
        is inconsistent with other Federal requirements, or is overly 
        burdensome. In conducting the review, the Advisory Committee 
        shall pay specific attention to evaluating ways in which 
        regulations under this title affecting institutions of higher 
        education (other than institutions described in section 
        102(a)(1)(C)), that have received in each of the 2 most recent 
        award years prior to the date of enactment of the Higher 
        Education Amendments of 2007 less than $200,000 in funds 
        through this title, may be improved, streamlined, or 
        eliminated.
            ``(3) Consultation.--
                    ``(A) In general.--In carrying out the review and 
                analysis under paragraph (2), the Advisory Committee 
                shall consult with the Secretary, relevant 
                representatives of institutions of higher education, 
                and individuals who have expertise and experience with 
                the regulations issued under this title, in accordance 
                with subparagraph (B).
                    ``(B) Review panels.--The Advisory Committee shall 
                convene not less than 2 review panels of 
                representatives of the groups involved in student 
                financial assistance programs under this title who have 
                experience and expertise in the regulations issued 
                under this title to review the regulations under this 
                title, and to provide recommendations to the Advisory 
                Committee with respect to the review and analysis under 
                paragraph (2). The panels shall be made up of experts 
                in areas such as the operations of the financial 
                assistance programs, the institutional eligibility 
                requirements for the financial assistance programs, 
                regulations not directly related to the operations or 
                the institutional eligibility requirements of the 
                financial assistance programs, and regulations for 
                dissemination of information to students about the 
                financial assistance programs.
            ``(4) Reports to congress.--The Advisory Committee shall 
        submit, not later than 2 years after the completion of the 
        negotiated rulemaking process required under section 492 
        resulting from the amendments to this Act made by the Higher 
        Education Amendments of 2007, a report to the authorizing 
        committees and the Secretary detailing the expert panels' 
        findings and recommendations with respect to the review and 
        analysis under paragraph (2).
            ``(5) Additional support.--The Secretary and the Inspector 
        General of the Department shall provide such assistance and 
        resources to the Advisory Committee as the Secretary and 
        Inspector General determine are necessary to conduct the review 
        required by this subsection.
    ``(m) Study of Innovative Pathways to Baccalaureate Degree 
Attainment.--
            ``(1) Study required.--The Advisory Committee shall conduct 
        a study of the feasibility of increasing baccalaureate degree 
        attainment rates by reducing the costs and financial barriers 
        to attaining a baccalaureate degree through innovative 
        programs.
            ``(2) Scope of study.--The Advisory Committee shall examine 
        new and existing programs that promote baccalaureate degree 
        attainment through innovative ways, such as dual or concurrent 
        enrollment programs, changes made to the Federal Pell Grant 
        program, simplification of the needs analysis process, 
        compressed or modular scheduling, articulation agreements, and 
        programs that allow 2-year institutions of higher education to 
        offer baccalaureate degrees.
            ``(3) Required aspects of the study.--In performing the 
        study described in this subsection, the Advisory Committee 
        shall examine the following aspects of such innovative 
        programs:
                    ``(A) The impact of such programs on baccalaureate 
                attainment rates.
                    ``(B) The degree to which a student's total cost of 
                attaining a baccalaureate degree can be reduced by such 
                programs.
                    ``(C) The ways in which low- and moderate-income 
                students can be specifically targeted by such programs.
                    ``(D) The ways in which nontraditional students can 
                be specifically targeted by such programs.
                    ``(E) The cost-effectiveness for the Federal 
                Government, States, and institutions of higher 
                education to implement such programs.
            ``(4) Consultation.--
                    ``(A) In general.--In performing the study 
                described in this subsection the Advisory Committee 
                shall consult with a broad range of interested parties 
                in higher education, including parents, students, 
                appropriate representatives of secondary schools and 
                institutions of higher education, appropriate State 
                administrators, administrators of dual or concurrent 
                enrollment programs, and appropriate Department 
                officials.
                    ``(B) Congressional consultation.--The Advisory 
                Committee shall consult on a regular basis with the 
                authorizing committees in carrying out the study 
                required by this section.
            ``(5) Reports to congress.--
                    ``(A) Interim report.--The Advisory Committee shall 
                prepare and submit to the authorizing committees and 
                the Secretary an interim report, not later than 1 year 
                after the date of enactment of the Higher Education 
                Amendments of 2007, describing the progress that has 
                been made in conducting the study required by this 
                subsection and any preliminary findings on the topics 
                identified under paragraph (2).
                    ``(B) Final report.--The Advisory Committee shall, 
                not later than 3 years after the date of enactment of 
                the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, prepare and 
                submit to the authorizing committees and the Secretary 
                a final report on the study, including recommendations 
                for legislative, regulatory, and administrative changes 
                based on findings related to the topics identified 
                under paragraph (2).''.

SEC. 485. REGIONAL MEETINGS.

    Section 492(a)(1) (20 U.S.C. 1098a(a)(1)) is amended by inserting 
``State student grant agencies,'' after ``institutions of higher 
education,''.

SEC. 486. YEAR 2000 REQUIREMENTS AT THE DEPARTMENT.

    (a) Repeal.--Section 493A (20 U.S.C. 1098c) is repealed.
    (b) Redesignation.--Section 493B (20 U.S.C. 1098d) is redesignated 
as section 493A.

                       PART G--PROGRAM INTEGRITY

SEC. 491. RECOGNITION OF ACCREDITING AGENCY OR ASSOCIATION.

    Section 496 (20 U.S.C. 1099b) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) by striking paragraph (4) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(4)(A) such agency or association consistently applies 
        and enforces standards that respect the stated mission of the 
        institution of higher education, including religious missions, 
        and that ensure that the courses or programs of instruction, 
        training, or study offered by the institution of higher 
        education, including distance education courses or programs, 
        are of sufficient quality to achieve, for the duration of the 
        accreditation period, the stated objective for which the 
        courses or the programs are offered; and
            ``(B) if such agency or association has or seeks to include 
        within its scope of recognition the evaluation of the quality 
        of institutions or programs offering distance education, such 
        agency or association shall, in addition to meeting the other 
        requirements of this subpart, demonstrate to the Secretary 
        that--
                    ``(i) the agency or association's standards 
                effectively address the quality of an institution's 
                distance education in the areas identified in section 
                496(a)(5), except that the agency or association shall 
                not be required to have separate standards, procedures 
                or policies for the evaluation of distance education 
                institutions or programs in order to meet the 
                requirements of this subparagraph; and
                    ``(ii) the agency or association requires an 
                institution that offers distance education to have 
                processes through which the institution establishes 
                that the student who registers in a distance education 
                course or program is the same student who participates 
                in and completes the program and receives the academic 
                credit;'';
                    (B) in paragraph (5), by striking subparagraph (A) 
                and inserting the following:
                    ``(A) success with respect to student achievement 
                in relation to the institution's mission, which may 
                include different standards for different institutions 
                or programs, through the determination of expected 
                levels of student outcomes that are established by the 
                institution, and which use empirical evidence, and as 
                appropriate, external indicators, with respect to 
                criteria regarding--
                            ``(i) student retention rates;
                            ``(ii) course completion rates;
                            ``(iii) program completion and graduation 
                        rates;
                            ``(iv) for prebaccalaureate career and 
                        technical education programs, degree programs 
                        leading to initial professional licensure or 
                        certification, and other programs as 
                        appropriate--
                                    ``(I) results on State licensing 
                                examinations; and
                                    ``(II) job placement rates;
                            ``(v) as appropriate, enrollment in 
                        graduate or professional programs; and
                            ``(vi) as appropriate, other student 
                        performance information selected by the 
                        institution, particularly information--
                                    ``(I) used by the institution to 
                                evaluate or strengthen the 
                                institution's programs; and
                                    ``(II) that reflects the 
                                institution's individual mission and 
                                the institution's distinctive goals for 
                                students;'';
                    (C) by striking paragraph (6) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(6) such an agency or association shall establish and 
        apply review procedures throughout the accrediting process, 
        including evaluation and withdrawal proceedings which comply 
        with due process procedures that provide for--
                    ``(A) adequate specification of requirements and 
                deficiencies at the institution of higher education or 
                program examined;
                    ``(B) an opportunity for a written response by any 
                such institution to be included, prior to final action, 
                in the evaluation and withdrawal proceedings;
                    ``(C) upon the written request of an institution, 
                an opportunity for the institution to appeal any 
                adverse action, including denial, withdrawal, 
                suspension, or termination of accreditation, or 
                placement on probation of an institution, at a hearing 
                prior to such action becoming final, before an appeals 
                panel that--
                            ``(i) shall not include current members of 
                        the agency or association's underlying 
                        decision-making body that made the adverse 
                        decision; and
                            ``(ii) is subject to a conflict of interest 
                        policy; and
                    ``(D) the right to representation by counsel for 
                such an institution during an appeal of the adverse 
                action;''; and
                    (D) by striking paragraph (8) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(8) such agency or association shall make available to 
        the public and the State licensing or authorizing agency, and 
        submit to the Secretary, a summary of agency or association 
        actions, including--
                    ``(A) the award of accreditation or reaccreditation 
                of an institution;
                    ``(B) final denial, withdrawal, suspension, or 
                termination of accreditation, or placement on probation 
                of an institution, and any findings made in connection 
                with the action taken, together with the official 
                comments of the affected institution; and
                    ``(C) any other adverse action taken with respect 
                to an institution.'';
            (2) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``, including 
                those regarding distance education'' after ``their 
                responsibilities'';
                    (B) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (6) as 
                paragraphs (5) through (9);
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (1) (as amended by 
                subparagraph (A)) the following:
            ``(2) ensures that the agency or association's on-site 
        evaluation for accreditation or reaccreditation includes review 
        of the Federally required information the institution or 
        program provides its current and prospective students;
            ``(3) monitors the growth of programs at institutions that 
        are experiencing significant enrollment growth;
            ``(4) requires an institution to submit a teach-out plan 
        for approval to the accrediting agency upon the occurrence of 
        any of the following events:
                    ``(A) The Department notifies the accrediting 
                agency of an action against the institution pursuant to 
                section 487(d).
                    ``(B) The accrediting agency acts to withdraw, 
                terminate, or suspend the accreditation of an 
                institution.
                    ``(C) The institution notifies the accrediting 
                agency that the institution intends to cease 
                operations.'';
                    (D) in paragraph (8) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (B)), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (E) in subparagraph (9) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (B)), by striking the period and inserting 
                ``; and''; and
                    (F) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(10) confirms, as a part of the agency or association's 
        review for accreditation or reaccreditation, that the 
        institution has transfer of credit policies--
                    ``(A) that are publicly disclosed; and
                    ``(B) that do not deny transfer of credit based 
                solely on the accreditation of the sending institution, 
                if the agency or association accrediting the sending 
                institution is recognized by the Secretary pursuant to 
                this section.''; and
            (3) in subsection (g), by adding at the end the following: 
        ``Nothing in this section shall be construed to permit the 
        Secretary to establish any criteria that specifies, defines, or 
        prescribes the standards that accrediting agencies or 
        associations shall use to assess any institution's success with 
        respect to student achievement, beyond the standards and 
        criteria established under subsection (a)(5).''.

SEC. 492. ADMINISTRATIVE CAPACITY STANDARD.

    Section 498 (20 U.S.C. 1099c) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (d)(1)(B), by inserting ``and'' after the 
        semicolon; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(k) Treatment of Teach-Outs at Additional Locations.--
            ``(1) In general.--A location of a closed institution of 
        higher education shall be eligible as an additional location of 
        an eligible institution of higher education, as defined 
        pursuant to regulations of the Secretary, for the purposes of a 
        teach-out, if such teach-out has been approved by the 
        institution's accrediting agency.
            ``(2) Special rule.--An institution of higher education 
        that conducts a teach-out through the establishment of an 
        additional location described in paragraph (1) shall be 
        permitted to establish a permanent additional location at a 
        closed institution and shall not be required--
                    ``(A) to meet the requirements of sections 
                102(b)(1)(E) and 102(c)(1)(C) for such additional 
                location; or
                    ``(B) to assume the liabilities of the closed 
                institution.''.

SEC. 493. PROGRAM REVIEW AND DATA.

    Section 498A(b) (20 U.S.C. 1099c-1(b)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (4), by striking ``and'' after the 
        semicolon;
            (2) in paragraph (5) by striking the period and inserting a 
        semicolon; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(6) provide to an institution of higher education an 
        adequate opportunity to review and respond to any program 
        review report and relevant materials related to the report 
        before any final program review report is issued;
            ``(7) review and take into consideration an institution of 
        higher education's response in any final program review report 
        or audit determination, and include in the report or 
        determination--
                    ``(A) a written statement addressing the 
                institution of higher education's response;
                    ``(B) a written statement of the basis for such 
                report or determination; and
                    ``(C) a copy of the institution's response; and
            ``(8) maintain and preserve at all times the 
        confidentiality of any program review report until the 
        requirements of paragraphs (6) and (7) are met, and until a 
        final program review is issued, other than to the extent 
        required to comply with paragraph (5), except that the 
        Secretary shall promptly disclose any and all program review 
        reports to the institution of higher education under review.''.

SEC. 494. TIMELY INFORMATION ABOUT LOANS.

    (a) In General.--Title IV (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.) is further 
amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 499. ACCESS TO TIMELY INFORMATION ABOUT LOANS.

    ``(a) Regular Bill Providing Pertinent Information About a Loan.--A 
lender of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this title shall 
provide the borrower of such loan a bill each month or, in the case of 
a loan payable less frequently than monthly, a bill that corresponds to 
each payment installment time period, including a clear and conspicuous 
notice of--
            ``(1) the borrower's principal borrowed;
            ``(2) the borrower's current balance;
            ``(3) the interest rate on such loan;
            ``(4) the amount the borrower has paid in interest;
            ``(5) the amount of additional interest payments the 
        borrower is expected to pay over the life of the loan;
            ``(6) the total amount the borrower has paid for the loan, 
        including the amount the borrower has paid in interest, the 
        amount the borrower has paid in fees, and the amount the 
        borrower has paid against the balance, in a brief, borrower-
        friendly manner;
            ``(7) a description of each fee the borrower has been 
        charged for the current payment period;
            ``(8) the date by which the borrower needs to make a 
        payment in order to avoid additional fees;
            ``(9) the amount of such payment that will be applied to 
        the interest, the balance, and any fees on the loan; and
            ``(10) the lender's address and toll-free phone number for 
        payment and billing error purposes.
    ``(b) Information Provided Before Commencement of Repayment.--A 
lender of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this title shall 
provide to the borrower of such loan, at least one month before the 
loan enters repayment, a clear and conspicuous notice of not less than 
the following information:
            ``(1) The borrower's options, including repayment plans, 
        deferments, forbearances, and discharge options to which the 
        borrower may be entitled.
            ``(2) The conditions under which a borrower may be charged 
        any fee, and the amount of such fee.
            ``(3) The conditions under which a loan may default, and 
        the consequences of default.
            ``(4) Resources, including nonprofit organizations, 
        advocates, and counselors (including the Office of the 
        Ombudsman at the Department), where borrowers can receive 
        advice and assistance, if such resources exist.
    ``(c) Information Provided During Delinquency.--In addition to any 
other information required under law, a lender of a loan made, insured, 
or guaranteed under this title shall provide a borrower in delinquency 
with a clear and conspicuous notice of the date on which the loan will 
default if no payment is made, the minimum payment that must be made to 
avoid default, discharge options to which the borrower may be entitled, 
resources, including nonprofit organizations, advocates, and counselors 
(including the Office of the Ombudsman at the Department), where 
borrowers can receive advice and assistance, if such resources exist.
    ``(d) Information Provided During Default.--A lender of a loan 
made, insured, or guaranteed under this title shall provide a borrower 
in default, on not less than 2 separate occasions, with a clear and 
conspicuous notice of not less than the following information:
            ``(1) The options available to the borrower to be removed 
        from default.
            ``(2) The relevant fees and conditions associated with each 
        option.''.

SEC. 495. AUCTION EVALUATION AND REPORT.

    (a) Evaluation.--If Congress enacts an Act that authorizes the 
Secretary of Education to carry out a pilot program under which the 
Secretary establishes a mechanism for an auction of Federal PLUS Loans, 
then the Comptroller General shall evaluate such pilot program. The 
evaluation shall determine--
            (1) the extent of the savings to the Federal Government 
        that are generated through the pilot program, compared to the 
        cost the Federal Government would have incurred in operating 
        the parent loan program under section 428B of the Higher 
        Education Act of 1965 in the absence of the pilot program;
            (2) the number of lenders that participated in the pilot 
        program, and the extent to which the pilot program generated 
        competition among lenders to participate in the auctions under 
        the pilot program;
            (3) the effect of the transition to and operation of the 
        pilot program on the ability of--
                    (A) lenders participating in the pilot program to 
                originate loans made through the pilot program smoothly 
                and efficiently;
                    (B) institutions of higher education participating 
                in the pilot program to disburse loans made through the 
                pilot program smoothly and efficiently; and
                    (C) the ability of parents to obtain loans made 
                through the pilot program in a timely and efficient 
                manner;
            (4) the differential impact, if any, of the auction among 
        the States, including between rural and non-rural States; and
            (5) the feasibility of using the mechanism piloted to 
        operate other loan programs under part B of the title IV of the 
        Higher Education Act of 1965.
    (b) Reports.--The Comptroller General shall--
            (1) not later than September 1, 2010, submit to the 
        authorizing committees (as defined in section 103 of the Higher 
        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1003)) a preliminary report 
        regarding the findings of the evaluation described in 
        subsection (a);
            (2) not later than September 1, 2012, submit to the 
        authorizing committees an interim report regarding such 
        findings; and
            (3) not later than September 1, 2014, submit to the 
        authorizing committees a final report regarding such findings.

                    TITLE V--DEVELOPING INSTITUTIONS

SEC. 501. AUTHORIZED ACTIVITIES.

    Section 503(b) (20 U.S.C. 1101b(b)) is amended--
            (1) by redesignating paragraphs (6) through (14) as 
        paragraphs (8) through (16), respectively;
            (2) in paragraph (5), by inserting ``, including 
        innovative, customized remedial education and English language 
        instruction courses designed to help retain students and move 
        the students rapidly into core courses and through program 
        completion'' before the period at the end;
            (3) by inserting after paragraph (5) the following:
            ``(6) Education or counseling services designed to improve 
        the financial literacy and economic literacy of students or the 
        students' parents.
            ``(7) Articulation agreements and student support programs 
        designed to facilitate the transfer from 2-year to 4-year 
        institutions.''; and
            (4) in paragraph (12) (as redesignated by paragraph (1)), 
        by striking ``distance learning academic instruction 
        capabilities'' and inserting ``distance education 
        technologies''.

SEC. 502. POSTBACCALAUREATE OPPORTUNITIES FOR HISPANIC AMERICANS.

    (a) Establishment of Program.--Title V (20 U.S.C. 1101 et seq.) is 
amended--
            (1) by redesignating part B as part C;
            (2) by redesignating sections 511 through 518 as sections 
        521 through 528, respectively; and
            (3) by inserting after section 505 the following:

   ``PART B--PROMOTING POSTBACCALAUREATE OPPORTUNITIES FOR HISPANIC 
                               AMERICANS

``SEC. 511. PROGRAM AUTHORITY AND ELIGIBILITY.

    ``(a) Program Authorized.--Subject to the availability of funds 
appropriated to carry out this part, the Secretary shall award grants, 
on a competitive basis, to eligible institutions to enable the eligible 
institutions to carry out the authorized activities described in 
section 512.
    ``(b) Eligibility.--For the purposes of this part, an `eligible 
institution' means an institution of higher education that--
            ``(1) is a Hispanic-serving institution (as defined in 
        section 502); and
            ``(2) offers a postbaccalaureate certificate or degree 
        granting program.

``SEC. 512. AUTHORIZED ACTIVITIES.

    ``Grants awarded under this part shall be used for 1 or more of the 
following activities:
            ``(1) Purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or 
        laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including 
        instructional and research purposes.
            ``(2) Construction, maintenance, renovation, and 
        improvement in classroom, library, laboratory, and other 
        instructional facilities, including purchase or rental of 
        telecommunications technology equipment or services.
            ``(3) Purchase of library books, periodicals, technical and 
        other scientific journals, microfilm, microfiche, and other 
        educational materials, including telecommunications program 
        materials.
            ``(4) Support for needy postbaccalaureate students, 
        including outreach, academic support services, mentoring, 
        scholarships, fellowships, and other financial assistance, to 
        permit the enrollment of such students in postbaccalaureate 
        certificate and degree granting programs.
            ``(5) Support of faculty exchanges, faculty development, 
        faculty research, curriculum development, and academic 
        instruction.
            ``(6) Creating or improving facilities for Internet or 
        other distance education technologies, including purchase or 
        rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services.
            ``(7) Collaboration with other institutions of higher 
        education to expand postbaccalaureate certificate and degree 
        offerings.
            ``(8) Other activities proposed in the application 
        submitted pursuant to section 513 that are approved by the 
        Secretary as part of the review and acceptance of such 
        application.

``SEC. 513. APPLICATION AND DURATION.

    ``(a) Application.--Any eligible institution may apply for a grant 
under this part by submitting an application to the Secretary at such 
time and in such manner as the Secretary may require. Such application 
shall demonstrate how the grant funds will be used to improve 
postbaccalaureate education opportunities for Hispanic and low-income 
students and will lead to such students' greater financial 
independence.
    ``(b) Duration.--Grants under this part shall be awarded for a 
period not to exceed 5 years.
    ``(c) Limitation.--The Secretary may not award more than 1 grant 
under this part in any fiscal year to any Hispanic-serving 
institution.''.

SEC. 503. APPLICATIONS.

    Section 521(b)(1)(A) (as redesignated by section 502(a)(2)) (20 
U.S.C. 1103(b)(1)(A)) is amended by striking ``subsection (b)'' and 
inserting ``subsection (c)''.

SEC. 504. COOPERATIVE ARRANGEMENTS.

    Section 524(a) (as redesignated by section 502(a)(2)) (20 U.S.C. 
1103c(a)) is amended by striking ``section 503'' and inserting 
``sections 503 and 512''.

SEC. 505. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    Section 528(a) (as redesignated by section 502(a)(2)) (20 U.S.C. 
1103g(a)) is amended--
            (1) by inserting ``part A of'' after ``carry out'';
            (2) by striking ``$62,500,000 for fiscal year 1999'' and 
        all that follows through the period and inserting ``such sums 
        as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 
        succeeding fiscal years.'';
            (3) by striking ``(a)  Authorizations.--'' and inserting 
        the following:
    ``(a) Authorizations.--
            ``(1) Part a.--There are''; and
            (4) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(2) Part b.--There are authorized to be appropriated to 
        carry out part B of this title such sums as may be necessary 
        for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal 
        years.''.

               TITLE VI--INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS

SEC. 601. FINDINGS.

    Section 601 (20 U.S.C. 1121) is amended--
            (1) in the section heading, by striking ``and purposes'' 
        and inserting ``; purposes; consultation; survey'';
            (2) in subsection (a)(3), by striking ``post-Cold War'';
            (3) in subsection (b)(1)(D), by inserting ``, including 
        through linkages with overseas institutions'' before the 
        semicolon; and
            (4) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(c) Consultation.--The Secretary shall, prior to requesting 
applications for funding under this title during each grant cycle, 
consult with and receive recommendations regarding national need for 
expertise in foreign languages and world regions from the head 
officials of a wide range of Federal agencies. Such agencies shall 
provide information to the Secretary regarding how the agencies utilize 
expertise and resources provided by grantees under this title. The 
Secretary shall take into account such recommendations and information 
when requesting applications for funding under this title, and shall 
make available to applicants a list of areas identified as areas of 
national need.
    ``(d) Survey.--The Secretary shall assist grantees in developing a 
survey to administer to students who have participated in programs 
under this title to determine postgraduation placement. All grantees, 
where applicable, shall administer such survey not less often than 
annually and report such data to the Secretary.''.

SEC. 602. GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE LANGUAGE AND AREA CENTERS AND 
              PROGRAMS.

    Section 602 (20 U.S.C. 1122) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (G), by striking 
                        ``and'' after the semicolon;
                            (ii) in subparagraph (H), by striking the 
                        period and inserting ``; and''; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(I) support for instructors of the less commonly 
                taught languages.''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (4)--
                            (i) by redesignating subparagraphs (C) 
                        through (E) as subparagraphs (D) through (F), 
                        respectively;
                            (ii) by inserting after subparagraph (B) 
                        the following:
                    ``(C) Programs of linkage or outreach between or 
                among--
                            ``(i) foreign language, area studies, or 
                        other international fields; and
                            ``(ii) State educational agencies or local 
                        educational agencies.'';
                            (iii) in subparagraph (D) (as redesignated 
                        by clause (i)) by inserting ``, including 
                        Federal or State scholarship programs for 
                        students in related areas'' before the period 
                        at the end; and
                            (iv) in subparagraph (F) (as redesignated 
                        by clause (i)), by striking ``and (D)'' and 
                        inserting ``(D), and (E)'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in the subsection heading, by striking 
                ``Graduate''; and
                    (B) by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(2) Eligible students.--A student receiving a stipend 
        described in paragraph (1) shall be engaged--
                    ``(A) in an instructional program with stated 
                performance goals for functional foreign language use 
                or in a program developing such performance goals, in 
                combination with area studies, international studies, 
                or the international aspects of a professional studies 
                program; and
                    ``(B)(i) in the case of an undergraduate student, 
                in the intermediate or advanced study of a less 
                commonly taught language; or
                    ``(ii) in the case of a graduate student, in 
                graduate study in connection with a program described 
                in subparagraph (A), including--
                            ``(I) predissertation level study;
                            ``(II) preparation for dissertation 
                        research;
                            ``(III) dissertation research abroad; or
                            ``(IV) dissertation writing.'';
            (3) by striking subsection (d) and inserting the following:
    ``(d) Allowances.--
            ``(1) Graduate level recipients.--A stipend awarded to a 
        graduate level recipient may include allowances for dependents 
        and for travel for research and study in the United States and 
        abroad.
            ``(2) Undergraduate level recipients.--A stipend awarded to 
        an undergraduate level recipient may include an allowance for 
        educational programs in the United States or educational 
        programs abroad that--
                    ``(A) are closely linked to the overall goals of 
                the recipient's course of study; and
                    ``(B) have the purpose of promoting foreign 
                language fluency and knowledge of foreign cultures.''; 
                and
            (4) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(e) Application.--Each institution or combination of institutions 
desiring a grant under this section shall submit an application to the 
Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such 
information and assurances as the Secretary may require. Each 
application shall include an explanation of how the activities funded 
by the grant will reflect diverse perspectives and a wide range of 
views and generate debate on world regions and international affairs. 
Each application shall also describe how the applicant will address 
disputes regarding whether activities funded under the application 
reflect diverse perspectives and a wide range of views. Each 
application shall also include a description of how the applicant will 
encourage government service in areas of national need, as identified 
by the Secretary, as well as in needs in the education, business, and 
nonprofit sectors.''.

SEC. 603. UNDERGRADUATE INTERNATIONAL STUDIES AND FOREIGN LANGUAGE 
              PROGRAMS.

    Section 604 (20 U.S.C. 1124) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) by redesignating subparagraphs (I) 
                        through (M) as subparagraphs (J) through (N), 
                        respectively; and
                            (ii) by inserting after subparagraph (H) 
                        the following:
                    ``(I) providing subgrants to undergraduate students 
                for educational programs abroad that--
                            ``(i) are closely linked to the overall 
                        goals of the program for which the grant is 
                        awarded; and
                            ``(ii) have the purpose of promoting 
                        foreign language fluency and knowledge of 
                        foreign cultures;''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (7)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (C), by striking 
                        ``and'' after the semicolon;
                            (ii) in subparagraph (D), by striking the 
                        period at the end and inserting a semicolon; 
                        and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(E) a description of how the applicant will 
                provide information to students regarding federally 
                funded scholarship programs in related areas;
                    ``(F) an explanation of how the activities funded 
                by the grant will reflect diverse perspectives and a 
                wide range of views and generate debate on world 
                regions and international affairs, where applicable;
                    ``(G) a description of how the applicant will 
                address disputes regarding whether the activities 
                funded under the application reflect diverse 
                perspectives and a wide range of views; and
                    ``(H) a description of how the applicant will 
                encourage service in areas of national need as 
                identified by the Secretary.''; and
            (2) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) by striking ``Funding Support.--The Secretary'' 
                and inserting ``Funding Support.--
            ``(1) The secretary.--The Secretary'';
                    (B) by striking ``10'' and inserting ``20''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(2) Grantees.--Of the total amount of grant funds awarded 
        to a grantee under this section, the grantee may use not more 
        than 10 percent of such funds for the activity described in 
        subsection (a)(2)(I).''.

SEC. 604. RESEARCH; STUDIES.

    Section 605(a) (20 U.S.C. 1125(a)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (8), by striking ``and'' after the 
        semicolon;
            (2) in paragraph (9), by striking the period and inserting 
        a semicolon; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(10) evaluation of the extent to which programs assisted 
        under this title reflect diverse perspectives and a wide range 
        of views and generate debate on world regions and international 
        affairs;
            ``(11) the systematic collection, analysis, and 
        dissemination of data that contribute to achieving the purposes 
        of this part; and
            ``(12) support for programs or activities to make data 
        collected, analyzed, or disseminated under this section 
        publicly available and easy to understand.''.

SEC. 605. TECHNOLOGICAL INNOVATION AND COOPERATION FOR FOREIGN 
              INFORMATION ACCESS.

    Section 606 (20 U.S.C. 1126) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) by striking ``new electronic technologies'' and 
                inserting ``electronic technologies'';
                    (B) by inserting ``from foreign sources'' after 
                ``disseminate information'';
                    (C) in the subsection heading, by striking 
                ``Authority.--The Secretary'' and inserting 
                ``Authority.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary''; and
                    (D) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(2) Partnerships with not-for-profit educational 
        organizations.--The Secretary may award grants under this 
        section to carry out the activities authorized under this 
        section to the following:
                    ``(A) An institution of higher education.
                    ``(B) A public or nonprofit private library.
                    ``(C) A consortium of an institution of higher 
                education and 1 or more of the following:
                            ``(i) Another institution of higher 
                        education.
                            ``(ii) A library.
                            ``(iii) A not-for-profit educational 
                        organization.'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``to facilitate 
                access to'' and inserting ``to acquire, facilitate 
                access to,'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by inserting ``or standards 
                for'' after ``means of'';
                    (C) in paragraph (6), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (D) in paragraph (7), by striking the period and 
                inserting a semicolon; and
                    (E) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(8) to establish linkages to facilitate carrying out the 
        activities described in this subsection between--
                    ``(A) the institutions of higher education, 
                libraries, and consortia receiving grants under this 
                section; and
                    ``(B) institutions of higher education, not-for-
                profit educational organizations, and libraries 
                overseas; and
            ``(9) to carry out other activities that the Secretary 
        determines are consistent with the purpose of the grants or 
        contracts awarded under this section.''; and
            (3) in subsection (c), by striking ``institution or 
        consortium'' and inserting ``institution of higher education, 
        library, or consortium''.

SEC. 606. SELECTION OF CERTAIN GRANT RECIPIENTS.

    Section 607 (20 U.S.C. 1127) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``evaluates the 
        applications for comprehensive and undergraduate language and 
        area centers and programs.'' and inserting ``evaluates--
            ``(1) the applications for comprehensive foreign language 
        and area or international studies centers and programs; and
            ``(2) the applications for undergraduate foreign language 
        and area or international studies centers and programs.''; and
            (2) in subsection (b), by adding at the end the following: 
        ``The Secretary shall also consider an applicant's record of 
        placing students into service in areas of national need and an 
        applicant's stated efforts to increase the number of such 
        students that go into such service.''.

SEC. 607. AMERICAN OVERSEAS RESEARCH CENTERS.

    Section 609 (20 U.S.C. 1128a) is amended by adding at the end the 
following:
    ``(e) Application.--Each center desiring a grant under this section 
shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such 
manner, and accompanied by such information and assurances as the 
Secretary may require.''.

SEC. 608. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR INTERNATIONAL AND FOREIGN 
              LANGUAGE STUDIES.

    Section 610 (20 U.S.C. 1128b) is amended by striking ``$80,000,000 
for fiscal year 1999'' and all that follows through the period and 
inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each 
of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

SEC. 609. CENTERS FOR INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS EDUCATION.

    Section 612(f)(3) (20 U.S.C. 1130-1(f)(3)) is amended by inserting 
``, and that diverse perspectives will be made available to students in 
programs under this section'' before the semicolon.

SEC. 610. EDUCATION AND TRAINING PROGRAMS.

    Section 613(c) (20 U.S.C. 1130a(c)) is amended by adding at the end 
the following: ``Each such application shall include an assurance that, 
where applicable, the activities funded by the grant will reflect 
diverse perspectives and a wide range of views on world regions and 
international affairs.''.

SEC. 611. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR BUSINESS AND 
              INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS.

    Section 614 (20 U.S.C. 1130b) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``$11,000,000 for fiscal 
        year 1999'' and all that follows through ``fiscal years'' and 
        inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 
        and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years''; and
            (2) in subsection (b), by striking ``$7,000,000 for fiscal 
        year 1999'' and all that follows through ``fiscal years,'' and 
        inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 
        and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years''.

SEC. 612. MINORITY FOREIGN SERVICE PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM.

    Section 621 (20 U.S.C. 1131) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (c), by adding at the end the following: 
        ``Each application shall include a description of how the 
        activities funded by the grant will reflect diverse 
        perspectives and a wide range of views on world regions and 
        international affairs, where applicable.''; and
            (2) in subsection (e)--
                    (A) by striking ``Match Required.--The eligible'' 
                and inserting ``Matching Funds.--
            ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), the 
        eligible''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(2) Waiver.--The Secretary may waive the requirement of 
        paragraph (1) for an eligible recipient if the Secretary 
        determines such waiver is appropriate.''.

SEC. 613. INSTITUTIONAL DEVELOPMENT.

    Section 622 (20 U.S.C. 1131-1) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) by striking ``Tribally Controlled Colleges or 
                Universities'' and inserting ``tribally controlled 
                colleges or universities''; and
                    (B) by striking ``international affairs programs.'' 
                and inserting ``international affairs, international 
                business, and foreign language study programs, 
                including the teaching of foreign languages, at such 
                colleges, universities, and institutions, respectively, 
                which may include collaboration with institutions of 
                higher education that receive funding under this 
                title.''; and
            (2) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) by striking paragraphs (1) and (3);
                    (B) by redesignating paragraphs (2) and (4) as 
                paragraphs (1) and (2), respectively; and
                    (C) in paragraph (1) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (B)), by inserting ``and'' after the 
                semicolon.

SEC. 614. STUDY ABROAD PROGRAM.

    Section 623(a) (20 U.S.C. 1131a(a)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``as defined in section 322 of this Act''; 
        and
            (2) by striking ``tribally controlled Indian community 
        colleges as defined in the Tribally Controlled Community 
        College Assistance Act of 1978'' and inserting ``tribally 
        controlled colleges or universities''.

SEC. 615. ADVANCED DEGREE IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS.

    Section 624 (20 U.S.C. 1131b) is amended--
            (1) in the section heading, by striking ``masters'' and 
        inserting ``advanced'';
            (2) in the first sentence, by inserting ``, and in 
        exceptional circumstances, a doctoral degree,'' after ``masters 
        degree'';
            (3) in the second sentence, by striking ``masters degree'' 
        and inserting ``advanced degree''; and
            (4) in the fourth sentence, by striking ``United States'' 
        and inserting ``United States.''.

SEC. 616. INTERNSHIPS.

    Section 625 (20 U.S.C. 1131c) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) by striking ``as defined in section 322 of this 
                Act'';
                    (B) by striking ``tribally controlled Indian 
                community colleges as defined in the Tribally 
                Controlled Community College Assistance Act of 1978'' 
                and inserting ``tribally controlled colleges or 
                universities'';
                    (C) by striking ``an international'' and inserting 
                ``international,''; and
                    (D) by striking ``the United States Information 
                Agency'' and inserting ``the Department of State''; and
            (2) in subsection (c)(1)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (E), by inserting ``and'' after 
                the semicolon;
                    (B) in subparagraph (F), by striking ``; and'' and 
                inserting a period; and
                    (C) by striking subparagraph (G).

SEC. 617. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE.

    Part C of title VI (20 U.S.C. 1131 et seq.) is further amended--
            (1) by redesignating sections 626, 627, and 628 as sections 
        627, 628, and 629, respectively; and
            (2) by inserting after section 625 the following:

``SEC. 626. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE.

    ``(a) Authority.--The Institute may provide financial assistance, 
in the form of summer stipends described in subsection (b) and Ralph 
Bunche scholarship assistance described in subsection (c), to needy 
students to facilitate the participation of the students in the 
Institute's programs under this part.
    ``(b) Summer Stipends.--
            ``(1) Requirements.--A student receiving a summer stipend 
        under this section shall use such stipend to defray the 
        student's cost of participation in a summer institute program 
        funded under this part, including the costs of travel, living, 
        and educational expenses necessary for the student's 
        participation in such program.
            ``(2) Amount.--A summer stipend awarded to a student under 
        this section shall not exceed $3,000 per summer.
    ``(c) Ralph Bunche Scholarship.--
            ``(1) Requirements.--A student receiving a Ralph Bunche 
        scholarship under this section--
                    ``(A) shall be a full-time student at an 
                institution of higher education who is accepted into a 
                program funded under this part; and
                    ``(B) shall use such scholarship to pay costs 
                related to the cost of attendance, as defined in 
                section 472, at the institution of higher education in 
                which the student is enrolled.
            ``(2) Amount and duration.--A Ralph Bunche scholarship 
        awarded to a student under this section shall not exceed $5,000 
        per academic year.''.

SEC. 618. REPORT.

    Section 627 (as redesignated by section 617(1)) (20 U.S.C. 1131d) 
is amended by striking ``annually'' and inserting ``biennially''.

SEC. 619. GIFTS AND DONATIONS.

    Section 628 (as redesignated by section 617(1)) (20 U.S.C. 1131e) 
is amended by striking ``annual report described in section 626'' and 
inserting ``biennial report described in section 627''.

SEC. 620. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR THE INSTITUTE FOR 
              INTERNATIONAL PUBLIC POLICY.

    Section 629 (as redesignated by section 617(1)) (20 U.S.C. 1131f) 
is amended by striking ``$10,000,000 for fiscal year 1999'' and all 
that follows through the period and inserting ``such sums as may be 
necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal 
years.''.

SEC. 621. DEFINITIONS.

    Section 631 (20 U.S.C. 1132) is amended--
            (1) by striking paragraph (7);
            (2) by redesignating paragraphs (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), 
        (8), and (9), as paragraphs (7), (4), (8), (2), (10), (6), and 
        (3), respectively;
            (3) in paragraph (2), as redesignated by paragraph (2), by 
        striking ``comprehensive language and area center'' and 
        inserting ``comprehensive foreign language and area or 
        international studies center'';
            (4) in paragraph (3), as redesignated by paragraph (2), by 
        striking the period at the end and inserting a semicolon;
            (5) by inserting after paragraph (4), as redesignated by 
        paragraph (2), the following:
            ``(5) the term `historically Black college and university' 
        has the meaning given the term `part B institution' in section 
        322;'';
            (6) in paragraph (6), as redesignated by paragraph (2), by 
        striking ``and'' after the semicolon;
            (7) by inserting after paragraph (8), as redesignated by 
        paragraph (2), the following:
            ``(9) the term `tribally controlled college or university' 
        has the meaning given the term in section 2 of the Tribally 
        Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 
        U.S.C. 1801); and''; and
            (8) in paragraph (10), as redesignated by paragraph (2), by 
        striking ``undergraduate language and area center'' and 
        inserting ``undergraduate foreign language and area or 
        international studies center''.

SEC. 622. ASSESSMENT AND ENFORCEMENT.

    Part D of title VI (20 U.S.C. 1132) is amended by adding at the end 
the following:

``SEC. 632. ASSESSMENT; ENFORCEMENT; RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary is authorized to assess and ensure 
compliance with all the conditions and terms of grants provided under 
this title. If a complaint regarding activities funded under this title 
is not resolved under the process outlined in the relevant grantee's 
application, such complaint shall be filed with the Department and 
reviewed by the Secretary. The Secretary shall take the review of such 
complaints into account when determining the renewal of grants.
    ``(b) Rule of Construction.--Nothing in this title shall be 
construed to authorize the Secretary to mandate, direct, or control an 
institution of higher education's specific instructional content, 
curriculum, or program of instruction.

``SEC. 633. EVALUATION, OUTREACH, AND INFORMATION.

    ``The Secretary may use not more than 1 percent of the funds made 
available under this title to carry out program evaluation, national 
outreach, and information dissemination activities relating to the 
programs authorized under this title.

``SEC. 634. BIENNIAL REPORT.

    ``The Secretary shall, in consultation and collaboration with the 
Secretary of State, the Secretary of Defense, and the heads of other 
relevant Federal agencies, submit a biennial report that identifies 
areas of national need in foreign language, area, and international 
studies as such studies relate to government, education, business, and 
nonprofit needs, and a plan to address those needs. The report shall be 
provided to the authorizing committees and made available to the 
public.''.

       TITLE VII--GRADUATE AND POSTSECONDARY IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMS

SEC. 701. PURPOSE.

    Section 700(1)(B)(i) (20 U.S.C. 1133(1)(B)(i)) is amended by 
inserting ``, including those areas critical to United States national 
and homeland security needs such as mathematics, science, and 
engineering'' before the semicolon at the end.

SEC. 702. ALLOCATION OF JACOB K. JAVITS FELLOWSHIPS.

    Section 702(a)(1) (20 U.S.C. 1134a(a)(1)) is amended to read as 
follows:
            ``(1) Appointment.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall appoint a 
                Jacob K. Javits Fellows Program Fellowship Board 
                (referred to in this subpart as the `Board') consisting 
                of 9 individuals representative of both public and 
                private institutions of higher education who are 
                especially qualified to serve on the Board.
                    ``(B) Qualifications.--In making appointments under 
                subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall--
                            ``(i) give due consideration to the 
                        appointment of individuals who are highly 
                        respected in the academic community;
                            ``(ii) assure that individuals appointed to 
                        the Board are broadly representative of a range 
                        of disciplines in graduate education in arts, 
                        humanities, and social sciences;
                            ``(iii) appoint members to represent the 
                        various geographic regions of the United 
                        States; and
                            ``(iv) include representatives from 
                        minority institutions, as defined in section 
                        365.''.

SEC. 703. STIPENDS.

    Section 703(a) (20 U.S.C. 1134b(a)) is amended by striking 
``graduate fellowships'' and inserting ``Graduate Research Fellowship 
Program''.

SEC. 704. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR THE JACOB K. JAVITS 
              FELLOWSHIP PROGRAM.

    Section 705 (20 U.S.C. 1134d) is amended by striking ``$30,000,000 
for fiscal year 1999'' and all that follows through the period and 
inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each 
of the 5 succeeding fiscal years to carry out this subpart.''.

SEC. 705. INSTITUTIONAL ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE GRADUATE ASSISTANCE IN 
              AREAS OF NATIONAL NEED PROGRAM.

    Section 712(b) (20 U.S.C. 1135a(b)) is amended to read as follows:
    ``(b) Designation of Areas of National Need.--After consultation 
with appropriate Federal and nonprofit agencies and organizations, 
including the National Science Foundation, the Department of Defense, 
the Department of Homeland Security, the National Academy of Sciences, 
and the Bureau of Labor Statistics, the Secretary shall designate areas 
of national need. In making such designations, the Secretary shall take 
into consideration--
            ``(1) the extent to which the interest in the area is 
        compelling;
            ``(2) the extent to which other Federal programs support 
        postbaccalaureate study in the area concerned;
            ``(3) an assessment of how the program may achieve the most 
        significant impact with available resources; and
            ``(4) an assessment of current and future professional 
        workforce needs of the United States.''.

SEC. 706. AWARDS TO GRADUATE STUDENTS.

    Section 714 (20 U.S.C. 1135c) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) by striking ``1999-2000'' and inserting ``2008-
                2009''; and
                    (B) by striking ``graduate fellowships'' and 
                inserting ``Graduate Research Fellowship Program''; and
            (2) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) by striking ``716(a)'' and inserting 
                ``715(a)''; and
                    (B) by striking ``714(b)(2)'' and inserting 
                ``713(b)(2)''.

SEC. 707. ADDITIONAL ASSISTANCE FOR COST OF EDUCATION.

    Section 715(a)(1) (20 U.S.C. 1135d(a)(1)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``1999-2000'' and inserting ``2008-2009''; 
        and
            (2) by striking ``1998-1999'' and inserting ``2007-2008''.

SEC. 708. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR THE GRADUATE ASSISTANCE 
              IN AREAS OF NATIONAL NEED PROGRAM.

    Section 716 (20 U.S.C. 1135e) is amended by striking ``$35,000,000 
for fiscal year 1999'' and all that follows through the period and 
inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each 
of the 5 succeeding fiscal years to carry out this subpart.''.

SEC. 709. LEGAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY PROGRAM.

    Section 721 (20 U.S.C. 1136) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) by inserting ``secondary school and'' after 
                ``disadvantaged''; and
                    (B) by inserting ``and admission to law practice'' 
                before the period at the end;
            (2) in the matter preceding paragraph (1) of subsection 
        (b), by inserting ``secondary school student or'' before 
        ``college student'';
            (3) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``secondary 
                school and'' before ``college students'';
                    (B) by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(2) to prepare such students for successful completion of 
        a baccalaureate degree and for study at accredited law schools, 
        and to assist them with the development of analytical skills, 
        writing skills, and study methods to enhance the students' 
        success and promote the students' admission to and completion 
        of law school;'';
                    (C) in paragraph (4), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (D) by striking paragraph (5) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(4) to motivate and prepare such students--
                    ``(A) with respect to law school studies and 
                practice in low-income communities; and
                    ``(B) to provide legal services to low-income 
                individuals and families; and;''; and
                    (E) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(6) to award Thurgood Marshall Fellowships to eligible 
        law school students--
                    ``(A) who participated in summer institutes under 
                subsection (d)(6) and who are enrolled in an accredited 
                law school; or
                    ``(B) who have successfully completed summer 
                institute programs comparable to the summer institutes 
                under subsection (d) that are certified by the Council 
                on Legal Education Opportunity.'';
            (4) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by 
                inserting ``pre-college programs, undergraduate'' 
                before ``pre-law'';
                    (B) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (B), by inserting ``law 
                        school'' before ``graduation''; and
                            (ii) by striking subparagraph (D) and 
                        inserting the following:
                    ``(D) pre-college and undergraduate preparatory 
                courses in analytical and writing skills, study 
                methods, and curriculum selection;'';
                    (C) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (6) as 
                paragraphs (3) through (7), respectively;
                    (D) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
            ``(2) summer academic programs for secondary school 
        students who have expressed interest in a career in the law;''; 
        and
                    (E) in paragraph (7) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (C)), by inserting ``and Associates'' 
                after ``Thurgood Marshall Fellows'';
            (5) in subsection (e)(1), by inserting ``, including before 
        and during undergraduate study'' before the semicolon;
            (6) in subsection (f)--
                    (A) by inserting ``national and State bar 
                associations,'' after ``agencies and organizations,''; 
                and
                    (B) by striking ``and organizations.'' and 
                inserting ``organizations, and associations.'';
            (7) by striking subsection (g) and inserting the following:
    ``(g) Fellowships and Stipends.--The Secretary shall annually 
establish the maximum fellowship to be awarded, and stipend to be paid 
(including allowances for participant travel and for the travel of the 
dependents of the participant), to Thurgood Marshall Fellows or 
Associates for the period of participation in summer institutes, 
midyear seminars, and bar preparation seminars. A Fellow or Associate 
may be eligible for such a fellowship or stipend only if the Thurgood 
Marshall Fellow or Associate maintains satisfactory academic progress 
toward the Juris Doctor or Bachelor of Laws degree, as determined by 
the respective institutions (except with respect to a law school 
graduate enrolled in a bar preparation course).''; and
            (8) in subsection (h), by striking ``$5,000,000 for fiscal 
        year 1999'' and all that follows through the period at the end 
        and inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
        2008 and for each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years''.

SEC. 710. FUND FOR THE IMPROVEMENT OF POSTSECONDARY EDUCATION.

    Section 741 (20 U.S.C. 1138) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) by striking paragraph (3) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(3) the establishment and continuation of institutions, 
        programs, consortia, collaborations, and other joint efforts 
        based on the technology of communications, including those 
        efforts that utilize distance education and technological 
        advancements to educate and train postsecondary students 
        (including health professionals serving medically underserved 
        populations);'';
                    (B) in paragraph (7), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (C) in paragraph (8), by striking the period at the 
                end and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (D) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(9) the introduction of reforms in remedial education, 
        including English language instruction, to customize remedial 
        courses to student goals and help students progress rapidly 
        from remedial courses into core courses and through program 
        completion; and
            ``(10) the creation of consortia that join diverse 
        institutions of higher education to design and offer curricular 
        and co-curricular interdisciplinary programs at the 
        undergraduate and graduate levels, sustained for not less than 
        a 5 year period, that--
                    ``(A) focus on poverty and human capability; and
                    ``(B) include--
                            ``(i) a service-learning component; and
                            ``(ii) the delivery of educational services 
                        through informational resource centers, summer 
                        institutes, midyear seminars, and other 
                        educational activities that stress the effects 
                        of poverty and how poverty can be alleviated 
                        through different career paths.''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(c) Project GRAD.--
            ``(1) Purposes.--The purposes of this subsection are--
                    ``(A) to provide support and assistance to programs 
                implementing integrated education reform services in 
                order to improve secondary school graduation, college 
                attendance, and college completion rates for at-risk 
                students; and
                    ``(B) to promote the establishment of new programs 
                to implement such integrated education reform services.
            ``(2) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                    ``(A) At-risk.--The term `at-risk' has the same 
                meaning given such term in section 1432 of the 
                Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.
                    ``(B) Feeder pattern.--The term `feeder pattern' 
                means a secondary school and the elementary schools and 
                middle schools that channel students into that 
                secondary school.
            ``(3) Grant authorized.--The Secretary is authorized to 
        award a grant to Project GRAD USA (referred to in this 
        subsection as the `grantee'), a nonprofit educational 
        organization that has as its primary purpose the improvement of 
        secondary school graduation, college attendance, and college 
        completion rates for at-risk students, to implement and sustain 
        the integrated education reform program at existing Project 
        GRAD sites, and to promote the expansion of the Project GRAD 
        program to new sites.
            ``(4) Requirements of grant agreement.--The Secretary shall 
        enter into an agreement with the grantee that requires that the 
        grantee shall--
                    ``(A) enter into subcontracts with nonprofit 
                educational organizations that serve a substantial 
                number or percentage of at-risk students (referred to 
                in this subsection as `subcontractors'), under which 
                the subcontractors agree to implement the Project GRAD 
                program and provide matching funds for such programs; 
                and
                    ``(B) directly carry out--
                            ``(i) activities to implement and sustain 
                        the literacy, mathematics, classroom 
                        management, social service, and college access 
                        components of the Project GRAD program;
                            ``(ii) activities for the purpose of 
                        implementing new Project GRAD program sites;
                            ``(iii) activities to support, evaluate, 
                        and consistently improve the Project GRAD 
                        program;
                            ``(iv) activities for the purpose of 
                        promoting greater public awareness of 
                        integrated education reform services to improve 
                        secondary school graduation, college 
                        attendance, and college completion rates for 
                        at-risk students; and
                            ``(v) other activities directly related to 
                        improving secondary school graduation, college 
                        attendance, and college completion rates for 
                        at-risk students.
            ``(5) Grantee contribution and matching requirement.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The grantee shall provide funds 
                to each subcontractor based on the number of students 
                served by the subcontractor in the Project GRAD 
                program, adjusted to take into consideration--
                            ``(i) the resources available in the area 
                        where the subcontractor will implement the 
                        Project GRAD program; and
                            ``(ii) the need for the Project GRAD 
                        program in such area to improve student 
                        outcomes, including reading and mathematics 
                        achievement and, where applicable, secondary 
                        school graduation, college attendance, and 
                        college completion rates.
                    ``(B) Matching requirement.--Each subcontractor 
                shall provide funds for the Project GRAD program in an 
                amount that is equal to or greater than the amount 
                received by the subcontractor from the grantee. Such 
                matching funds may be provided in cash or in-kind, 
                fairly evaluated.
            ``(6) Evaluation.--The Secretary shall select an 
        independent entity to evaluate, every 3 years, the performance 
        of students who participate in a Project GRAD program under 
        this subsection.
    ``(d) Center for Best Practices To Support Single Parent 
Students.--
            ``(1) Program authorized.--The Secretary is authorized to 
        award 1 grant or contract to an institution of higher education 
        to enable such institution to establish and maintain a center 
        to study and develop best practices for institutions of higher 
        education to support single parents who are also students 
        attending such institutions.
            ``(2) Institution requirements.--The Secretary shall award 
        the grant or contract under this subsection to a 4-year 
        institution of higher education that has demonstrated expertise 
        in the development of programs to assist single parents who are 
        students at institutions of higher education, as shown by the 
        institution's development of a variety of targeted services to 
        such students, including on-campus housing, child care, 
        counseling, advising, internship opportunities, financial aid, 
        and financial aid counseling and assistance.
            ``(3) Center activities.--The center funded under this 
        section shall--
                    ``(A) assist institutions implementing innovative 
                programs that support single parents pursuing higher 
                education;
                    ``(B) study and develop an evaluation protocol for 
                such programs that includes quantitative and 
                qualitative methodologies;
                    ``(C) provide appropriate technical assistance 
                regarding the replication, evaluation, and continuous 
                improvement of such programs; and
                    ``(D) develop and disseminate best practices for 
                such programs.
    ``(e) Understanding the Federal Regulatory Impact on Higher 
Education.--
            ``(1) Purpose.--The purpose of this subsection is to help 
        institutions of higher education understand the regulatory 
        impact of the Federal Government on such institutions, in order 
        to raise awareness of institutional legal obligations and 
        provide information to improve compliance with, and to reduce 
        the duplication and inefficiency of, Federal regulations.
            ``(2) Program authorized.--The Secretary is authorized to 
        award 1 grant or contract to an institution of higher education 
        to enable the institution to carry out the activities described 
        in the agreement under paragraph (4).
            ``(3) Institution requirements.--The Secretary shall award 
        the grant or contract under this subsection to an institution 
        of higher education that has demonstrated expertise in--
                    ``(A) reviewing Federal higher education 
                regulations;
                    ``(B) maintaining a clearinghouse of compliance 
                training materials; and
                    ``(C) explaining the impact of such regulations to 
                institutions of higher education through a 
                comprehensive and freely accessible website.
            ``(4) Requirements of agreement.--As a condition of 
        receiving a grant or contract under this subsection, the 
        institution of higher education shall enter into an agreement 
        with the Secretary that shall require the institution to--
                    ``(A) monitor Federal regulations, including 
                notices of proposed rulemaking, for their impact or 
                potential impact on higher education;
                    ``(B) provide a succinct description of each 
                regulation or proposed regulation that is relevant to 
                higher education; and
                    ``(C) maintain a website providing information on 
                Federal regulations that is easy to use, searchable, 
                and updated regularly.''.

SEC. 711. SPECIAL PROJECTS.

    Section 744(c) (20 U.S.C. 1138c) is amended to read as follows:
    ``(c) Areas of National Need.--Areas of national need shall 
include, at a minimum, the following:
            ``(1) Institutional restructuring to improve learning and 
        promote productivity, efficiency, quality improvement, and cost 
        and price control.
            ``(2) Improvements in academic instruction and student 
        learning, including efforts designed to assess the learning 
        gains made by postsecondary students.
            ``(3) Articulation between 2- and 4-year institutions of 
        higher education, including developing innovative methods for 
        ensuring the successful transfer of students from 2- to 4-year 
        institutions of higher education.
            ``(4) Development, evaluation and dissemination of model 
        programs, including model core curricula that--
                    ``(A) provide students with a broad and integrated 
                knowledge base;
                    ``(B) include, at a minimum, broad survey courses 
                in English literature, American and world history, 
                American political institutions, economics, philosophy, 
                college-level mathematics, and the natural sciences; 
                and
                    ``(C) include sufficient study of a foreign 
                language to lead to reading and writing competency in 
                the foreign language.
            ``(5) International cooperation and student exchanges among 
        postsecondary educational institutions.''.

SEC. 712. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR THE FUND FOR THE 
              IMPROVEMENT OF POSTSECONDARY EDUCATION.

    Section 745 (20 U.S.C. 1138d) is amended by striking ``$30,000,000 
for fiscal year 1999'' and all that follows through the period and 
inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each 
of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

SEC. 713. REPEAL OF THE URBAN COMMUNITY SERVICE PROGRAM.

    Part C of title VII (20 U.S.C. 1139 et seq.) is repealed.

SEC. 714. GRANTS FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES.

    (a) Grants Authorized for Demonstration Projects To Ensure Students 
With Disabilities Receive a Quality Higher Education.--Section 762 (20 
U.S.C. 1140a) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``to 
                        teach students with disabilities'' and 
                        inserting ``to teach and meet the academic and 
                        programmatic needs of students with 
                        disabilities in order to improve retention and 
                        completion of postsecondary education'';
                            (ii) by redesignating subparagraphs (B) and 
                        (C) as subparagraphs (C) and (F), respectively;
                            (iii) by inserting after subparagraph (A) 
                        the following:
                    ``(B) Effective transition practices.--The 
                development of innovative and effective teaching 
                methods and strategies to ensure the successful 
                transition of students with disabilities from secondary 
                school to postsecondary education.'';
                            (iv) in subparagraph (C), as redesignated 
                        by clause (ii), by striking the period at the 
                        end and inserting ``, including data on the 
                        postsecondary education of and impact on 
                        subsequent employment of students with 
                        disabilities. Such research, information, and 
                        data shall be made publicly available and 
                        accessible.'';
                            (v) by inserting after subparagraph (C), as 
                        redesignated by clause (ii), the following:
                    ``(D) Distance learning.--The development of 
                innovative and effective teaching methods and 
                strategies to provide faculty and administrators with 
                the ability to provide accessible distance education 
                programs or classes that would enhance access of 
                students with disabilities to higher education, 
                including the use of accessible curriculum and 
                electronic communication for instruction and 
                advisement.
                    ``(E) Disability career pathways.--
                            ``(i) In general.--Training and providing 
                        support to secondary and postsecondary staff 
                        with respect to disability-related fields to--
                                    ``(I) encourage interest and 
                                participation in such fields, among 
                                students with disabilities and other 
                                students;
                                    ``(II) enhance awareness and 
                                understanding of such fields among such 
                                students;
                                    ``(III) provide educational 
                                opportunities in such fields among such 
                                students;
                                    ``(IV) teach practical skills 
                                related to such fields among such 
                                students; and
                                    ``(V) offer work-based 
                                opportunities in such fields among such 
                                students.
                            ``(ii) Development.--The training and 
                        support described in clause (i) may include 
                        developing means to offer students credit-
                        bearing, college-level coursework, and career 
                        and educational counseling.'';
                            (vi) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(G) Accessibility of education.--Making 
                postsecondary education more accessible to students 
                with disabilities through curriculum development.''; 
                and
                    (B) in paragraph (3), by striking ``subparagraphs 
                (A) through (C)'' and inserting ``subparagraphs (A) 
                through (G)''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(d) Report.--Not later than 3 years after the date of enactment 
of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, the Secretary shall prepare 
and disseminate a report reviewing the activities of the demonstration 
projects authorized under this subpart and providing guidance and 
recommendations on how successful projects can be replicated.''.
    (b) Transition Programs for Students With Intellectual Disabilities 
Into Higher Education; Coordinating Center.--Part D of title VII (20 
U.S.C. 1140 et seq.) is further amended--
            (1) in the part heading, by striking ``DEMONSTRATION'';
            (2) by inserting after the part heading the following:

                ``Subpart 1--Quality Higher Education'';

        and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:

    ``Subpart 2--Transition Programs for Students With Intellectual 
        Disabilities Into Higher Education; Coordinating Center

``SEC. 771. PURPOSE.

    ``It is the purpose of this subpart to support model demonstration 
programs that promote the successful transition of students with 
intellectual disabilities into higher education.

``SEC. 772. DEFINITIONS.

    ``In this subpart:
            ``(1) Comprehensive transition and postsecondary program 
        for students with intellectual disabilities.--The term 
        `comprehensive transition and postsecondary program for 
        students with intellectual disabilities' means a degree, 
        certificate, or nondegree program offered by an institution of 
        higher education that--
                    ``(A) is designed for students with intellectual 
                disabilities who seek to continue academic, vocational, 
                or independent living instruction at the institution in 
                order to prepare for gainful employment;
                    ``(B) includes an advising and curriculum 
                structure; and
                    ``(C) requires the enrollment of the student 
                (through enrollment in credit-bearing courses, auditing 
                or participating in courses, participating in 
                internships, or enrollment in noncredit, nondegree 
                courses) in the equivalent of not less than a half-time 
                course of study, as determined by the institution.
            ``(2) Student with an intellectual disability.--The term 
        `student with an intellectual disability' means a student whose 
        mental retardation or other significant cognitive impairment 
        substantially impacts the student's intellectual and cognitive 
        functioning.

``SEC. 773. MODEL COMPREHENSIVE TRANSITION AND POSTSECONDARY PROGRAMS 
              FOR STUDENTS WITH INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES.

    ``(a) Grants Authorized.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall annually award 
        grants, on a competitive basis, to institutions of higher 
        education (or consortia of institutions of higher education), 
        to create or expand high-quality, inclusive model comprehensive 
        transition and postsecondary programs for students with 
        intellectual disabilities.
            ``(2) Number and duration of grants.--The Secretary shall 
        award not less than 10 grants per year under this section, and 
        each grant awarded under this subsection shall be for a period 
        of 5 years.
    ``(b) Application.--An institution of higher education (or a 
consortium) desiring a grant under this section shall submit an 
application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and 
containing such information as the Secretary may require.
    ``(c) Preference.--In awarding grants under this section, the 
Secretary shall give preference to institutions of higher education (or 
consortia) that--
            ``(1) will carry out a model program under the grant in a 
        State that does not already have a comprehensive transition and 
        postsecondary program for students with intellectual 
        disabilities; or
            ``(2) in the application submitted under subsection (b), 
        agree to incorporate 1 or more the following elements into the 
        model programs carried out under the grant:
                    ``(A) The formation of a partnership with any 
                relevant agency serving students with intellectual 
                disabilities, such as a vocational rehabilitation 
                agency.
                    ``(B) In the case of an institution of higher 
                education that provides institutionally-owned or 
                operated housing for students attending the 
                institution, the integration of students with 
                intellectual disabilities into such housing.
                    ``(C) The involvement of students attending the 
                institution of higher education who are studying 
                special education, general education, vocational 
                rehabilitation, assistive technology, or related fields 
                in the model program carried out under the grant.
    ``(d) Use of Funds.--An institution of higher education (or 
consortium) receiving a grant under this section shall use the grant 
funds to establish a model comprehensive transition and postsecondary 
program for students with intellectual disabilities that--
            ``(1) serves students with intellectual disabilities, 
        including students with intellectual disabilities who are no 
        longer eligible for special education and related services 
        under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act;
            ``(2) provides individual supports and services for the 
        academic and social inclusion of students with intellectual 
        disabilities in academic courses, extracurricular activities, 
        and other aspects of the institution of higher education's 
        regular postsecondary program;
            ``(3) with respect to the students with intellectual 
        disabilities participating in the model program, provides a 
        focus on--
                    ``(A) academic enrichment;
                    ``(B) socialization;
                    ``(C) independent living, including self-advocacy 
                skills; and
                    ``(D) integrated work experiences and career skills 
                that lead to gainful employment;
            ``(4) integrates person-centered planning in the 
        development of the course of study for each student with an 
        intellectual disability participating in the model program;
            ``(5) participates with the coordinating center established 
        under section 774 in the evaluation of the model program;
            ``(6) partners with 1 or more local educational agencies to 
        support students with intellectual disabilities participating 
        in the model program who are still eligible for special 
        education and related services under such Act, including 
        regarding the utilization of funds available under part B of 
        the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act for such 
        students;
            ``(7) plans for the sustainability of the model program 
        after the end of the grant period; and
            ``(8) creates and offers a meaningful credential for 
        students with intellectual disabilities upon the completion of 
        the model program.
    ``(e) Matching Requirement.--An institution of higher education 
that receives a grant under this section shall provide toward the cost 
of the model comprehensive transition and postsecondary program for 
students with intellectual disabilities carried out under the grant, 
matching funds, which may be provided in cash or in-kind, in an amount 
not less than 25 percent of the amount of such grant funds.
    ``(f) Report.--Not later than 3 years after the date of enactment 
of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007, the Secretary shall prepare 
and disseminate a report reviewing the activities of the model 
comprehensive transition and postsecondary programs for students with 
intellectual disabilities authorized under this subpart and providing 
guidance and recommendations on how successful programs can be 
replicated.
    ``(g) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary.

``SEC. 774. COORDINATING CENTER FOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE, EVALUATION, 
              AND DEVELOPMENT OF ACCREDITATION STANDARDS.

    ``(a) In General.--
            ``(1) Award.--The Secretary shall, on a competitive basis, 
        enter into a cooperative agreement with an eligible entity, for 
        the purpose of establishing a coordinating center for technical 
        assistance, evaluation, and development of accreditation 
        standards for institutions of higher education that offer 
        inclusive model comprehensive transition and postsecondary 
        programs for students with intellectual disabilities.
            ``(2) Duration.--The cooperative agreement under this 
        section shall be for a period of 5 years.
    ``(b) Requirements of Cooperative Agreement.--The eligible entity 
entering into a cooperative agreement under this section shall 
establish and maintain a center that shall--
            ``(1) serve as the technical assistance entity for all 
        model comprehensive transition and postsecondary programs for 
        students with intellectual disabilities assisted under section 
        773;
            ``(2) provide technical assistance regarding the 
        development, evaluation, and continuous improvement of such 
        programs;
            ``(3) develop an evaluation protocol for such programs that 
        includes qualitative and quantitative methodology measuring 
        student outcomes and program strengths in the areas of academic 
        enrichment, socialization, independent living, and competitive 
        or supported employment;
            ``(4) assist recipients of grants under section 773 in 
        efforts to award a meaningful credential to students with 
        intellectual disabilities upon the completion of such programs, 
        which credential takes into consideration unique State factors;
            ``(5) develop model criteria, standards, and procedures to 
        be used in accrediting such programs that--
                    ``(A) include, in the development of the model 
                criteria, standards, and procedures for such programs, 
                the participation of--
                            ``(i) an expert in higher education;
                            ``(ii) an expert in special education;
                            ``(iii) a disability organization that 
                        represents students with intellectual 
                        disabilities; and
                            ``(iv) a State, regional, or national 
                        accrediting agency or association recognized by 
                        the Secretary under subpart 2 of part H of 
                        title IV; and
                    ``(B) define the necessary components of such 
                programs, such as--
                            ``(i) academic, vocational, social, and 
                        independent living skills;
                            ``(ii) evaluation of student progress;
                            ``(iii) program administration and 
                        evaluation;
                            ``(iv) student eligibility; and
                            ``(v) issues regarding the equivalency of a 
                        student's participation in such programs to 
                        semester, trimester, quarter, credit, or clock 
                        hours at an institution of higher education, as 
                        the case may be;
            ``(6) analyze possible funding streams for such programs 
        and provide recommendations regarding the funding streams;
            ``(7) develop model memoranda of agreement between 
        institutions of higher education and agencies providing funding 
        for such programs;
            ``(8) develop mechanisms for regular communication between 
        the recipients of grants under section 773 regarding such 
        programs; and
            ``(9) host a meeting of all recipients of grants under 
        section 773 not less often than once a year.
    ``(c) Definition of Eligible Entity.--In this section, the term 
`eligible entity' means an entity, or a partnership of entities, that 
has demonstrated expertise in the fields of higher education, students 
with intellectual disabilities, the development of comprehensive 
transition and postsecondary programs for students with intellectual 
disabilities, and evaluation.
    ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be 
necessary.''.
    (c) Conforming Amendments.--Part D of title VII (20 U.S.C. 1140 et 
seq.) is further amended--
            (1) in section 761, by striking ``part'' and inserting 
        ``subpart'';
            (2) in section 762 (as amended by subsection (a)), by 
        striking ``part'' each place the term appears and inserting 
        ``subpart'';
            (3) in section 763, by striking ``part'' both places the 
        term appears and inserting ``subpart'';
            (4) in section 764, by striking ``part'' and inserting 
        ``subpart''; and
            (5) in section 765, by striking ``part'' and inserting 
        ``subpart''.

SEC. 715. APPLICATIONS FOR DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS TO ENSURE STUDENTS 
              WITH DISABILITIES RECEIVE A QUALITY HIGHER EDUCATION.

    Section 763 (as amended in section 714(c)(3)) (20 U.S.C. 1140b) is 
further amended--
            (1) by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the following:
            ``(1) a description of how such institution plans to 
        address the activities allowed under this subpart;'';
            (2) in paragraph (2), by striking ``and'' after the 
        semicolon;
            (3) in paragraph (3), by striking the period at the end and 
        inserting ``; and''; and
            (4) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) a description of the extent to which the institution 
        will work to replicate the research based and best practices of 
        institutions of higher education with demonstrated success in 
        serving students with disabilities.''.

SEC. 716. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS TO 
              ENSURE STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES RECEIVE A QUALITY 
              HIGHER EDUCATION.

    Section 765 (20 U.S.C. 1140d) is amended by striking ``$10,000,000 
for fiscal year 1999'' and all that follows through the period and 
inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each 
of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

                       TITLE VIII--MISCELLANEOUS

SEC. 801. MISCELLANEOUS.

    The Act (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end 
the following:

                      ``TITLE VIII--MISCELLANEOUS

           ``PART A--MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE SCHOLARS PROGRAM

``SEC. 811. MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE SCHOLARS PROGRAM.

    ``(a) Program Authorized.--The Secretary is authorized to award 
grants to States, on a competitive basis, to enable the States to award 
eligible students, who complete a rigorous secondary school curriculum 
in mathematics and science, scholarships for undergraduate study.
    ``(b) Eligible Students.--A student is eligible for a scholarship 
under this section if the student is a full-time undergraduate student 
in the student's first and second year of study who has completed a 
rigorous secondary school curriculum in mathematics and science.
    ``(c) Rigorous Curriculum.--Each participating State shall 
determine the requirements for a rigorous secondary school curriculum 
in mathematics and science described in subsection (b).
    ``(d) Priority for Scholarships.--The Governor of a State may set a 
priority for awarding scholarships under this section for particular 
eligible students, such as students attending schools in high-need 
areas, students who are from groups underrepresented in the fields of 
mathematics, science, and engineering, students served by local 
educational agencies that do not meet or exceed State standards in 
mathematics and science, or students with regional or geographic needs 
as determined appropriate by the Governor.
    ``(e) Amount and Duration of Scholarship.--The Secretary shall 
award a grant under this section--
            ``(1) in an amount that does not exceed $1,000; and
            ``(2) for not more than 2 years of undergraduate study.
    ``(f) Matching Requirement.--In order to receive a grant under this 
section, a State shall provide matching funds for the scholarships 
awarded under this section in an amount equal to 50 percent of the 
Federal funds received.
    ``(g) Authorization.--There are authorized to be appropriated to 
carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.

              ``PART B--POSTSECONDARY EDUCATION ASSESSMENT

``SEC. 816. POSTSECONDARY EDUCATION ASSESSMENT.

    ``(a) Contract for Assessment.--The Secretary shall enter into a 
contract, with an independent, bipartisan organization with specific 
expertise in public administration and financial management, to carry 
out an independent assessment of the cost factors associated with the 
cost of tuition at institutions of higher education.
    ``(b) Timeframe.--The Secretary shall enter into the contract 
described in subsection (a) not later than 90 days after the date of 
enactment of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007.
    ``(c) Matters Assessed.--The assessment described in subsection (a) 
shall--
            ``(1) examine the key elements driving the cost factors 
        associated with the cost of tuition at institutions of higher 
        education during the 2001-2002 academic year and succeeding 
        academic years;
            ``(2) identify and evaluate measures being used to control 
        postsecondary education costs;
            ``(3) identify and evaluate effective measures that may be 
        utilized to control postsecondary education costs in the 
        future; and
            ``(4) identify systemic approaches to monitor future 
        postsecondary education cost trends and postsecondary education 
        cost control mechanisms.

 ``PART C--JOB SKILL TRAINING IN HIGH-GROWTH OCCUPATIONS OR INDUSTRIES

``SEC. 821. JOB SKILL TRAINING IN HIGH-GROWTH OCCUPATIONS OR 
              INDUSTRIES.

    ``(a) Grants Authorized.--The Secretary is authorized to award 
grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible partnerships to enable the 
eligible partnerships to provide relevant job skill training in high-
growth industries or occupations.
    ``(b) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Eligible partnership.--The term `eligible 
        partnership' means a partnership--
                    ``(A) between an institution of higher education 
                and a local board (as such term is defined in section 
                101 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998); or
                    ``(B) if an institution of higher education is 
                located within a State that does not operate local 
                boards, between the institution of higher education and 
                a State board (as such term is defined in section 101 
                of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998).
            ``(2) Nontraditional student.--The term `nontraditional 
        student' means a student who--
                    ``(A) is independent, as defined in section 480(d);
                    ``(B) attends an institution of higher education--
                            ``(i) on less than a full-time basis;
                            ``(ii) via evening, weekend, modular, or 
                        compressed courses; or
                            ``(iii) via distance education methods; or
                    ``(C) has delayed enrollment at an institution of 
                higher education.
            ``(3) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' means an institution of 
        higher education, as defined in section 101(b), that offers a 
        1- or 2-year program of study leading to a degree or 
        certificate.
    ``(c) Application.--
            ``(1) In general.--Each eligible partnership that desires a 
        grant under this section shall submit an application to the 
        Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such 
        additional information as the Secretary may require.
            ``(2) Contents.--Each application submitted under paragraph 
        (1) shall include a description of--
                    ``(A) how the eligible partnership, through the 
                institution of higher education, will provide relevant 
                job skill training for students to enter high-growth 
                occupations or industries;
                    ``(B) local high-growth occupations or industries; 
                and
                    ``(C) the need for qualified workers to meet the 
                local demand of high-growth occupations or industries.
    ``(d) Award Basis.--In awarding grants under this section, the 
Secretary shall--
            ``(1) ensure an equitable distribution of grant funds under 
        this section among urban and rural areas of the United States; 
        and
            ``(2) take into consideration the capability of the 
        institution of higher education--
                    ``(A) to offer relevant, high quality instruction 
                and job skill training for students entering a high-
                growth occupation or industry;
                    ``(B) to involve the local business community and 
                to place graduates in the community in employment in 
                high-growth occupations or industries;
                    ``(C) to provide secondary students with dual-
                enrollment or concurrent enrollment options;
                    ``(D) to serve nontraditional or low-income 
                students, or adult or displaced workers; and
                    ``(E) to serve students from rural or remote 
                communities.
    ``(e) Use of Funds.--Grant funds provided under this section may be 
used--
            ``(1) to expand or create academic programs or programs of 
        training that provide relevant job skill training for high-
        growth occupations or industries;
            ``(2) to purchase equipment which will facilitate the 
        development of academic programs or programs of training that 
        provide training for high-growth occupations or industries;
            ``(3) to support outreach efforts that enable students to 
        attend institutions of higher education with academic programs 
        or programs of training focused on high-growth occupations or 
        industries;
            ``(4) to expand or create programs for distance, evening, 
        weekend, modular, or compressed learning opportunities that 
        provide relevant job skill training in high-growth occupations 
        or industries;
            ``(5) to build partnerships with local businesses in high-
        growth occupations or industries;
            ``(6) to support curriculum development related to 
        entrepreneurial training; and
            ``(7) for other uses that the Secretary determines to be 
        consistent with the intent of this section.
    ``(f) Requirements.--
            ``(1) Fiscal agent.--For the purpose of this section, the 
        institution of higher education in an eligible partnership 
        shall serve as the fiscal agent and grant recipient for the 
        eligible partnership.
            ``(2) Duration.--The Secretary shall award grants under 
        this section for periods that may not exceed 5 years.
            ``(3) Supplement, not supplant.--Funds made available under 
        this section shall be used to supplement and not supplant other 
        Federal, State, and local funds available to the eligible 
        partnership for carrying out the activities described in 
        subsection (e).
    ``(g) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this part such sums as may be necessary for 
fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.

   ``PART D--ADDITIONAL CAPACITY FOR R.N. STUDENTS OR GRADUATE-LEVEL 
                            NURSING STUDENTS

``SEC. 826. ADDITIONAL CAPACITY FOR R.N. STUDENTS OR GRADUATE-LEVEL 
              NURSING STUDENTS.

    ``(a) Authorization.--The Secretary shall award grants to 
institutions of higher education that offer--
            ``(1) a R.N. nursing program at the baccalaureate or 
        associate degree level to enable such program to expand the 
        faculty and facilities of such program to accommodate 
        additional R.N. nursing program students; or
            ``(2) a graduate-level nursing program to accommodate 
        advanced practice degrees for R.N.s or to accommodate students 
        enrolled in a graduate-level nursing program to provide 
        teachers of nursing students.
    ``(b) Determination of Number of Students and Application.--Each 
institution of higher education that offers a program described in 
subsection (a) that desires to receive a grant under this section 
shall--
            ``(1) determine for the 4 academic years preceding the 
        academic year for which the determination is made the average 
        number of matriculated nursing program students at such 
        institution for such academic years; and
            ``(2) submit an application to the Secretary at such time, 
        in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the 
        Secretary may require, including the average number determined 
        under paragraph (1).
    ``(c) Grant Amount; Award Basis.--
            ``(1) Grant amount.--For each academic year after academic 
        year 2006-2007, the Secretary shall provide to each institution 
        of higher education awarded a grant under this section an 
        amount that is equal to $3,000 multiplied by the number of 
        matriculated nursing program students at such institution for 
        such academic year that is more than the average number 
        determined with respect to such institution under subsection 
        (b)(1). Such amount shall be used for the purposes described in 
        subsection (a).
            ``(2) Distribution of grants among different degree 
        programs.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Subject to subparagraph (B), 
                from the funds available to award grants under this 
                section for each fiscal year, the Secretary shall--
                            ``(i) use 20 percent of such funds to award 
                        grants under this section to institutions of 
                        higher education for the purpose of 
                        accommodating advanced practice degrees or 
                        students in graduate-level nursing programs;
                            ``(ii) use 40 percent of such funds to 
                        award grants under this section to institutions 
                        of higher education for the purpose of 
                        expanding R.N. nursing programs at the 
                        baccalaureate degree level; and
                            ``(iii) use 40 percent of such funds to 
                        award grants under this section to institutions 
                        of higher education for the purpose of 
                        expanding R.N. nursing programs at the 
                        associate degree level.
                    ``(B) Distribution of excess funds.--If, for a 
                fiscal year, funds described in clause (i), (ii), or 
                (iii) of subparagraph (A) remain after the Secretary 
                awards grants under this section to all applicants for 
                the particular category of nursing programs described 
                in such clause, the Secretary shall use equal amounts 
                of the remaining funds to award grants under this 
                section to applicants for the remaining categories of 
                nursing programs.
                    ``(C) Equitable distribution.--In awarding grants 
                under this section, the Secretary shall, to the extent 
                practicable, ensure--
                            ``(i) an equitable geographic distribution 
                        of the grants among the States; and
                            ``(ii) an equitable distribution of the 
                        grants among different types of institutions of 
                        higher education.
    ``(d) Prohibition.--
            ``(1) In general.--Funds provided under this section may 
        not be used for the construction of new facilities.
            ``(2) Rule of construction.--Nothing in paragraph (1) shall 
        be construed to prohibit funds provided under this section from 
        being used for the repair or renovation of facilities.
    ``(e) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary.

                 ``PART E--AMERICAN HISTORY FOR FREEDOM

``SEC. 831. AMERICAN HISTORY FOR FREEDOM.

    ``(a) Grants Authorized.--The Secretary is authorized to award 3-
year grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible institutions to 
establish or strengthen postsecondary academic programs or centers that 
promote and impart knowledge of--
            ``(1) traditional American history;
            ``(2) the history and nature of, and threats to, free 
        institutions; or
            ``(3) the history and achievements of Western civilization.
    ``(b) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible 
        institution' means an institution of higher education as 
        defined in section 101.
            ``(2) Free institution.--The term `free institution' means 
        an institution that emerged out of Western civilization, such 
        as democracy, constitutional government, individual rights, 
        market economics, religious freedom and religious tolerance, 
        and freedom of thought and inquiry.
            ``(3) Traditional american history.--The term `traditional 
        American history' means--
                    ``(A) the significant constitutional, political, 
                intellectual, economic, and foreign policy trends and 
                issues that have shaped the course of American history; 
                and
                    ``(B) the key episodes, turning points, and leading 
                figures involved in the constitutional, political, 
                intellectual, diplomatic, and economic history of the 
                United States.
    ``(c) Application.--
            ``(1) In general.--Each eligible institution that desires a 
        grant under this part shall submit an application to the 
        Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such 
        additional information as the Secretary may require.
            ``(2) Contents.--Each application submitted under 
        subsection (a) shall include a description of --
                    ``(A) how funds made available under this part will 
                be used for the activities set forth under subsection 
                (e), including how such activities will increase 
                knowledge with respect to traditional American history, 
                free institutions, or Western civilization;
                    ``(B) how the eligible institution will ensure that 
                information about the activities funded under this part 
                is widely disseminated pursuant to subsection 
                (e)(1)(B);
                    ``(C) any activities to be undertaken pursuant to 
                subsection (e)(2)(A), including identification of 
                entities intended to participate;
                    ``(D) how funds made available under this part 
                shall be used to supplement and not supplant non-
                Federal funds available for the activities described in 
                subsection (e); and
                    ``(E) such fiscal controls and accounting 
                procedures as may be necessary to ensure proper 
                disbursement of and accounting for funding made 
                available to the eligible institution under this part.
    ``(d) Award Basis.--In awarding grants under this part, the 
Secretary shall take into consideration the capability of the eligible 
institution to--
            ``(1) increase access to quality programming that expands 
        knowledge of traditional American history, free institutions, 
        or Western civilization;
            ``(2) involve personnel with strong expertise in 
        traditional American history, free institutions, or Western 
        civilization; and
            ``(3) sustain the activities funded under this part after 
        the grant has expired.
    ``(e) Use of Funds.--
            ``(1) Required use of funds.--Funds provided under this 
        part shall be used to--
                    ``(A) establish or strengthen academic programs or 
                centers focused on traditional American history, free 
                institutions, or Western civilization, which may 
                include--
                            ``(i) design and implementation of programs 
                        of study, courses, lecture series, seminars, 
                        and symposia;
                            ``(ii) development, publication, and 
                        dissemination of instructional materials;
                            ``(iii) research;
                            ``(iv) support for faculty teaching in 
                        undergraduate and, if applicable, graduate 
                        programs;
                            ``(v) support for graduate and postgraduate 
                        fellowships, if applicable; or
                            ``(vi) teacher preparation initiatives that 
                        stress content mastery regarding traditional 
                        American history, free institutions, or Western 
                        civilization; and
                    ``(B) conduct outreach activities to ensure that 
                information about the activities funded under this part 
                is widely disseminated--
                            ``(i) to undergraduate students (including 
                        students enrolled in teacher education 
                        programs, if applicable);
                            ``(ii) to graduate students (including 
                        students enrolled in teacher education 
                        programs), if applicable;
                            ``(iii) to faculty;
                            ``(iv) to local educational agencies; and
                            ``(v) within the local community.
            ``(2) Allowable uses of funds.--Funds provided under this 
        part may be used to support--
                    ``(A) collaboration with entities such as--
                            ``(i) local educational agencies, for the 
                        purpose of providing elementary, middle and 
                        secondary school teachers an opportunity to 
                        enhance their knowledge of traditional American 
                        history, free institutions, or Western 
                        civilization; and
                            ``(ii) nonprofit organizations whose 
                        mission is consistent with the purpose of this 
                        part, such as academic organizations, museums, 
                        and libraries, for assistance in carrying out 
                        activities described under subsection (a); and
                    ``(B) other activities that meet the purposes of 
                this part.
    ``(f) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of carrying 
out this part, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may 
be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal 
years.

                      ``PART F--TEACH FOR AMERICA

``SEC. 836. TEACH FOR AMERICA.

    ``(a) Definitions.--
            ``(1) In general.--The terms `highly qualified', `local 
        educational agency', and `Secretary' have the meanings given 
        the terms in section 9101 of the Elementary and Secondary 
        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801).
            ``(2) Grantee.--The term `grantee' means Teach For America, 
        Inc.
            ``(3) High need.--The term `high need', when used with 
        respect to a local educational agency, means a local 
        educational agency experiencing a shortage of highly qualified 
        teachers.
    ``(b) Grants Authorized.--The Secretary is authorized to award a 
grant to Teach For America, Inc., the national teacher corps of 
outstanding recent college graduates who commit to teach for 2 years in 
underserved communities in the United States, to implement and expand 
its program of recruiting, selecting, training, and supporting new 
teachers.
    ``(c) Requirements.--In carrying out the grant program under 
subsection (b), the Secretary shall enter into an agreement with the 
grantee under which the grantee agrees to use the grant funds provided 
under this section--
            ``(1) to provide highly qualified teachers to high need 
        local educational agencies in urban and rural communities;
            ``(2) to pay the cost of recruiting, selecting, training, 
        and supporting new teachers; and
            ``(3) to serve a substantial number and percentage of 
        underserved students.
    ``(d) Authorized Activities.--
            ``(1) In general.--Grant funds provided under this section 
        shall be used by the grantee to carry out each of the following 
        activities:
                    ``(A) Recruiting and selecting teachers through a 
                highly selective national process.
                    ``(B) Providing preservice training to the teachers 
                through a rigorous summer institute that includes 
                hands-on teaching experience and significant exposure 
                to education coursework and theory.
                    ``(C) Placing the teachers in schools and positions 
                designated by partner local educational agencies as 
                high need placements serving underserved students.
                    ``(D) Providing ongoing professional development 
                activities for the teachers' first 2 years in the 
                classroom, including regular classroom observations and 
                feedback, and ongoing training and support.
            ``(2) Limitation.--The grantee shall use all grant funds 
        received under this section to support activities related 
        directly to the recruitment, selection, training, and support 
        of teachers as described in subsection (a).
    ``(e) Reports and Evaluations.--
            ``(1) Annual report.--The grantee shall provide to the 
        Secretary an annual report that includes--
                    ``(A) data on the number and quality of the 
                teachers provided to local educational agencies through 
                a grant under this section;
                    ``(B) an externally conducted analysis of the 
                satisfaction of local educational agencies and 
                principals with the teachers so provided; and
                    ``(C) comprehensive data on the background of the 
                teachers chosen, the training the teachers received, 
                the placement sites of the teachers, the professional 
                development of the teachers, and the retention of the 
                teachers.
            ``(2) Study.--
                    ``(A) In general.--From funds appropriated under 
                subsection (f), the Secretary shall provide for a study 
                that examines the achievement levels of the students 
                taught by the teachers assisted under this section.
                    ``(B) Achievement gains compared.--The study shall 
                compare, within the same schools, the achievement gains 
                made by students taught by teachers who are assisted 
                under this section with the achievement gains made by 
                students taught by teachers who are not assisted under 
                this section.
            ``(3) Requirements.--The Secretary shall provide for such a 
        study not less than once every 3 years, and each such study 
        shall include multiple placement sites and multiple schools 
        within placement sites.
            ``(4) Peer review standards.--Each such study shall meet 
        the peer review standards of the education research community.
    ``(f) Authorization of Appropriations.--
            ``(1) In general.--There are authorized to be appropriated 
        to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for 
        fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
            ``(2) Limitation.--The grantee shall not use more than 25 
        percent of Federal funds from any source for administrative 
        costs.

               ``PART G--PATSY T. MINK FELLOWSHIP PROGRAM

``SEC. 841. PATSY T. MINK FELLOWSHIP PROGRAM.

    ``(a) Purpose.--
            ``(1) In general.--It is the purpose of this section to 
        provide, through eligible institutions, a program of fellowship 
        awards to assist highly qualified minorities and women to 
        acquire the doctoral degree, or highest possible degree 
        available, in academic areas in which such individuals are 
        underrepresented for the purpose of enabling such individuals 
        to enter the higher education professoriate.
            ``(2) Designation.--Each recipient of a fellowship award 
        from an eligible institution receiving a grant under this 
        section shall be known as a `Patsy T. Mink Graduate Fellow'.
    ``(b) Definitions.--In this section, the term `eligible 
institution' means an institution of higher education, or a consortium 
of such institutions, that offers a program of postbaccalaureate study 
leading to a graduate degree.
    ``(c) Program Authorized.--
            ``(1) Grants by secretary.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall award grants 
                to eligible institutions to enable such institutions to 
                make fellowship awards to individuals in accordance 
                with the provisions of this section.
                    ``(B) Priority consideration.--In awarding grants 
                under this section, the Secretary shall consider the 
                eligible institution's prior experience in producing 
                doctoral degree, or highest possible degree available, 
                holders who are minorities and women, and shall give 
                priority consideration in making grants under this 
                section to those eligible institutions with a 
                demonstrated record of producing minorities and women 
                who have earned such degrees.
            ``(2) Applications.--
                    ``(A) In general.--An eligible institution that 
                desires a grant under this section shall submit an 
                application to the Secretary at such time, in such 
                manner, and containing such information as the 
                Secretary may require.
                    ``(B) Applications made on behalf.--
                            ``(i) In general.--The following entities 
                        may submit an application on behalf of an 
                        eligible institution:
                                    ``(I) A graduate school or 
                                department of such institution.
                                    ``(II) A graduate school or 
                                department of such institution in 
                                collaboration with an undergraduate 
                                college or university of such 
                                institution.
                                    ``(III) An organizational unit 
                                within such institution that offers a 
                                program of postbaccalaureate study 
                                leading to a graduate degree, including 
                                an interdisciplinary or an 
                                interdepartmental program.
                                    ``(IV) A nonprofit organization 
                                with a demonstrated record of helping 
                                minorities and women earn 
                                postbaccalaureate degrees.
                            ``(ii) Nonprofit organizations.--Nothing in 
                        this paragraph shall be construed to permit the 
                        Secretary to award a grant under this section 
                        to an entity other than an eligible 
                        institution.
            ``(3) Selection of applications.--In awarding grants under 
        subsection (a), the Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) take into account--
                            ``(i) the number and distribution of 
                        minority and female faculty nationally;
                            ``(ii) the current and projected need for 
                        highly trained individuals in all areas of the 
                        higher education professoriate; and
                            ``(iii) the present and projected need for 
                        highly trained individuals in academic career 
                        fields in which minorities and women are 
                        underrepresented in the higher education 
                        professoriate; and
                    ``(B) consider the need to prepare a large number 
                of minorities and women generally in academic career 
                fields of high national priority, especially in areas 
                in which such individuals are traditionally 
                underrepresented in college and university faculty.
            ``(4) Distribution and amounts of grants.--
                    ``(A) Equitable distribution.--In awarding grants 
                under this section, the Secretary shall, to the maximum 
                extent feasible, ensure an equitable geographic 
                distribution of awards and an equitable distribution 
                among public and independent eligible institutions that 
                apply for grants under this section and that 
                demonstrate an ability to achieve the purpose of this 
                section.
                    ``(B) Special rule.--To the maximum extent 
                practicable, the Secretary shall use not less than 30 
                percent of the amount appropriated pursuant to 
                subsection (f) to award grants to eligible institutions 
                that--
                            ``(i) are eligible for assistance under 
                        title III or title V; or
                            ``(ii) have formed a consortium that 
                        includes both non-minority serving institutions 
                        and minority serving institutions.
                    ``(C) Allocation.--In awarding grants under this 
                section, the Secretary shall allocate appropriate funds 
                to those eligible institutions whose applications 
                indicate an ability to significantly increase the 
                numbers of minorities and women entering the higher 
                education professoriate and that commit institutional 
                resources to the attainment of the purpose of this 
                section.
                    ``(D) Number of fellowship awards.--An eligible 
                institution that receives a grant under this section 
                shall make not less than 15 fellowship awards.
                    ``(E) Reallotment.--If the Secretary determines 
                that an eligible institution awarded a grant under this 
                section is unable to use all of the grant funds awarded 
                to the institution, the Secretary shall reallot, on 
                such date during each fiscal year as the Secretary may 
                fix, the unused funds to other eligible institutions 
                that demonstrate that such institutions can use any 
                reallocated grant funds to make fellowship awards to 
                individuals under this section.
            ``(5) Institutional allowance.--
                    ``(A) In general.--
                            ``(i) Number of allowances.--In awarding 
                        grants under this section, the Secretary shall 
                        pay to each eligible institution awarded a 
                        grant, for each individual awarded a fellowship 
                        by such institution under this section, an 
                        institutional allowance.
                            ``(ii) Amount.--Except as provided in 
                        paragraph (3), an institutional allowance shall 
                        be in an amount equal to, for academic year 
                        2007-2008 and succeeding academic years, the 
                        amount of institutional allowance made to an 
                        institution of higher education under section 
                        715 for such academic year.
                    ``(B) Use of funds.--Institutional allowances may 
                be expended in the discretion of the eligible 
                institution and may be used to provide, except as 
                prohibited under paragraph (4), academic support and 
                career transition services for individuals awarded 
                fellowships by such institution.
                    ``(C) Reduction.--The institutional allowance paid 
                under paragraph (1) shall be reduced by the amount the 
                eligible institution charges and collects from a 
                fellowship recipient for tuition and other expenses as 
                part of the recipient's instructional program.
                    ``(D) Use for overhead prohibited.--Funds made 
                available under this section may not be used for 
                general operational overhead of the academic department 
                or institution receiving funds under this section.
    ``(d) Fellowship Recipients.--
            ``(1) Authorization.--An eligible institution that receives 
        a grant under this section shall use the grant funds to make 
        fellowship awards to minorities and women who are enrolled at 
        such institution in a doctoral degree, or highest possible 
        degree available, program and--
                    ``(A) intend to pursue a career in instruction at--
                            ``(i) an institution of higher education 
                        (as the term is defined in section 101);
                            ``(ii) an institution of higher education 
                        (as the term is defined in section 102(a)(1));
                            ``(iii) an institution of higher education 
                        outside the United States (as the term is 
                        described in section 102(a)(2)); or
                            ``(iv) a proprietary institution of higher 
                        education (as the term is defined in section 
                        102(b)); and
                    ``(B) sign an agreement with the Secretary 
                agreeing--
                            ``(i) to begin employment at an institution 
                        described in paragraph (1) not later than 3 
                        years after receiving the doctoral degree or 
                        highest possible degree available, which 3-year 
                        period may be extended by the Secretary for 
                        extraordinary circumstances; and
                            ``(ii) to be employed by such institution 
                        for 1 year for each year of fellowship 
                        assistance received under this section.
            ``(2) Failure to comply.--If an individual who receives a 
        fellowship award under this section fails to comply with the 
        agreement signed pursuant to subsection (a)(2), then the 
        Secretary shall do 1 or both of the following:
                    ``(A) Require the individual to repay all or the 
                applicable portion of the total fellowship amount 
                awarded to the individual by converting the balance due 
                to a loan at the interest rate applicable to loans made 
                under part B of title IV.
                    ``(B) Impose a fine or penalty in an amount to be 
                determined by the Secretary.
            ``(3) Waiver and modification.--
                    ``(A) Regulations.--The Secretary shall promulgate 
                regulations setting forth criteria to be considered in 
                granting a waiver for the service requirement under 
                subsection (a)(2).
                    ``(B) Content.--The criteria under paragraph (1) 
                shall include whether compliance with the service 
                requirement by the fellowship recipient would be--
                            ``(i) inequitable and represent an 
                        extraordinary hardship; or
                            ``(ii) deemed impossible because the 
                        individual is permanently and totally disabled 
                        at the time of the waiver request.
            ``(4) Amount of fellowship awards.--Fellowship awards under 
        this section shall consist of a stipend in an amount equal to 
        the level of support provided to the National Science 
        Foundation graduate fellows, except that such stipend shall be 
        adjusted as necessary so as not to exceed the fellow's tuition 
        and fees or demonstrated need (as determined by the institution 
        of higher education where the graduate student is enrolled), 
        whichever is greater.
            ``(5) Academic progress required.--An individual student 
        shall not be eligible to receive a fellowship award--
                    ``(A) except during periods in which such student 
                is enrolled, and such student is maintaining 
                satisfactory academic progress in, and devoting 
                essentially full time to, study or research in the 
                pursuit of the degree for which the fellowship support 
                was awarded; and
                    ``(B) if the student is engaged in gainful 
                employment, other than part-time employment in 
                teaching, research, or similar activity determined by 
                the eligible institution to be consistent with and 
                supportive of the student's progress toward the 
                appropriate degree.
    ``(e) Rule of Construction.--Nothing in this section shall be 
construed to require an eligible institution that receives a grant 
under this section--
            ``(1) to grant a preference or to differentially treat any 
        applicant for a faculty position as a result of the 
        institution's participation in the program under this section; 
        or
            ``(2) to hire a Patsy T. Mink Fellow who completes this 
        program and seeks employment at such institution.
    ``(f) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary 
for fiscal year 2008 for each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.

      ``PART H--IMPROVING COLLEGE ENROLLMENT BY SECONDARY SCHOOLS

``SEC. 846. IMPROVING COLLEGE ENROLLMENT BY SECONDARY SCHOOLS.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall contract with 1 nonprofit 
organization described in subsection (b) to enable the nonprofit 
organization--
            ``(1) to make publicly available the year-to-year higher 
        education enrollment rate trends of secondary school students, 
        disaggregated by secondary school, in full compliance with the 
        Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974;
            ``(2) to identify not less than 50 urban local educational 
        agencies and 5 States with significant rural populations, each 
        serving a significant population of low-income students, and to 
        carry out a comprehensive needs assessment in the agencies and 
        States of the factors known to contribute to improved higher 
        education enrollment rates, which factors shall include--
                    ``(A) an evaluation of the local educational 
                agency's and State's leadership strategies;
                    ``(B) the secondary school curriculum and class 
                offerings of the local educational agency and State;
                    ``(C) the professional development used by the 
                local educational agency and the State to assist 
                teachers, higher education counselors, and 
                administrators in supporting the transition of 
                secondary students into higher education;
                    ``(D) secondary school student attendance and other 
                factors demonstrated to be associated with enrollment 
                into higher education;
                    ``(E) the data systems used by the local 
                educational agency and the State to measure college 
                enrollment rates and the incentives in place to 
                motivate the efforts of faculty and students to improve 
                student and school-wide outcomes; and
                    ``(F) strategies to mobilize student leaders to 
                build a college-bound culture; and
            ``(3) to provide comprehensive services to improve the 
        school-wide higher education enrollment rates of each of not 
        less than 10 local educational agencies and States, with the 
        federally funded portion of each project declining by not less 
        than 20 percent each year beginning in the second year of the 
        comprehensive services, that--
                    ``(A) participated in the needs assessment 
                described in paragraph (2); and
                    ``(B) demonstrated a willingness and commitment to 
                improving the higher education enrollment rates of the 
                local educational agency or State, respectively.
    ``(b) Grant Recipient Criteria.--The recipient of the grant awarded 
under subsection (a) shall be a nonprofit organization with 
demonstrated expertise--
            ``(1) in increasing school-wide higher education enrollment 
        rates in low-income communities nationwide by providing 
        curriculum, training, and technical assistance to secondary 
        school staff and student peer influencers; and
            ``(2) in a college transition data management system.
    ``(c) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section such sums as are necessary for 
fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.

               ``PART I--PREDOMINANTLY BLACK INSTITUTIONS

``SEC. 850. PREDOMINANTLY BLACK INSTITUTIONS.

    ``(a) Purpose.--It is the purpose of this section to assist 
Predominantly Black Institutions in expanding educational opportunity 
through a program of Federal assistance.
    ``(b) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Educational and general expenditures.--The term 
        `educational and general expenditures' has the meaning given 
        the term in section 312.
            ``(2) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible 
        institution' means an institution of higher education that--
                    ``(A) has an enrollment of needy undergraduate 
                students;
                    ``(B) has an average educational and general 
                expenditure which is low, per full-time equivalent 
                undergraduate student in comparison with the average 
                educational and general expenditure per full-time 
                equivalent undergraduate student of institutions that 
                offer similar instruction, except that the Secretary 
                may apply the waiver requirements described in section 
                392(b) to this subparagraph in the same manner as the 
                Secretary applies the waiver requirements to section 
                312(b)(1)(B);
                    ``(C) has an enrollment of undergraduate students 
                that is not less than 40 percent Black American 
                students;
                    ``(D) is legally authorized to provide, and 
                provides within the State, an educational program for 
                which the institution of higher education awards a 
                baccalaureate degree, or in the case of a junior or 
                community college, an associate's degree; and
                    ``(E) is accredited by a nationally recognized 
                accrediting agency or association determined by the 
                Secretary to be a reliable authority as to the quality 
                of training offered, or is, according to such an agency 
                or association, making reasonable progress toward 
                accreditation.
            ``(3) Endowment fund.--The term `endowment fund' has the 
        meaning given the term in section 312.
            ``(4) Enrollment of needy students.--The term `enrollment 
        of needy students' means the enrollment at an eligible 
        institution with respect to which not less than 50 percent of 
        the undergraduate students enrolled in an academic program 
        leading to a degree--
                    ``(A) in the second fiscal year preceding the 
                fiscal year for which the determination is made, were 
                Federal Pell Grant recipients for such year;
                    ``(B) come from families that receive benefits 
                under a means-tested Federal benefit program;
                    ``(C) attended a public or nonprofit private 
                secondary school--
                            ``(i) that is in the school district of a 
                        local educational agency that was eligible for 
                        assistance under part A of title I of the 
                        Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 
                        for any year during which the student attended 
                        such secondary school; and
                            ``(ii) which for the purpose of this 
                        paragraph and for that year was determined by 
                        the Secretary (pursuant to regulations and 
                        after consultation with the State educational 
                        agency of the State in which the school is 
                        located) to be a school in which the enrollment 
                        of children counted under section 1113(a)(5) of 
                        such Act exceeds 30 percent of the total 
                        enrollment of such school; or
                    ``(D) are first-generation college students and a 
                majority of such first-generation college students are 
                low-income individuals.
            ``(5) First generation college student.--The term `first 
        generation college student' has the meaning given the term in 
        section 402A(g).
            ``(6) Low-income individual.--The term `low-income 
        individual' has the meaning given such term in section 402A(g).
            ``(7) Means-tested federal benefit program.--The term 
        `means-tested Federal benefit program' means a program of the 
        Federal Government, other than a program under title IV, in 
        which eligibility for the program's benefits, or the amount of 
        such benefits, are determined on the basis of income or 
        resources of the individual or family seeking the benefit.
            ``(8) Predominantly black institution.--The term 
        `Predominantly Black Institution' means an institution of 
        higher education, as defined in section 101(a)--
                    ``(A) that is an eligible institution with not less 
                than 1,000 undergraduate students;
                    ``(B) at which not less than 50 percent of the 
                undergraduate students enrolled at the eligible 
                institution are low-income individuals or first 
                generation college students; and
                    ``(C) at which not less than 50 percent of the 
                undergraduate students are enrolled in an educational 
                program leading to a bachelor's or associate's degree 
                that the eligible institution is licensed to award by 
                the State in which the eligible institution is located.
            ``(9) State.--The term `State' means each of the 50 States 
        and the District of Columbia.
    ``(c) Grant Authority.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary is authorized to award 
        grants, from allotments under subsection (e), to Predominantly 
        Black Institutions to enable the Predominantly Black 
        Institutions to carry out the authorized activities described 
        in subsection (d).
            ``(2) Priority.--In awarding grants under this section the 
        Secretary shall give priority to Predominantly Black 
        Institutions with large numbers or percentages of students 
        described in subsections (b)(2)(A) or (b)(2)(C). The level of 
        priority given to Predominantly Black Institutions with large 
        numbers or percentages of students described in subsection 
        (b)(2)(A) shall be twice the level of priority given to 
        Predominantly Black Institutions with large numbers or 
        percentages of students described in subsection (b)(2)(C).
    ``(d) Authorized Activities.--
            ``(1) Required activities.--Grant funds provided under this 
        section shall be used--
                    ``(A) to assist the Predominantly Black Institution 
                to plan, develop, undertake, and implement programs to 
                enhance the institution's capacity to serve more low- 
                and middle-income Black American students;
                    ``(B) to expand higher education opportunities for 
                students eligible to participate in programs under 
                title IV by encouraging college preparation and student 
                persistence in secondary school and postsecondary 
                education; and
                    ``(C) to strengthen the financial ability of the 
                Predominantly Black Institution to serve the academic 
                needs of the students described in subparagraphs (A) 
                and (B).
            ``(2) Additional activities.--Grant funds provided under 
        this section shall be used for 1 or more of the following 
        activities:
                    ``(A) The activities described in paragraphs (1) 
                through (11) of section 311(c).
                    ``(B) Academic instruction in disciplines in which 
                Black Americans are underrepresented.
                    ``(C) Establishing or enhancing a program of 
                teacher education designed to qualify students to teach 
                in a public elementary school or secondary school in 
                the State that shall include, as part of such program, 
                preparation for teacher certification or licensure.
                    ``(D) Establishing community outreach programs that 
                will encourage elementary school and secondary school 
                students to develop the academic skills and the 
                interest to pursue postsecondary education.
                    ``(E) Other activities proposed in the application 
                submitted pursuant to subsection (f) that--
                            ``(i) contribute to carrying out the 
                        purpose of this section; and
                            ``(ii) are approved by the Secretary as 
                        part of the review and approval of an 
                        application submitted under subsection (f).
            ``(3) Endowment fund.--
                    ``(A) In general.--A Predominantly Black 
                Institution may use not more than 20 percent of the 
                grant funds provided under this section to establish or 
                increase an endowment fund at the institution.
                    ``(B) Matching requirement.--In order to be 
                eligible to use grant funds in accordance with 
                subparagraph (A), a Predominantly Black Institution 
                shall provide matching funds from non-Federal sources, 
                in an amount equal to or greater than the Federal funds 
                used in accordance with subparagraph (A), for the 
                establishment or increase of the endowment fund.
                    ``(C) Comparability.--The provisions of part C of 
                title III, regarding the establishment or increase of 
                an endowment fund, that the Secretary determines are 
                not inconsistent with this subsection, shall apply to 
                funds used under subparagraph (A).
            ``(4) Limitation.--Not more than 50 percent of the grant 
        funds provided to a Predominantly Black Institution under this 
        section may be available for the purpose of constructing or 
        maintaining a classroom, library, laboratory, or other 
        instructional facility.
    ``(e) Allotments to Predominantly Black Institutions.--
            ``(1) Federal pell grant basis.--From the amounts 
        appropriated to carry out this section for any fiscal year, the 
        Secretary shall allot to each Predominantly Black Institution 
        having an application approved under subsection (f) a sum that 
        bears the same ratio to one-half of that amount as the number 
        of Federal Pell Grant recipients in attendance at such 
        institution at the end of the academic year preceding the 
        beginning of that fiscal year, bears to the total number of 
        Federal Pell Grant recipients at all such institutions at the 
        end of such academic year.
            ``(2) Graduates basis.--From the amounts appropriated to 
        carry out this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall 
        allot to each Predominantly Black Institution having an 
        application approved under subsection (f) a sum that bears the 
        same ratio to one-fourth of that amount as the number of 
        graduates for such academic year at such institution, bears to 
        the total number of graduates for such academic year at all 
        such institutions.
            ``(3) Graduates seeking a higher degree basis.--From the 
        amounts appropriated to carry out this section for any fiscal 
        year, the Secretary shall allot to each Predominantly Black 
        Institution having an application approved under subsection (f) 
        a sum that bears the same ratio to one-fourth of that amount as 
        the percentage of graduates from such institution who are 
        admitted to and in attendance at, not later than 2 years after 
        graduation with an associate's degree or a baccalaureate 
        degree, a baccalaureate degree-granting institution or a 
        graduate or professional school in a degree program in 
        disciplines in which Black American students are 
        underrepresented, bears to the percentage of such graduates for 
        all such institutions.
            ``(4) Minimum allotment.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Notwithstanding paragraphs (1), 
                (2), and (3), the amount allotted to each Predominantly 
                Black Institution under this section shall not be less 
                than $250,000.
                    ``(B) Insufficient amount.--If the amount 
                appropriated pursuant to subsection (i) for a fiscal 
                year is not sufficient to pay the minimum allotment 
                provided under subparagraph (A) for the fiscal year, 
                then the amount of such minimum allotment shall be 
                ratably reduced. If additional sums become available 
                for such fiscal year, such reduced allotment shall be 
                increased on the same basis as the allotment was 
                reduced until the amount allotted equals the minimum 
                allotment required under subparagraph (A).
            ``(5) Reallotment.--The amount of a Predominantly Black 
        Institution's allotment under paragraph (1), (2), (3), or (4) 
        for any fiscal year that the Secretary determines will not be 
        required for such institution for the period such allotment is 
        available, shall be available for reallotment to other 
        Predominantly Black Institutions in proportion to the original 
        allotment to such other institutions under this section for 
        such fiscal year. The Secretary shall reallot such amounts from 
        time to time, on such date and during such period as the 
        Secretary determines appropriate.
    ``(f) Applications.--Each Predominantly Black Institution desiring 
a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary 
at such time, in such manner, and containing or accompanied by such 
information as the Secretary may reasonably require.
    ``(g) Prohibition.--No Predominantly Black Institution that applies 
for and receives a grant under this section may apply for or receive 
funds under any other program under part A or part B of title III.
    ``(h) Duration and Carryover.--Any grant funds paid to a 
Predominantly Black Institution under this section that are not 
expended or used for the purposes for which the funds were paid within 
10 years following the date on which the grant was awarded, shall be 
repaid to the Treasury.
    ``(i) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary 
for fiscal year 2008 and each of 5 succeeding fiscal years.

``PART J--EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND CAREER 
                               TASK FORCE

``SEC. 851. SHORT TITLE.

    ``This part may be cited as the `Early Childhood Education 
Professional Development and Career Task Force Act'.

``SEC. 852. PURPOSE.

    ``It is the purpose of this part--
            ``(1) to improve the quality of the early childhood 
        education workforce by creating a statewide early childhood 
        education professional development and career task force for 
        early childhood education program staff, directors, and 
        administrators; and
            ``(2) to create--
                    ``(A) a coherent system of core competencies, 
                pathways to qualifications, credentials, degrees, 
                quality assurances, access, and outreach, for early 
                childhood education program staff, directors, and 
                administrators, that is linked to compensation 
                commensurate with experience and qualifications;
                    ``(B) articulation agreements that enable early 
                childhood education professionals to transition easily 
                among degrees; and
                    ``(C) compensation initiatives for individuals 
                working in an early childhood education program that 
                reflect the individuals' credentials, degrees, and 
                experience.

``SEC. 853. DEFINITION OF EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION PROGRAM.

    ``In this part, the term `early childhood education program' 
means--
            ``(1) a family child care program, center-based child care 
        program, State prekindergarten program, or school-based 
        program, that--
                    ``(A) provides early childhood education;
                    ``(B) uses developmentally appropriate practices;
                    ``(C) is licensed or regulated by the State; and
                    ``(D) serves children from birth through age 5;
            ``(2) a Head Start Program carried out under the Head Start 
        Act; or
            ``(3) an Early Head Start Program carried out under section 
        645A of the Head Start Act.

``SEC. 854. GRANTS AUTHORIZED.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary is authorized to award grants to 
States in accordance with the provisions of this part to enable such 
States--
            ``(1) to establish a State Task Force described in section 
        855; and
            ``(2) to support activities of the State Task Force 
        described in section 856.
    ``(b) Competitive Basis.--Grants under this part shall be awarded 
on a competitive basis.
    ``(c) Equitable Geographic Distribution.--In awarding grants under 
this part, the Secretary shall take into consideration providing an 
equitable geographic distribution of such grants.
    ``(d) Duration.--Grants under this part shall be awarded for a 
period of 5 years.

``SEC. 855. STATE TASK FORCE ESTABLISHMENT.

    ``(a) State Task Force Established.--The Governor of a State 
receiving a grant under this part shall establish, or designate an 
existing entity to serve as, the State Early Childhood Education 
Professional Development and Career Task Force (hereafter in this part 
referred to as the `State Task Force').
    ``(b) Membership.--The State Task Force shall include a 
representative of a State agency, an institution of higher education 
(including an associate or a baccalaureate degree granting institution 
of higher education), an early childhood education program, a nonprofit 
early childhood organization, a statewide early childhood workforce 
scholarship or supplemental initiative, and any other entity or 
individual the Governor determines appropriate.

``SEC. 856. STATE TASK FORCE ACTIVITIES.

    ``(a) Activities.--The State Task Force shall--
            ``(1) coordinate and communicate regularly with the State 
        Advisory Council on Early Care and Education (hereafter in this 
        part referred to as `State Advisory Council') or a similar 
        State entity charged with creating a comprehensive system of 
        early care and education in the State, for the purposes of--
                    ``(A) integrating recommendations for early 
                childhood professional development and career 
                activities into the plans of the State Advisory 
                Council; and
                    ``(B) assisting in the implementation of 
                professional development and career activities that are 
                consistent with the plans described in subparagraph 
                (A);
            ``(2) conduct a review of opportunities for and barriers to 
        high quality professional development, training, and higher 
        education degree programs, in early childhood development and 
        learning, including a periodic statewide survey concerning the 
        demographics of individuals working in early childhood 
        education programs in the State, which survey shall include 
        information disaggregated by--
                    ``(A) race, gender, and ethnicity;
                    ``(B) compensation levels;
                    ``(C) type of early childhood education program 
                setting;
                    ``(D) specialized knowledge of child development;
                    ``(E) years of experience in an early childhood 
                education program; and
                    ``(F) attainment of--
                            ``(i) academic credit for coursework;
                            ``(ii) an academic degree;
                            ``(iii) a credential;
                            ``(iv) licensure; or
                            ``(v) certification in early childhood 
                        education; and
            ``(3) develop a plan for a comprehensive statewide 
        professional development and career system for individuals 
        working in early childhood education programs or for early 
        childhood education providers, which plan shall include--
                    ``(A) methods of providing outreach to early 
                childhood education program staff, directors, and 
                administrators, including methods for how outreach is 
                provided to non-English speaking providers, in order to 
                enable the providers to be aware of opportunities and 
                resources under the statewide plan;
                    ``(B) developing a unified data collection and 
                dissemination system for early childhood education 
                training, professional development, and higher 
                education programs;
                    ``(C) increasing the participation of early 
                childhood educators in high quality training and 
                professional development by assisting in paying the 
                costs of enrollment in and completion of such training 
                and professional development courses;
                    ``(D) increasing the participation of early 
                childhood educators in postsecondary education programs 
                leading to degrees in early childhood education by 
                providing assistance to pay the costs of enrollment in 
                and completion of such postsecondary education 
                programs, which assistance--
                            ``(i) shall only be provided to an 
                        individual who--
                                    ``(I) enters into an agreement 
                                under which the individual agrees to 
                                work, for a reasonable number of years 
                                after receiving such a degree, in an 
                                early childhood education program that 
                                is located in a low-income area; and
                                    ``(II) has a family income equal to 
                                or less than the annually adjusted 
                                national median family income as 
                                determined by the Bureau of the Census; 
                                and
                            ``(ii) shall be provided in an amount that 
                        does not exceed $17,500;
                    ``(E) supporting professional development 
                activities and a career lattice for a variety of early 
                childhood professional roles with varying professional 
                qualifications and responsibilities for early childhood 
                education personnel, including strategies to enhance 
                the compensation of such personnel;
                    ``(F) supporting articulation agreements between 2- 
                and 4-year public and private institutions of higher 
                education and mechanisms to transform other training, 
                professional development, and experience into academic 
                credit;
                    ``(G) developing mentoring and coaching programs to 
                support new educators in and directors of early 
                childhood education programs;
                    ``(H) providing career development advising with 
                respect to the field of early childhood education, 
                including informing an individual regarding--
                            ``(i) entry into and continuing education 
                        requirements for professional roles in the 
                        field;
                            ``(ii) available financial assistance; and
                            ``(iii) professional development and career 
                        advancement in the field;
                    ``(I) enhancing the quality of faculty and 
                coursework in postsecondary programs that lead to an 
                associate, baccalaureate, or graduate degree in early 
                childhood education;
                    ``(J) consideration of the availability of on-line 
                graduate level professional development offered by 
                institutions of higher education with experience and 
                demonstrated expertise in establishing programs in 
                child development, in order to improve the skills and 
                expertise of individuals working in early childhood 
                education programs; and
                    ``(K) developing or enhancing a system of quality 
                assurance with respect to the early childhood education 
                professional development and career system, including 
                standards or qualifications for individuals and 
                entities who offer training and professional 
                development in early childhood education.
    ``(b) Public Hearings.--The State Task Force shall hold public 
hearings and provide an opportunity for public comment on the 
activities described in the statewide plan described in subsection 
(a)(3).
    ``(c) Periodic Review.--The State Task Force shall meet 
periodically to review implementation of the statewide plan and to 
recommend any changes to the statewide plan the State Task Force 
determines necessary.

``SEC. 857. STATE APPLICATION AND REPORT.

    ``(a) In General.--Each State desiring a grant under this part 
shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such 
manner, and accompanied by such information as the Secretary may 
reasonably require. Each such application shall include a description 
of--
            ``(1) the membership of the State Task Force;
            ``(2) the activities for which the grant assistance will be 
        used;
            ``(3) other Federal, State, local, and private resources 
        that will be available to support the activities of the State 
        Task Force described in section 856;
            ``(4) the availability within the State of training, early 
        childhood educator preparation, professional development, 
        compensation initiatives, and career systems, related to early 
        childhood education; and
            ``(5) the resources available within the State for such 
        training, educator preparation, professional development, 
        compensation initiatives, and career systems.
    ``(b) Report to the Secretary.--Not later than 2 years after 
receiving a grant under this part, a State shall submit a report to the 
Secretary that shall describe--
            ``(1) other Federal, State, local, and private resources 
        that will be used in combination with a grant under this 
        section to develop or expand the State's early childhood 
        education professional development and career activities;
            ``(2) the ways in which the State Advisory Council (or 
        similar State entity) will coordinate the various State and 
        local activities that support the early childhood education 
        professional development and career system; and
            ``(3) the ways in which the State Task Force will use funds 
        provided under this part and carry out the activities described 
        in section 856.

``SEC. 858. EVALUATIONS.

    ``(a) State Evaluation.--Each State receiving a grant under this 
part shall--
            ``(1) evaluate the activities that are assisted under this 
        part in order to determine--
                    ``(A) the effectiveness of the activities in 
                achieving State goals;
                    ``(B) the impact of a career lattice for 
                individuals working in early childhood education 
                programs;
                    ``(C) the impact of the activities on licensing or 
                regulating requirements for individuals in the field of 
                early childhood development;
                    ``(D) the impact of the activities, and the impact 
                of the statewide plan described in section 856(a)(3), 
                on the quality of education, professional development, 
                and training related to early childhood education 
                programs that are offered in the State;
                    ``(E) the change in compensation and retention of 
                individuals working in early childhood education 
                programs within the State resulting from the 
                activities; and
                    ``(F) the impact of the activities on the 
                demographic characteristics of individuals working in 
                early childhood education programs; and
            ``(2) submit a report at the end of the grant period to the 
        Secretary regarding the evaluation described in paragraph (1).
    ``(b) Secretary's Evaluation.--Not later than September 30, 2013, 
the Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Health and Human 
Services, shall prepare and submit to the authorizing committees an 
evaluation of the State reports submitted under subsection (a)(2).

``SEC. 859. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this part 
such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 
succeeding fiscal years.

 ``PART K--IMPROVING SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, ENGINEERING, AND MATHEMATICS 
  EDUCATION WITH A FOCUS ON ALASKA NATIVE AND NATIVE HAWAIIAN STUDENTS

``SEC. 861. IMPROVING SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, ENGINEERING, AND MATHEMATICS 
              EDUCATION WITH A FOCUS ON ALASKA NATIVE AND NATIVE 
              HAWAIIAN STUDENTS.

    ``(a) Purpose.--The purpose of this section is--
            ``(1) to develop or expand programs for the development of 
        professionals in the fields of science, technology, 
        engineering, and mathematics; and
            ``(2) to focus resources on meeting the educational and 
        cultural needs of Alaska Natives and Native Hawaiians.
    ``(b) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Alaska native.--The term `Alaska Native' has the 
        meaning given the term `Native' in section 3(b) of the Alaska 
        Natives Claims Settlement Act (43 U.S.C. 1602(b)).
            ``(2) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101(a).
            ``(3) Eligible partnership.--The term `eligible 
        partnership' means a partnership that includes--
                    ``(A) 1 or more colleges or schools of engineering;
                    ``(B) 1 or more colleges of science, engineering, 
                or mathematics;
                    ``(C) 1 or more institutions of higher education 
                that offer 2-year degrees; and
                    ``(D) 1 or more private entities that conduct 
                career awareness activities showcasing local technology 
                professionals, develop internships and apprenticeships 
                in partnership with relevant industries, and assist 
                with the placement of interns and apprentices.
            ``(4) Native hawaiian.--The term `Native Hawaiian' has the 
        meaning given the term in section 7207 of the Elementary and 
        Secondary Education Act of 1965.
    ``(c) Grant Authorized.--The Secretary is authorized to award a 
grant to an eligible partnership to enable the eligible partnership to 
expand programs for the development of science, technology, 
engineering, or mathematics professionals, from elementary school 
through college, including existing programs for Alaska Native and 
Native Hawaiian students.
    ``(d) Uses of Funds.--Grant funds under this section shall be used 
for 1 or more of the following:
            ``(1) Development or implementation of cultural, social, or 
        educational transition programs to assist students to 
        transition into college life and academics in order to increase 
        such students' retention rates in the fields of science, 
        technology, engineering, or mathematics, with a focus on Alaska 
        Native or Native Hawaiian students.
            ``(2) Development or implementation of academic support or 
        supplemental educational programs to increase the graduation 
        rates of students in the fields of science, technology, 
        engineering, or mathematics, with a focus on Alaska Native and 
        Native Hawaiian students.
            ``(3) Development or implementation of internship programs, 
        carried out in coordination with educational institutions and 
        private entities, to prepare students for careers in the fields 
        of science, technology, engineering, or mathematics, with a 
        focus on programs that serve Alaska Native or Native Hawaiian 
        students.
            ``(4) Such other activities that are consistent with the 
        purposes of this section.
    ``(e) Application.--Each eligible partnership that desires a grant 
under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such 
time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary 
may require.
    ``(f) Priority.--In awarding grants under this section, the 
Secretary shall give priority to an eligible partnership that provides 
1 or more programs in which 30 percent or more of the program 
participants are Alaska Native or Native Hawaiian.
    ``(g) Period of Grant.--A grant under this section shall be awarded 
for a period of 5 years.
    ``(h) Evaluation and Report.--Each eligible partnership that 
receives a grant under this section shall conduct an evaluation to 
determine the effectiveness of the programs funded under the grant and 
shall provide a report regarding the evaluation to the Secretary not 
later than 6 months after the end of the grant period.
    ``(i) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary 
for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.

 ``PART L--PILOT PROGRAM TO INCREASE PERSISTENCE IN COMMUNITY COLLEGES

``SEC. 865. PILOT PROGRAM TO INCREASE PERSISTENCE IN COMMUNITY 
              COLLEGES.

    ``(a) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Institution of higher education.--Except as otherwise 
        provided in this section, the term `institution of higher 
        education' means an institution of higher education, as defined 
        in section 101, that provides a 1- or 2-year program of study 
        leading to a degree or certificate.
            ``(2) Eligible student.--The term `eligible student' means 
        a student who--
                    ``(A) meets the requirements of section 484(a);
                    ``(B) is enrolled at least half time;
                    ``(C) is not younger than age 19 and not older than 
                age 33;
                    ``(D) is the parent of at least 1 dependent child, 
                which dependent child is age 18 or younger;
                    ``(E) has a family income below 200 percent of the 
                poverty line;
                    ``(F) has a secondary school diploma or its 
                recognized equivalent, and earned a passing score on a 
                college entrance examination; and
                    ``(G) does not have a degree or occupational 
                certificate from an institution of higher education, as 
                defined in section 101 or 102(a).
    ``(b) Program Authorized.--The Secretary is authorized to award 
grants, on a competitive basis, to institutions of higher education to 
enable the institutions of higher education to provide additional 
monetary and nonmonetary support to eligible students to enable the 
eligible students to maintain enrollment and complete degree or 
certificate programs.
    ``(c) Uses of Funds.--
            ``(1) Required uses.--Each institution of higher education 
        receiving a grant under this section shall use the grant 
        funds--
                    ``(A) to provide scholarships in accordance with 
                subsection (d); and
                    ``(B) to provide counseling services in accordance 
                with subsection (e).
            ``(2) Allowable uses of funds.--Grant funds provided under 
        this section may be used--
                    ``(A) to conduct outreach to make students aware of 
                the scholarships and counseling services available 
                under this section and to encourage the students to 
                participate in the program assisted under this section;
                    ``(B) to provide gifts of $20 or less, such as a 
                store gift card, to applicants who complete the process 
                of applying for assistance under this section, as an 
                incentive and as compensation for the student's time; 
                and
                    ``(C) to evaluate the success of the program.
    ``(d) Scholarship Requirements.--
            ``(1) In general.--Each scholarship awarded under this 
        section shall--
                    ``(A) be awarded for 1 academic year;
                    ``(B) be awarded in the amount of $1,000 for each 
                of 2 semesters (prorated for quarters), or $2,000 for 
                an academic year;
                    ``(C) require the student to maintain during the 
                scholarship period at least half-time enrollment and a 
                2.0 or C grade point average; and
                    ``(D) be paid in increments of--
                            ``(i) $250 upon enrollment (prorated for 
                        quarters);
                            ``(ii) $250 upon passing midterm 
                        examinations (prorated for quarters); and
                            ``(iii) $500 upon passing courses (prorated 
                        for quarters).
            ``(2) Number.--An institution may award an eligible student 
        not more than 2 scholarships under this section.
    ``(e) Counseling Services.--
            ``(1) In general.--Each institution of higher education 
        receiving a grant under this section shall use the grant funds 
        to provide students at the institution with a counseling staff 
        dedicated to students participating in the program under this 
        section. Each such counselor shall--
                    ``(A) have a caseload of less than 125 students;
                    ``(B) use a proactive, team-oriented approach to 
                counseling;
                    ``(C) hold a minimum of 2 meetings with students 
                each semester; and
                    ``(D) provide referrals to and follow-up with other 
                student services staff, including financial and career 
                services.
            ``(2) Counseling services availability.--The counseling 
        services provided under this section shall be available to 
        participating students during the daytime and evening hours.
    ``(f) Application.--An institution of higher education that desires 
to receive a grant under this section shall submit an application to 
the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such 
information as the Secretary may require, including--
            ``(1) the number of students to be served under this 
        section;
            ``(2) a description of the scholarships and counseling 
        services that will be provided under this section; and
            ``(3) a description of how the program under this section 
        will be evaluated.
    ``(g) Period of Grant.--The Secretary may award a grant under this 
section for a period of 5 years.
    ``(h) Evaluation.--
            ``(1) In general.--Each institution of higher education 
        receiving a grant under this section shall conduct an annual 
        evaluation of the impact of the grant and shall provide the 
        evaluation to the Secretary. The Secretary shall disseminate to 
        the public the findings, information on best practices, and 
        lessons learned, with respect to the evaluations.
            ``(2) Random assignment research design.--The evaluation 
        shall be conducted using a random assignment research design 
        with the following requirements:
                    ``(A) When students are recruited for the program, 
                all students will be told about the program and the 
                evaluation.
                    ``(B) Baseline data will be collected from all 
                applicants for assistance under this section.
                    ``(C) Students will be assigned randomly to 2 
                groups, which will consist of--
                            ``(i) a program group that will receive the 
                        scholarship and the additional counseling 
                        services; and
                            ``(ii) a control group that will receive 
                        whatever regular financial aid and counseling 
                        services are available to all students at the 
                        institution of higher education.
            ``(3) Previous cohorts.--In conducting the evaluation for 
        the second and third years of the program, each institution of 
        higher education shall include information on previous cohorts 
        of students as well as students in the current program year.
    ``(i) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary 
for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.

        ``PART M--STUDENT SAFETY AND CAMPUS EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT

``SEC. 871. STUDENT SAFETY AND CAMPUS EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT.

    ``(a) Grants Authorized.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary is authorized to award 
        grants, on a competitive basis, to institutions of higher 
        education or consortia of institutions of higher education to 
        enable institutions of higher education or consortia to pay the 
        Federal share of the cost of carrying out the authorized 
        activities described in subsection (c).
            ``(2) Consultation with the attorney general and the 
        secretary of homeland security.--Where appropriate, the 
        Secretary shall award grants under this section in consultation 
        with the Attorney General of the United States and the 
        Secretary of Homeland Security.
            ``(3) Duration.--The Secretary shall award each grant under 
        this section for a period of 2 years.
            ``(4) Limitation on institutions and consortia.--An 
        institution of higher education or consortium shall be eligible 
        for only 1 grant under this section.
    ``(b) Federal Share; Non-Federal Share.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Federal share shall be 50 percent.
            ``(2) Non-federal share.--The non-Federal share shall be 
        provided from other Federal, State, and local resources 
        dedicated to emergency preparedness and response.
    ``(c) Authorized Activities.--Each institution of higher education 
or consortium receiving a grant under this section may use the grant 
funds to carry out 1 or more of the following:
            ``(1) Developing and implementing a state-of-the-art 
        emergency communications system for each campus of an 
        institution of higher education or consortium, in order to 
        contact students via cellular, text message, or other state-of-
        the-art communications methods when a significant emergency or 
        dangerous situation occurs. An institution or consortium using 
        grant funds to carry out this paragraph shall also, in 
        coordination with the appropriate State and local emergency 
        management authorities--
                    ``(A) develop procedures that students, employees, 
                and others on a campus of an institution of higher 
                education or consortium will be directed to follow in 
                the event of a significant emergency or dangerous 
                situation; and
                    ``(B) develop procedures the institution of higher 
                education or consortium shall follow to inform, within 
                a reasonable and timely manner, students, employees, 
                and others on a campus in the event of a significant 
                emergency or dangerous situation, which procedures 
                shall include the emergency communications system 
                described in this paragraph.
            ``(2) Supporting measures to improve safety at the 
        institution of higher education or consortium, such as--
                    ``(A) security assessments;
                    ``(B) security training of personnel and students 
                at the institution of higher education or consortium;
                    ``(C) where appropriate, coordination of campus 
                preparedness and response efforts with local law 
                enforcement, local emergency management authorities, 
                and other agencies, to improve coordinated responses in 
                emergencies among such entities; and
                    ``(D) establishing a hotline that allows a student 
                or staff member at an institution or consortium to 
                report another student or staff member at the 
                institution or consortium who the reporting student or 
                staff member believes may be a danger to the reported 
                student or staff member or to others.
            ``(3) Coordinating with appropriate local entities the 
        provision of, mental health services for students enrolled in 
        the institution of higher education or consortium, including 
        mental health crisis response and intervention services, to 
        individuals affected by a campus or community emergency.
    ``(d) Application.--Each institution of higher education or 
consortium desiring a grant under this section shall submit an 
application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and 
containing such information as the Secretary may require.
    ``(e) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall coordinate 
technical assistance provided by State and local emergency management 
agencies, the Department of Homeland Security, and other agencies as 
appropriate, to institutions of higher education or consortia that 
request assistance in developing and implementing the activities 
assisted under this section.
    ``(f) Rule of Construction.--Nothing in this section shall be 
construed--
            ``(1) to provide a private right of action to any person to 
        enforce any provision of this section;
            ``(2) to create a cause of action against any institution 
        of higher education or any employee of the institution for any 
        civil liability; or
            ``(3) to affect the Family Educational Rights and Privacy 
        Act of 1974 or the regulations issued under section 264 of the 
        Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 
        U.S.C. 1320d-2 note).
    ``(g) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary 
for fiscal year 2008 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.

``SEC. 872. MODEL EMERGENCY RESPONSE POLICIES, PROCEDURES, AND 
              PRACTICES.

    ``The Secretary of Education, the Attorney General of the United 
States, and the Secretary of Homeland Security shall jointly have the 
authority--
            ``(1) to advise institutions of higher education on model 
        emergency response policies, procedures, and practices; and
            ``(2) to disseminate information concerning those policies, 
        procedures, and practices.''.

                   TITLE IX--AMENDMENTS TO OTHER LAWS

               PART A--EDUCATION OF THE DEAF ACT OF 1986

SEC. 901. LAURENT CLERC NATIONAL DEAF EDUCATION CENTER.

    Section 104 of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 
4304) is amended--
            (1) by striking the section heading and inserting ``laurent 
        clerc national deaf education center'';
            (2) in subsection (a)(1)(A), by inserting ``the Laurent 
        Clerc National Deaf Education Center (referred to in this 
        section as the `Clerc Center') to carry out'' after ``maintain 
        and operate''; and
            (3) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A) of 
                paragraph (1), by striking ``elementary and secondary 
                education programs'' and inserting ``Clerc Center'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``elementary and 
                secondary education programs'' and inserting ``Clerc 
                Center''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(5) The University, for purposes of the elementary and secondary 
education programs carried out at the Clerc Center, shall--
            ``(A)(i) select challenging academic content standards, 
        challenging student academic achievement standards, and 
        academic assessments of a State, adopted and implemented, as 
        appropriate, pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (3) of section 
        1111(b) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 
        (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(1) and (3)) and approved by the Secretary; 
        and
            ``(ii) implement such standards and assessments for such 
        programs by not later than the beginning of the 2009-2010 
        academic year;
            ``(B) annually determine whether such programs at the Clerc 
        Center are making adequate yearly progress, as determined 
        according to the definition of adequate yearly progress defined 
        (pursuant to section 1111(b)(2)(C) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 
        6311(b)(2)(C))) by the State that has adopted and implemented 
        the standards and assessments selected under subparagraph 
        (A)(i); and
            ``(C) publicly report the results of the academic 
        assessments implemented under subparagraph (A) and whether the 
        programs at the Clerc Center are making adequate yearly 
        progress, as determined under subparagraph (B).''.

SEC. 902. AGREEMENT WITH GALLAUDET UNIVERSITY.

    Section 105(b)(4) of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 
U.S.C. 4305(b)(4)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``the Act of March 3, 1931 (40 U.S.C. 276a-
        276a-5) commonly referred to as the Davis-Bacon Act'' and 
        inserting ``subchapter IV of chapter 31 of title 40, United 
        States Code, commonly referred to as the Davis-Bacon Act''; and
            (2) by striking ``section 2 of the Act of June 13, 1934 (40 
        U.S.C. 276c)'' and inserting ``section 3145 of title 40, United 
        States Code''.

SEC. 903. AGREEMENT FOR THE NATIONAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE FOR THE DEAF.

    Section 112 of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 
4332) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) in the first sentence--
                                    (I) by striking ``an institution of 
                                higher education'' and inserting ``the 
                                Rochester Institute of Technology, 
                                Rochester, New York''; and
                                    (II) by striking ``of a'' and 
                                inserting ``of the''; and
                            (ii) by striking the second sentence;
                    (B) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph 
                (3); and
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
            ``(2) Notwithstanding the requirement under paragraph (1), 
        if the Secretary or the Rochester Institute of Technology 
        terminates the agreement under paragraph (1), the Secretary 
        shall consider proposals from other institutions of higher 
        education and enter into an agreement with 1 of such 
        institutions for the establishment and operation of a National 
        Technical Institution for the Deaf.''; and
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (3), by striking ``Committee on 
                Labor and Human Resources of the Senate'' and inserting 
                ``Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions 
                of the Senate''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (5)--
                            (i) by striking ``the Act of March 3, 1931 
                        (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-5) commonly referred to as 
                        the Davis-Bacon Act'' and inserting 
                        ``subchapter IV of chapter 31 of title 40, 
                        United States Code, commonly referred to as the 
                        Davis-Bacon Act''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``section 2 of the Act of 
                        June 13, 1934 (40 U.S.C. 276c)'' and inserting 
                        ``section 3145 of title 40, United States 
                        Code''.

SEC. 904. CULTURAL EXPERIENCES GRANTS.

    (a) Cultural Experiences Grants.--Title I of the Education of the 
Deaf Act of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 4301 et seq.) is amended by adding at the 
end the following:

                        ``PART C--OTHER PROGRAMS

``SEC. 121. CULTURAL EXPERIENCES GRANTS.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall, on a competitive basis, 
make grants to, and enter into contracts and cooperative agreements 
with, eligible entities to support the activities described in 
subsection (b).
    ``(b) Activities.--In carrying out this section, the Secretary 
shall support activities providing cultural experiences, through 
appropriate nonprofit organizations with a demonstrated proficiency in 
providing such activities, that--
            ``(1) enrich the lives of deaf and hard-of-hearing children 
        and adults;
            ``(2) increase public awareness and understanding of 
        deafness and of the artistic and intellectual achievements of 
        deaf and hard-of-hearing persons; or
            ``(3) promote the integration of hearing, deaf, and hard-
        of-hearing persons through shared cultural, educational, and 
        social experiences.
    ``(c) Applications.--An eligible entity that desires to receive a 
grant, or enter into a contract or cooperative agreement, under this 
section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in 
such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may 
require.
    ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary 
for fiscal year 2007 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.
    (b) Conforming Amendment.--The title heading of title I of the 
Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 4301 et seq.) is amended 
by adding at the end ``; OTHER PROGRAMS''.

SEC. 905. AUDIT.

    Section 203 of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 
4353) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking the second 
                sentence and inserting the following: ``The institution 
                of higher education that the Secretary has an agreement 
                with under section 112 shall have an annual independent 
                financial and compliance audit made of NTID programs 
                and activities. The audit shall follow the cycle of the 
                Federal fiscal year.'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``sections'' and 
                all that follows through the period and inserting 
                ``sections 102(b), 105(b)(4), 112(b)(5), 203(c), 
                207(b)(2), subsections (c) through (f) of section 207, 
                and subsections (b) and (c) of section 209.''; and
                    (C) in paragraph (3), by inserting ``and the 
                Committee on Education and Labor of the House of 
                Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, 
                Labor, and Pensions of the Senate'' after 
                ``Secretary''; and
            (2) in subsection (c)(2)(A), by striking ``Committee on 
        Labor and Human Resources of the Senate'' and inserting 
        ``Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the 
        Senate''.

SEC. 906. REPORTS.

    Section 204 of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 
4354) is amended--
            (1) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking 
        ``Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate'' and 
        inserting ``Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions 
        of the Senate'';
            (2) in paragraph (1), by striking ``preparatory,'';
            (3) in paragraph (2)(C), by striking ``upon graduation/
        completion'' and inserting ``on the date that is 1 year after 
        the date of graduation or completion''; and
            (4) in paragraph (3)(B), by striking ``of the institution 
        of higher education'' and all that follows through the period 
        and inserting ``of NTID programs and activities.''.

SEC. 907. MONITORING, EVALUATION, AND REPORTING.

    Section 205 of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 
4355) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b), by striking ``The Secretary, as part 
        of the annual report required under section 426 of the 
        Department of Education Organization Act, shall include a 
        description of'' and inserting ``The Secretary shall annually 
        transmit information to Congress on''; and
            (2) in subsection (c), by striking ``fiscal years 1998 
        through 2003'' and inserting ``fiscal years 2008 through 
        2013''.

SEC. 908. LIAISON FOR EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS.

    Section 206(a) of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 
4356(a)) is amended by striking ``Not later than 30 days after the date 
of enactment of this Act, the'' and inserting ``The''.

SEC. 909. FEDERAL ENDOWMENT PROGRAMS FOR GALLAUDET UNIVERSITY AND THE 
              NATIONAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE FOR THE DEAF.

    Section 207(h) of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 
4357(h)) is amended by striking ``fiscal years 1998 through 2003'' each 
place it appears and inserting ``fiscal years 2008 through 2013''.

SEC. 910. OVERSIGHT AND EFFECT OF AGREEMENTS.

    Section 208(a) of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 
4359(a)) is amended by striking ``Committee on Labor and Human 
Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Education and the 
Workforce of the House of Representatives'' and inserting ``Committee 
on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives and the 
Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate''.

SEC. 911. INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS.

    Section 209 of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 
4359a) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) by striking ``preparatory, undergraduate,'' and 
                inserting ``undergraduate'';
                    (B) by striking ``Effective with'' and inserting 
                the following:
            ``(1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), 
        effective with''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(2) Distance learning.--International students who 
        participate in distance learning courses that are at NTID or 
        the University and who are residing outside of the United 
        States shall--
                    ``(A) not be counted as international students for 
                purposes of the cap on international students under 
                paragraph (1), except that in any school year no United 
                States citizen who applies to participate in distance 
                learning courses that are at the University or NTID 
                shall be denied participation in such courses because 
                of the participation of an international student in 
                such courses; and
                    ``(B) not be charged a tuition surcharge, as 
                described in subsection (b).''; and
            (2) by striking subsections (b), (c), and (d), and 
        inserting the following:
    ``(b) Tuition Surcharge.--Except as provided in subsections 
(a)(2)(B) and (c), the tuition for postsecondary international students 
enrolled in the University (including undergraduate and graduate 
students) or NTID shall include, for academic year 2008-2009 and any 
succeeding academic year, a surcharge of--
            ``(1) 100 percent for a postsecondary international student 
        from a non-developing country; and
            ``(2) 50 percent for a postsecondary international student 
        from a developing country.
    ``(c) Reduction of Surcharge.--
            ``(1) In general.--Beginning with the academic year 2008-
        2009, the University or NTID may reduce the surcharge--
                    ``(A) under subsection (b)(1) from 100 percent to 
                not less than 50 percent if--
                            ``(i) a student described under subsection 
                        (b)(1) demonstrates need; and
                            ``(ii) such student has made a good faith 
                        effort to secure aid through such student's 
                        government or other sources; and
                    ``(B) under subsection (b)(2) from 50 percent to 
                not less than 25 percent if--
                            ``(i) a student described under subsection 
                        (b)(2) demonstrates need; and
                            ``(ii) such student has made a good faith 
                        effort to secure aid through such student's 
                        government or other sources.
            ``(2) Development of sliding scale.--The University and 
        NTID shall develop a sliding scale model that--
                    ``(A) will be used to determine the amount of a 
                tuition surcharge reduction pursuant to paragraph (1); 
                and
                    ``(B) shall be approved by the Secretary.
    ``(d) Definition.--In this section, the term `developing country' 
means a country with a per-capita income of not more than $4,825, 
measured in 1999 United States dollars, as adjusted by the Secretary to 
reflect inflation since 1999.''.

SEC. 912. RESEARCH PRIORITIES.

    Section 210(b) of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 
4359b(b)) is amended by striking ``Committee on Education and the 
Workforce of the House of Representatives, and the Committee on Labor 
and Human Resources of the Senate'' and inserting ``Committee on 
Education and Labor of the House of Representatives, and the Committee 
on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate''.

SEC. 913. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    Section 212 of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 
4360a) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), in the matter preceding paragraph 
        (1), by striking ``fiscal years 1998 through 2003'' and 
        inserting ``fiscal years 2008 through 2013''; and
            (2) in subsection (b), by striking ``fiscal years 1998 
        through 2003'' and inserting ``fiscal years 2008 through 
        2013''.

              PART B--UNITED STATES INSTITUTE OF PEACE ACT

SEC. 921. UNITED STATES INSTITUTE OF PEACE ACT.

    (a) Powers and Duties.--Section 1705(b)(3) of the United States 
Institute of Peace Act (22 U.S.C. 4604(b)(3)) is amended by striking 
``the Arms Control and Disarmament Agency,''.
    (b) Board of Directors.--Section 1706 of the United States 
Institute of Peace Act (22 U.S.C. 4605) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``(b)(5)'' each place the term appears and 
        inserting ``(b)(4)''; and
            (2) in subsection (e), by adding at the end the following:
            ``(5) The term of a member of the Board shall not commence 
        until the member is confirmed by the Senate and sworn in as a 
        member of the Board.''.
    (c) Funding.--Section 1710 of the United States Institute of Peace 
Act (22 U.S.C. 4609) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``to be appropriated'' and all that follows 
        through the period at the end and inserting ``to be 
        appropriated such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 
        2008 through 2013.''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(d) Extension.--Any authorization of appropriations made for the 
purposes of carrying out this title shall be extended in the same 
manner as applicable programs are extended under section 422 of the 
General Education Provisions Act.''.

            PART C--THE HIGHER EDUCATION AMENDMENTS OF 1998

SEC. 931. REPEALS.

    The following provisions of title VIII of the Higher Education 
Amendments of 1998 (Public Law 105-244) are repealed:
            (1) Part A.
            (2) Part C (20 U.S.C. 1070 note).
            (3) Part F (20 U.S.C. 1862 note).
            (4) Part J.
            (5) Section 861.
            (6) Section 863.

SEC. 932. GRANTS TO STATES FOR WORKPLACE AND COMMUNITY TRANSITION 
              TRAINING FOR INCARCERATED YOUTH OFFENDERS.

    Section 821 of the Higher Education Amendments of 1998 (20 U.S.C. 
1151) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 821. GRANTS TO STATES FOR IMPROVED WORKPLACE AND COMMUNITY 
              TRANSITION TRAINING FOR INCARCERATED YOUTH OFFENDERS.

    ``(a) Definition.--In this section, the term `youth offender' means 
a male or female offender under the age of 35, who is incarcerated in a 
State prison, including a prerelease facility.
    ``(b) Grant Program.--The Secretary of Education (in this section 
referred to as the `Secretary')--
            ``(1) shall establish a program in accordance with this 
        section to provide grants to the State correctional education 
        agencies in the States, from allocations for the States under 
        subsection (h), to assist and encourage youth offenders to 
        acquire functional literacy, life, and job skills, through--
                    ``(A) the pursuit of a postsecondary education 
                certificate, or an associate or bachelor's degree while 
                in prison; and
                    ``(B) employment counseling and other related 
                services which start during incarceration and end not 
                later than 1 year after release from confinement; and
            ``(2) may establish such performance objectives and 
        reporting requirements for State correctional education 
        agencies receiving grants under this section as the Secretary 
        determines are necessary to assess the effectiveness of the 
        program under this section.
    ``(c) Application.--To be eligible for a grant under this section, 
a State correctional education agency shall submit to the Secretary a 
proposal for a youth offender program that--
            ``(1) identifies the scope of the problem, including the 
        number of youth offenders in need of postsecondary education 
        and vocational training;
            ``(2) lists the accredited public or private educational 
        institution or institutions that will provide postsecondary 
        educational services;
            ``(3) lists the cooperating agencies, public and private, 
        or businesses that will provide related services, such as 
        counseling in the areas of career development, substance abuse, 
        health, and parenting skills;
            ``(4) describes specific performance objectives and 
        evaluation methods (in addition to, and consistent with, any 
        objectives established by the Secretary under subsection 
        (b)(2)) that the State correctional education agency will use 
        in carrying out its proposal, including--
                    ``(A) specific and quantified student outcome 
                measures that are referenced to outcomes for non-
                program participants with similar demographic 
                characteristics; and
                    ``(B) measures, consistent with the data elements 
                and definitions described in subsection (d)(1)(A), of--
                            ``(i) program completion, including an 
                        explicit definition of what constitutes a 
                        program completion within the proposal;
                            ``(ii) knowledge and skill attainment, 
                        including specification of instruments that 
                        will measure knowledge and skill attainment;
                            ``(iii) attainment of employment both prior 
                        to and subsequent to release;
                            ``(iv) success in employment indicated by 
                        job retention and advancement; and
                            ``(v) recidivism, including such 
                        subindicators as time before subsequent offense 
                        and severity of offense;
            ``(5) describes how the proposed programs are to be 
        integrated with existing State correctional education programs 
        (such as adult education, graduate education degree programs, 
        and vocational training) and State industry programs;
            ``(6) describes how the proposed programs will have 
        considered or will utilize technology to deliver the services 
        under this section; and
            ``(7) describes how students will be selected so that only 
        youth offenders eligible under subsection (e) will be enrolled 
        in postsecondary programs.
    ``(d) Program Requirements.--Each State correctional education 
agency receiving a grant under this section shall--
            ``(1) annually report to the Secretary regarding--
                    ``(A) the results of the evaluations conducted 
                using data elements and definitions provided by the 
                Secretary for the use of State correctional education 
                programs;
                    ``(B) any objectives or requirements established by 
                the Secretary pursuant to subsection (b)(2); and
                    ``(C) the additional performance objectives and 
                evaluation methods contained in the proposal described 
                in subsection (c)(4) as necessary to document the 
                attainment of project performance objectives; and
            ``(2) provide to each State for each student eligible under 
        subsection (e) not more than--
                    ``(A) $3,000 annually for tuition, books, and 
                essential materials; and
                    ``(B) $300 annually for related services such as 
                career development, substance abuse counseling, 
                parenting skills training, and health education.
    ``(e) Student Eligibility.--A youth offender shall be eligible for 
participation in a program receiving a grant under this section if the 
youth offender--
            ``(1) is eligible to be released within 5 years (including 
        a youth offender who is eligible for parole within such time); 
        and
            ``(2) is 35 years of age or younger.
    ``(f) Length of Participation.--A State correctional education 
agency receiving a grant under this section shall provide educational 
and related services to each participating youth offender for a period 
not to exceed 5 years, 1 year of which may be devoted to study in a 
graduate education degree program or to remedial education services for 
students who have obtained a secondary school diploma or its recognized 
equivalent. Educational and related services shall start during the 
period of incarceration in prison or prerelease, and the related 
services may continue for not more than 1 year after release from 
confinement.
    ``(g) Education Delivery Systems.--State correctional education 
agencies and cooperating institutions shall, to the extent practicable, 
use high-tech applications in developing programs to meet the 
requirements and goals of this section.
    ``(h) Allocation of Funds.--From the funds appropriated pursuant to 
subsection (i) for each fiscal year, the Secretary shall allot to each 
State an amount that bears the same relationship to such funds as the 
total number of students eligible under subsection (e) in such State 
bears to the total number of such students in all States.
    ``(i) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary 
for fiscal years 2008 through 2013.''.

SEC. 933. UNDERGROUND RAILROAD EDUCATIONAL AND CULTURAL PROGRAM.

    Section 841(c) of the Higher Education Amendments of 1998 (20 
U.S.C. 1153(c)) is amended by striking ``this section'' and all that 
follows through the period at the end and inserting ``this section such 
sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 2008 through 2013.''.

SEC. 934. OLYMPIC SCHOLARSHIPS UNDER THE HIGHER EDUCATION AMENDMENTS OF 
              1992.

    Section 1543(d) of the Higher Education Amendments of 1992 (20 
U.S.C. 1070 note) is amended by striking ``to be appropriated'' and all 
that follows through the period at the end and inserting ``to be 
appropriated such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 2008 
through 2013.''.

                        PART D--INDIAN EDUCATION

              Subpart 1--Tribal Colleges and Universities

SEC. 941. REAUTHORIZATION OF THE TRIBALLY CONTROLLED COLLEGE OR 
              UNIVERSITY ASSISTANCE ACT OF 1978.

    (a) Clarification of the Definition of National Indian 
Organization.--Section 2(a)(6) of the Tribally Controlled College or 
University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1801(a)(6)) is amended by 
striking ``in the field of Indian education'' and inserting ``in the 
fields of tribally controlled colleges and universities and Indian 
higher education''.
    (b) Indian Student Count.--Section 2(a) of the Tribally Controlled 
College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1801(a)) is 
amended--
            (1) by redesignating paragraphs (7) and (8) as paragraphs 
        (8) and (9), respectively; and
            (2) by inserting after paragraph (6) the following:
            ``(7) `Indian student' means a student who is--
                    ``(A) a member of an Indian tribe; or
                    ``(B) a biological child of a member of an Indian 
                tribe, living or deceased;''.
    (c) Continuing Education.--Section 2(b) of the Tribally Controlled 
College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1801(b)) is 
amended--
            (1) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking 
        ``paragraph (7) of subsection (a)'' and inserting ``subsection 
        (a)(8)'';
            (2) by striking paragraph (5) and inserting the following:
            ``(5) Determination of credits.--Eligible credits earned in 
        a continuing education program--
                    ``(A) shall be determined as 1 credit for every 10 
                contact hours in the case of an institution on a 
                quarter system, or 15 contact hours in the case of an 
                institution on a semester system, of participation in 
                an organized continuing education experience under 
                responsible sponsorship, capable direction, and 
                qualified instruction, as described in the criteria 
                established by the International Association for 
                Continuing Education and Training; and
                    ``(B) shall be limited to 10 percent of the Indian 
                student count of a tribally controlled college or 
                university.''; and
            (3) by striking paragraph (6).
    (d) Accreditation Requirement.--Section 103 of the Tribally 
Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 
1804) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (2), by striking ``and'' at the end;
            (2) in paragraph (3), by striking the period at the end and 
        inserting ``; and''; and
            (3) by inserting after paragraph (3), the following:
            ``(4)(A) is accredited by a nationally recognized 
        accrediting agency or association determined by the Secretary 
        of Education to be a reliable authority with regard to the 
        quality of training offered; or
            ``(B) according to such an agency or association, is making 
        reasonable progress toward accreditation.''.
    (e) Technical Assistance Contracts.--Section 105 of the Tribally 
Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 
1805) is amended--
            (1) by striking the section designation and heading and all 
        that follows through ``The Secretary shall'' and inserting the 
        following:

``SEC. 105. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE CONTRACTS.

    ``(a) Technical Assistance.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall'';
            (2) in the second sentence, by striking ``In the awarding 
        of contracts for technical assistance, preference shall be 
        given'' and inserting the following:
            ``(2) Designated organization.--The Secretary shall require 
        that a contract for technical assistance under paragraph (1) 
        shall be awarded''; and
            (3) in the third sentence, by striking ``No authority'' and 
        inserting the following:
    ``(b) Effect of Section.--No authority''.
    (f) Amount of Grants.--Section 108(a) of the Tribally Controlled 
College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1808(a)) is 
amended--
            (1) by redesignating paragraphs (1) and (2) as 
        subparagraphs (A) and (B), respectively, and indenting the 
        subparagraphs appropriately;
            (2) by striking ``(a) Except as provided in section 111,'' 
        and inserting the following:
    ``(a) Requirement.--
            ``(1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2) and 
        section 111,'';
            (3) in paragraph (1) (as redesignated by paragraphs (1) and 
        (2))--
                    (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A) (as 
                redesignated by paragraph (1))--
                            (i) by striking ``him'' and inserting ``the 
                        Secretary''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``product of'' and 
                        inserting ``product obtained by multiplying'';
                    (B) in subparagraph (A) (as redesignated by 
                paragraph (1)), by striking ``section 2(a)(7)'' and 
                inserting ``section 2(a)(8)''; and
                    (C) in subparagraph (B) (as redesignated by 
                paragraph (1)), by striking ``$6,000,'' and inserting 
                ``$8,000, as adjusted annually for inflation.''; and
            (4) by striking ``except that no grant shall exceed the 
        total cost of the education program provided by such college or 
        university.'' and inserting the following:
            ``(2) Exception.--The amount of a grant under paragraph (1) 
        shall not exceed an amount equal to the total cost of the 
        education program provided by the applicable tribally 
        controlled college or university.''.
    (g) General Provisions Reauthorization.--Section 110(a) of the 
Tribally Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 
U.S.C. 1810(a)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraphs (1), (2), (3), and (4), by striking 
        ``1999'' and inserting ``2008'';
            (2) in paragraphs (1), (2), and (3), by striking ``4 
        succeeding'' and inserting ``5 succeeding'';
            (3) in paragraph (2), by striking ``$40,000,000'' and 
        inserting ``such sums as may be necessary'';
            (4) in paragraph (3), by striking ``$10,000,000'' and 
        inserting ``such sums as may be necessary''; and
            (5) in paragraph (4), by striking ``succeeding 4'' and 
        inserting ``5 succeeding''.
    (h) Endowment Program Reauthorization.--Section 306(a) of the 
Tribally Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 
U.S.C. 1836(a)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``1999'' and inserting ``2008''; and
            (2) by striking ``4 succeeding'' and inserting ``5 
        succeeding''.
    (i) Tribal Economic Development Reauthorization.--Section 403 of 
the Tribal Economic Development and Technology Related Education 
Assistance Act of 1990 (25 U.S.C. 1852) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``$2,000,000 for fiscal year 1999'' and 
        inserting ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
        2008''; and
            (2) by striking ``4 succeeding'' and inserting ``5 
        succeeding''.
    (j) Tribally Controlled Postsecondary Career and Technical 
Institutions.--
            (1) In general.--The Tribally Controlled College or 
        University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.) is 
        amended by adding at the end the following:

 ``Subtitle V--Tribally Controlled Postsecondary Career and Technical 
                              Institutions

``SEC. 501. DEFINITION OF TRIBALLY CONTROLLED POSTSECONDARY CAREER AND 
              TECHNICAL INSTITUTION.

    ``In this title, the term `tribally controlled postsecondary career 
and technical institution' has the meaning given the term in section 3 
of the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 
U.S.C. 2302).

``SEC. 502. TRIBALLY CONTROLLED POSTSECONDARY CAREER AND TECHNICAL 
              INSTITUTIONS PROGRAM.

    ``(a) In General.--Subject to the availability of appropriations, 
for fiscal year 2008 and each fiscal year thereafter, the Secretary 
shall--
            ``(1) subject to subsection (b), select 2 tribally 
        controlled postsecondary career and technical institutions to 
        receive assistance under this title; and
            ``(2) provide funding to the selected tribally controlled 
        postsecondary career and technical institutions to pay the 
        costs (including institutional support costs) of operating 
        postsecondary career and technical education programs for 
        Indian students at the tribally controlled postsecondary career 
        and technical institutions.
    ``(b) Selection of Certain Institutions.--
            ``(1) Requirement.--For each fiscal year during which the 
        Secretary determines that a tribally controlled postsecondary 
        career and technical institution described in paragraph (2) 
        meets the definition referred to in section 501, the Secretary 
        shall select that tribally controlled postsecondary career and 
        technical institution under subsection (a)(1) to receive 
        funding under this section.
            ``(2) Institutions.--The 2 tribally controlled 
        postsecondary career and technical institutions referred to in 
        paragraph (1) are--
                    ``(A) the United Tribes Technical College; and
                    ``(B) the Navajo Technical College.
    ``(c) Method of Payment.--For each applicable fiscal year, the 
Secretary shall provide funding under this section to each tribally 
controlled postsecondary career and technical institution selected for 
the fiscal year under subsection (a)(1) in a lump sum payment for the 
fiscal year.
    ``(d) Distribution.--
            ``(1) In general.--For fiscal year 2009 and each fiscal 
        year thereafter, of amounts made available pursuant to section 
        504, the Secretary shall distribute to each tribally controlled 
        postsecondary career and technical institution selected for the 
        fiscal year under subsection (a)(1) an amount equal to the 
        greater of--
                    ``(A) the total amount appropriated for the 
                tribally controlled postsecondary career and technical 
                institution for fiscal year 2006; or
                    ``(B) the total amount appropriated for the 
                tribally controlled postsecondary career and technical 
                institution for fiscal year 2008.
            ``(2) Excess amounts.--If, for any fiscal year, the amount 
        made available pursuant to section 504 exceeds the sum of the 
        amounts required to be distributed under paragraph (1) to the 
        tribally controlled postsecondary career and technical 
        institutions selected for the fiscal year under subsection 
        (a)(1), the Secretary shall distribute to each tribally 
        controlled postsecondary career and technical institution 
        selected for that fiscal year a portion of the excess amount, 
        to be determined by--
                    ``(A) dividing the excess amount by the aggregate 
                Indian student count (as defined in section 117(h) of 
                the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act 
                of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2327(h)) of such institutions for 
                the prior academic year; and
                    ``(B) multiplying the quotient described in 
                subparagraph (A) by the Indian student count of each 
                such institution for the prior academic year.

``SEC. 503. APPLICABILITY OF OTHER LAWS.

    ``(a) In General.--Paragraphs (4) and (7) of subsection (a), and 
subsection (b), of section 2, sections 105, 108, 111, 112 and 113, and 
titles II, III, and IV shall not apply to this title.
    ``(b) Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance.--Funds 
made available pursuant to this title shall be subject to the Indian 
Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450 et 
seq.).
    ``(c) Election To Receive.--A tribally controlled postsecondary 
career and technical institution selected for a fiscal year under 
section 502(b) may elect to receive funds pursuant to section 502 in 
accordance with an agreement between the tribally controlled 
postsecondary career and technical institution and the Secretary under 
the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 
450 et seq.) if the agreement is in existence on the date of enactment 
of the Higher Education Amendments of 2007.
    ``(d) Other Assistance.--Eligibility for, or receipt of, assistance 
under this title shall not preclude the eligibility of a tribally 
controlled postsecondary career and technical institutions to receive 
Federal financial assistance under--
            ``(1) any program under the Higher Education Act of 1965 
        (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.);
            ``(2) any program under the Carl D. Perkins Career and 
        Technical Education Act of 2006; or
            ``(3) any other applicable program under which a benefit is 
        provided for--
                    ``(A) institutions of higher education;
                    ``(B) community colleges; or
                    ``(C) postsecondary educational institutions.

``SEC. 504. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as are 
necessary for fiscal year 2008 and each fiscal year thereafter to carry 
out this title.''.
            (2) Conforming amendments.--Section 117 of the Carl D. 
        Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 
        2327) is amended--
                    (A) by striking subsection (a) and inserting the 
                following:
    ``(a) Grant Program.--Subject to the availability of 
appropriations, the Secretary shall make grants under this section, to 
provide basic support for the education and training of Indian 
students, to tribally controlled postsecondary career and technical 
institutions that are not receiving Federal assistance as of the date 
on which the grant is provided under--
            ``(1) title I of the Tribally Controlled College or 
        University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1802 et seq.); or
            ``(2) the Navajo Community College Act (25 U.S.C. 640a et 
        seq.).''; and
                    (B) by striking subsection (d) and inserting the 
                following:
    ``(d) Applications.--To be eligible to receive a grant under this 
section, a tribally controlled postsecondary career and technical 
institution that is not receiving Federal assistance under title I of 
the Tribally Controlled College or University Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 
1802 et seq.) or the Navajo Community College Act (25 U.S.C. 640a et 
seq.) shall submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in 
such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may 
require.''.
    (k) Short Title.--
            (1) In general.--The first section of the Tribally 
        Controlled College or University Assistance Act of 1978 (25 
        U.S.C. 1801 note; Public Law 95-471) is amended to read as 
        follows:

``SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.

    ``This Act may be cited as the `Tribally Controlled Colleges and 
Universities Assistance Act of 1978'.''.
            (2) References.--Any reference in law (including 
        regulations) to the Tribally Controlled College or University 
        Assistance Act of 1978 shall be considered to be a reference to 
        the ``Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance 
        Act of 1978''.

                   Subpart 2--Navajo Higher Education

SEC. 945. SHORT TITLE.

    This subpart may be cited as the ``Navajo Nation Higher Education 
Act of 2006''.

SEC. 946. REAUTHORIZATION OF NAVAJO COMMUNITY COLLEGE ACT.

    (a) Purpose.--Section 2 of the Navajo Community College Act (25 
U.S.C. 640a) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``Navajo Tribe of Indians'' and inserting 
        ``Navajo Nation''; and
            (2) by striking ``the Navajo Community College'' and 
        inserting ``Dine College''.
    (b) Grants.--Section 3 of the Navajo Community College Act (25 
U.S.C. 640b) is amended--
            (1) in the first sentence--
                    (A) by inserting ``the'' before ``Interior'';
                    (B) by striking ``Navajo Tribe of Indians'' and 
                inserting ``Navajo Nation''; and
                    (C) by striking ``the Navajo Community College'' 
                and inserting ``Dine College''; and
            (2) in the second sentence--
                    (A) by striking ``Navajo Tribe'' and inserting 
                ``Navajo Nation''; and
                    (B) by striking ``Navajo Indians'' and inserting 
                ``Navajo people''.
    (c) Study of Facilities Needs.--Section 4 of the Navajo Community 
College Act (25 U.S.C. 640c) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in the first sentence--
                            (i) by striking ``the Navajo Community 
                        College'' and inserting ``Dine College''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``August 1, 1979'' and 
                        inserting ``October 31, 2010''; and
                    (B) in the second sentence, by striking ``Navajo 
                Tribe'' and inserting ``Navajo Nation'';
            (2) in subsection (b), by striking ``the date of enactment 
        of the Tribally Controlled Community College Assistance Act of 
        1978'' and inserting ``October 1, 2007''; and
            (3) in subsection (c), in the first sentence, by striking 
        ``the Navajo Community College'' and inserting ``Dine 
        College''.
    (d) Authorization of Appropriations.--Section 5 of the Navajo 
Community College Act (25 U.S.C. 640c-1) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``$2,000,000'' 
                and all that follows through the end of the paragraph 
                and inserting ``such sums as are necessary for fiscal 
                years 2008 through 2013.''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(3) Sums described in paragraph (2) shall be used to provide 
grants for construction activities, including the construction of 
buildings, water and sewer facilities, roads, information technology 
and telecommunications infrastructure, classrooms, and external 
structures (such as walkways).'';
            (2) in subsection (b)(1)--
                    (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A)--
                            (i) by striking ``the Navajo Community 
                        College'' and inserting ``Dine College''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``, for each fiscal year'' 
                        and all that follows through ``for--'' and 
                        inserting ``such sums as are necessary for 
                        fiscal years 2008 through 2013 to pay the cost 
                        of--'';
                    (B) in subparagraph (A)--
                            (i) by striking ``college'' and inserting 
                        ``College'';
                            (ii) in clauses (i) and (iii), by striking 
                        the commas at the ends of the clauses and 
                        inserting semicolons; and
                            (iii) in clause (ii), by striking ``, and'' 
                        at the end and inserting ``; and'';
                    (C) in subparagraph (B), by striking the comma at 
                the end and inserting a semicolon;
                    (D) in subparagraph (C), by striking ``, and'' at 
                the end and inserting a semicolon;
                    (E) in subparagraph (D), by striking the period at 
                the end and inserting ``; and''; and
                    (F) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(E) improving and expanding the College, 
                including by providing, for the Navajo people and 
                others in the community of the College--
                            ``(i) higher education programs;
                            ``(ii) career and technical education;
                            ``(iii) activities relating to the 
                        preservation and protection of the Navajo 
                        language, philosophy, and culture;
                            ``(iv) employment and training 
                        opportunities;
                            ``(v) economic development and community 
                        outreach; and
                            ``(vi) a safe learning, working, and living 
                        environment.''; and
            (3) in subsection (c), by striking ``the Navajo Community 
        College'' and inserting ``Dine College''.
    (e) Effect on Other Laws.--Section 6 of the Navajo Community 
College Act (25 U.S.C. 640c-2) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``the Navajo Community College'' each place 
        it appears and inserting ``Dine College''; and
            (2) in subsection (b), by striking ``college'' and 
        inserting ``College''.
    (f) Payments; Interest.--Section 7 of the Navajo Community College 
Act (25 U.S.C. 640c-3) is amended by striking ``the Navajo Community 
College'' each place it appears and inserting ``Dine College''.
                                 <all>
Higher Education Amendments of 2007

Sponsors

Subjects

Summary

Full Text

Legislative Actions

Ask about this bill
